Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 504

Catalogue

EXPANSION JOINTS
2

THE CATALOGUE
Steel expansion joint catalogue
Belman A/S
Edition B022016-1
All rights reserved

The latest version of this catalogue


is always available on our website:
www.belman.dk
Any drawings and information
contained herein relate to the
standards applicable on the date
printed.
Subject to alteration and misprints
without notice.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


4

CONTENT

INTRODUCTION 29 Angular expansion joints MATERIALS


9 Our experience, your benefit 33 Universal expansion joints 51 Expansion joint materials
10 Quick guide 35 Exhaust expansion joints 53 Temperature limits

54 Bellow materials
ENGINEERING & QA
THE EXPANSION JOINT 37 High quality expansion joints EXPANSION JOINTS
15 What is an expansion joint
38 Quality assurance SELECTION
16 Expansion joint applications
39 Welding and material control 57 Expansion joint selection
20 Expansion joints vs. alternative
flexible solutions 41 Documentation 59 Fix points, guides etc.

22 Movements 42 Test 60 Axial

25 Axial expansion joints 45 Engineering & manufacturing 64 Lateral

27 Lateral expansion joints 49 Validation of design 68 Hinged

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


INTRODUCTION

73 Gimbal 321 Exhaust expansion joints 371 FCCU expansion joints

75 U-pipe 347 Vibration absorbers 373 Crossover bellows

79 Pressure balanced 375 Expansion joints for LNG/LPG


SPECIAL 377 Pantographic linkage
87 Installation instruction EXPANSION JOINTS
379 Equalizing ring reinforced
359 Pressure balanced expansion expansion joints
EXPANSION JOINTS joints
381 Clamshell bellows
STANDARD PROGRAM 361 Pressure balanced expansion
joints - compact design 383 Expansion joints supplied in
88 Nomenclature segments
363 Pressure balanced expansion
93 Axial expansion joints joints - elbow 385 Lens expansion joints

139 Lateral expansion joints 365 Chamber expansion joints


367 Rectangular expansion joints
233 Angular expansion joints
369 Externally pressurised expansion
307 Universal expansion joints joints Continued...

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


6

CONTENT

SOLUTIONS TECHNICAL 409 Fittings

387 Customised solutions INFORMATION 410 Inner sleeve

413 Insulation
392 References 398 The bellow and its function
414 Pressure thrust
402 Bellows forming
416 Spring rates
ON-SITE SERVICES 404 Stresses in the bellows
417 Stability
395 On-site services 407 Service lifetime 419 External pressure
397 The service team 408 Connection ends 421 Thermal expansion

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


INTRODUCTION

422 Vibrations 432 Protection against corrosion 478 Flange table


Tantalum coating DIN 86044-1:2010-1
424 Settlement
480 Material tables
425 Torsion
TECHNICAL 488 Conversion tables

CORROSION SUPPORT SECTION 492 Steam table

426 Corrosion 437 BelMaker Light® 495 Downloads (Isometric paper,


inquiry form etc.)
429 Protection against corrosion 439 Resistance tables

431 Protection against corrosion 460 Flange tables


PTFE coating EN 1092-1:2007

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


INTRODUCTION

OUR EXPERIENCE,
YOUR BENEFIT
Thank you for choosing the Belman according to EN 14917. The only
expansion joint catalogue. With this exception is the exhaust expansion
product catalogue of metallic expansion joints that are calculated according to
joints, we are pleased to provide a EJMA 9. We reserve the right to make
helpful, informative and inspirational tool changes in the technical calculations,
for specifying and selecting the correct descriptions and illustrations without
metallic expansion joint needed. We notice. The latest version of the
trust this catalogue will become a useful product catalogue is always available
tool for everyone working with expan- on our website www.belman.dk. For
sion joints and connected systems. the revision number, please refer to
the left bottom of the page.
Content
This catalogue consists of a wide Other design codes
range of expansion joints, each can If your application and/or project
be selected to ensure the optimum requires other design codes such as
performance and service life of the ASME, EJMA etc., please forward
pipe system. your specifications to us. We can
either adapt the expansion joints in
If your expansion joint requirements this catalogue to comply with these
are not covered in this catalogue, design codes and supply the new
Belman is always ready to engineer data on them, or we can design a
customised solutions to suit your customised solution for you. Since
specific needs. This is not limited to its foundation, Belman has been
metallic expansion joints but also: supplying customised expansion
steel bellows, fabric expansion joints, joints for unique and challenging
rubber expansion joints, metallic situations.
flexible hoses, PTFE bellows and in
general any service related to
expansion joints and flexible units. More information
Throughout this catalogue you will
This catalogue furthermore contains find a 5-digit number “WebLink”
comprehensive technical information displayed on the page. This number
about metallic expansion joints, and can be typed into the box “WebLink”
helps to understand: how to specify, on the front page of www.belman.dk
how to operate, and how to correctly from which you will be directly taken
install them. to the relevant page. Additionally, you
can also find a QR code that can take
Design codes you directly to the relevant page.
The expansion joints in this catalogue
are calculated according to the latest Further information/assistance is
prevailing standards and pressure always available via +45 7515 5999
directives, and are therefore designed or belman@belman.dk.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


10

QUICK GUIDE

This quick guide will give you an where you can find more data on the X = Suitable
overview of all types of expansion item selected and the conditions in (X) = Partly suitable (see comment)
joints in this catalogue, indicating which they are suitable for use.

AXIAL Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 98 AX1BU x (x) (x) (x) (x) Depending on


ID no 41 the pipe layout.

Page 110 AX1FU x (x) (x) (x) (x) Depending on


ID no 42 the pipe layout.

Page 122 AX1SU x (x) (x) (x) (x) Depending on


ID no 43 the pipe layout.

LATERAL Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 146 LA1BT (x) x x Only AX


ID no 71 movement if
designed for it.

Page 154 LA1FT (x) x x Only AX


ID no 72 movement if
designed for it.

Page 162 LA1ST (x) x x Only AX


ID no 73 movement if
designed for it.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


INTRODUCTION

11

LATERAL Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 174 LA2BT (x) x x Only AX


ID no 81 movement if
designed for it.

Page 182 LA2FT (x) x x Only AX


ID no 84 movement if
designed for it.

Page 190 LA2ST (x) x x Only AX


ID no 87 movement if
designed for it.

Page 202 LA2SH x x


ID no 88

Page 216 LA2SK x x


ID no 89

ANGULAR Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 240 AN1BH x


ID no 61

Page 248 AN1BK x x


ID no 62

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


12

ANGULAR Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 256 AN1FH x


ID no 63

Page 264 AN1FK x x


ID no 64

Page 272 AN1SH x


ID no 65

Page 288 AN1SK x x


ID no 66

UNIVERSAL Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 312 UN2BU x x x x x


ID no 51

Page 314 UN2FU x x x x x


ID no 52

Page 316 UN2SU x x x x x


ID no 53

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


INTRODUCTION

13

EXHAUST Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 328 US1BU x x x x x


ID no 11

Page 332 US1SU x x x x x


ID no 13

Page 336 US2BU x x x x x


ID no 21

Page 338 US2SU x x x x x


ID no 23

Page 340 US3BU x x x x x


ID no 31

Page 342 US3SU x x x x x


ID no 33

VIBRATION Description Movements Comment


Axial Lateral Lateral Angular Angular
ABSORBER Single plane Multi plane Single plane Multi plane

Page 352 VI1FT (x) x x Only AX


ID no 90 movement if
designed for it.
0,5 mm vibrations
in all planes.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

15

WHAT IS AN
EXPANSION JOINT?
There are other terms in use for pressure of the system, but flexible their greater ability to conserve space,
expansion joints such as expansion enough to accept axial, lateral and their economic efficiency and better
bellows, flexible joints and angular deflections. performance in absorbing larger
compensators. movements.
Expansion joints are considered as
A typical expansion joint is comprised very important components of a
of one or more metal bellows (most complete pipe system and are widely Advantages
commonly stainless steel) or from used particularly in industries where l Simple in design and function
materials such as rubber, fabric or thermal expansion in pipe systems l Space reduction
plastic such as PTFE. While materials occur. Expansion joints also offer the l Weight reduction
such as rubber, plastic and fabric advantage of reducing stresses in l Cost reduction
have their limitations, metal is the pipe systems generated by thermal l Reduces engineering and design
most versatile of all materials. Metals expansion, and reduce pipe loads at complexity to piping systems
are suitable for use at high tempera- connections to sensitive equipment l Better flexibility for piping layout
tures, have high strength properties such as pumps and steam turbines. l Reliable and proven in the field
and are resistant to corrosion. Taken together this acts to prolong
the service life of pipe systems, and
Metallic expansion joints are designed reduces the risk of their downtime for Expansion joint types
to safely absorb the dimensional additional maintenance and repair. Expansion joints come in a wide
changes of steel pipe systems and variety of designs. Some of them are
ducts. The changes could be Engineers and pipe designers standard and some are customised
heat-induced expansion and routinely incorporate expansion joints as per client requirements. Although
contraction, vibrations caused by into their pipe systems, as expansion their design may vary significantly, all
rotating machinery, pressure joints add flexibility in to the design expansion joints are nevertheless
deformations, misalignment during and reduce costs through removing composed from some of the following
installation or building settlements. the complexity of fix points, guides components, all with one or more
and reduces the overall space specific functionalities:
The main element of the expansion requirements for the pipe system. bellows, welding ends, flanges,
joints is the bellow. The bellows are hinges, tie-rods, spherical washers,
made up of a series of convolutions, Further expansion joints are more wire mesh, insulation, inner sleeve,
with the shape of the convolution effective than alternatives such as external cover, elbow and/or ring
designed to withstand the internal pipe bends and pipe loops due to reinforcement/equalizing rings.

APPLICATIONS
Steel expansion joints are important l Petrochemical industry l Pulp and paper industries
components in many industries and (oil refineries, pumping stations, l LNG/LPG tankers, -carriers etc.
are used extensively in among others: oil rigs etc.)
l Chemical industries (asphalt Expansion joints are often installed
l Energy sector (power plants, manufacturers etc.) near boilers, heat exchangers,
nuclear power plants, district l Process industry (sugar pumps, turbines, condensers,
heating pipe systems etc.) factories etc.) engines and in long pipe systems
l Steel plants l Exhaust systems and engines or pipe ducts.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


16

EXPANSION JOINT
APPLICATIONS
Expansion joints are a vital part in selected plant types. please refer to:
many industries and plant types. For more information on the plant
Below we have illustrated the types and the optimal expansion WebLink: 13600
use of expansion joints in some joint types for them,

FCCU plant

Reactor
Regenerator

Product
Stack

Orifice
Chamber

Precip Flue Gas


Scrubber SCR
Cooler

Third
Main Column
Stage
Seperator
Generator
Tube
Expander

Main air
Blower

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

17

Steel plant

Steam

Coke
Waste
Air heat
Coarse dust catcher boiler Multicyclon
Pie-chamber

Cooling
chamber Feed
Final Water
cooler

Blower

Dedusting
Dust

Surplus gas
Coke Rotary valve

from
Coke plant

Blast furnace

Blast furnace off takes


Blast furnace

Coke
Dust catcher

Stoves for hot blast

Stoves for hot blast

Powdered coal

Iron
Hot blast
Stack

Coke
Coke
oven Iron tap
Slag
pot

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


18

EXPANSION JOINT
APPLICATIONS
Combined cycle power plant

Steam turbine Steam turbine Condenser


Generator
Cooling tower

Kompensator
Bypass Stack

Exhaust Stack
Air intake

HRSG
Generator Gas turbine Diffuser Diverter

LNG/LPG Carrier

LNG Tanks LNG Tanks LNG Tanks LNG Tanks LNG Tanks

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

19

Conventional power plant

Steam Steam
Generator
turbine turbine

Cooling tower

Condenser

SCR/
DeNox

Boiler
Air preheater

Coal mill

Stack

Ship

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


20

EXPANSION JOINTS VS.


ALTERNATIVE FLEXIBLE SOLUTIONS
For the absorption of movements in expansion joints is considered as a a fatigue crack of the pipe system.
pipe systems, the pipe designer can reliable and cost effective alternative The appropriate type can absorb
choose between the installation of to the use of pipe loops. movement in several planes and is
expansion joints, or other flexible maintenance free. Further,
solutions such as a pipe loop. Pipe The use of expansion joints ensures a replacement of a worn-out unit is
loops also allow movements of the less material consumption, greater easier and more efficient in terms of
pipe system, but only in the axial space savings with the reduced downtime and costs, than replacing
direction of the pipe system. number and complexity of fix points a complete pipe loop.
Pipe loops require more material such and guides. Further, it requires less
as pipe bends, pipe support, labour inputs such as those for Inverse pipe loops require strong fix
insulation and NDT. Furthermore, pipe welding and NDT. Additionally, the points, which can obtain the full
loops consume a lot more space and selection of expansion joints pressure thrust force.
can generate a greater pressure loss. eliminates the bending stresses in
Due to this, the installation of the pipe system, which could cause

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

21

The advantage of expansion joints compared against a pipe loop. approximately 82% cheaper than a
versus pipe loops, increases with The table shows that a DN 100 pipe loop.
larger pipe sizes (DN) and increased expansion joint is in general approxi- The data is calculated on the basis of
pipe thicknesses, which is further mately 37% cheaper than a pipe loop these conditions: PN 10, EN 1.0038/
explained in the table below. of the same size. If the pipe size is St. 37-2 welding ends, thermal
In this table, an expansion joint is DN 400, an expansion joint solution is expansion -0/+ 50 mm.

DN 100 Pipe loop Expansion joint

*Extra space 2,5 m x 1,5 m 0m

Dimension of pipe loop (h x b) 2,44 m x 1,22 m -

Extra pipe (114,3 x 3,6 mm) 2 x 2,44 m = 4,88 m 0m

Expansion joint 0 1 pcs. (length = 255 mm)

Bends (3,6 mm thickness) 4 0

Time for welding 8 welds of approx. 0,5 hours 2 welds of approx. 0,75 hours

*NDT (X-ray) 8 welds 2 welds

*Pipe supports for pipe loop /


expansion joint stronger fix points 3 – 4 guides (Outer pipe) 1 guide + stronger fix points

Price index 100


63

DN 400 Pipe loop Expansion joint

*Extra space 4 m x 12,5 m 0m

Dimension of pipe loop (h x b) 3,65 m x 1,83 m -

Extra pipe (406,4 x 6,3 mm) 2 x 3,65 m = 7,3 m 0m

Expansion joint 0 1 pcs. (length = 265 mm)

Bends (3,6 mm thickness) 4 0

Time for welding 8 welds of approx. 1,5 hours 2 welds of approx. 2 hours

*NDT (X-ray) 8 welds 2 welds

*Pipe supports for pipe loop/


expansion joint stronger fix points 4 – 5 guides (Outer pipe) 1 guide + stronger fix points

Price index 100


18

Pressure loss Please note!


The pressure loss is significantly lower The price index is based on material have extra costs such as extra costs
when installing an expansion joint and working hours. Areas marked for supports/guides for pipe loop and
rather than a pipe loop. with * are not part of this price index. for stronger fix points for expansion
Please note that both solutions will joint respectively.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


22

MOVEMENTS

Axial movement the expansion joint to extend in accept a relatively limited amount of
Axial movement is movement of the length. lateral movement, especially when the
bellows in the direction of the Thermal expansion of the pipe system flow characteristics of the system
longitudinal axis. results in an axial compression of the demand that an inner sleeve is
This movement can be compressive, installed expansion joints. necessary. For larger lateral move-
where the bellows shortens in length, The specifications for expansion joints ment capability, it is usual to utilise a
or extensive where the bellows should always state the movements twin bellows arrangement with an
extends in length. as they affect the expansion joints, intermediate pipe between the
In the majority of applications, the and not those generated by the pipe bellows, the expansion joint lateral
expansion joint is deemed necessary system. movement is taken up by an angular
because of the increasing tempera- rotation of the bellows in opposite
ture of the pipe system. The expan- Lateral movement directions.
sion joint is fitted in pipe systems and Lateral movement is movement The amount of lateral movement
installed between two fix points perpendicular to the bellow's available depends on the rotational
(anchors). longitudinal axis; it is a shearing movement capacity of each bellows
The extension of the pipe is compen- movement of the bellows with one and the distance between them,
sated by the compression of the end offset from the other, usually with increasing the distance between the
bellows. the ends of the bellows remaining bellows increases the lateral move-
In some cases, typically cryogenic parallel to each other. ment capability of the expansion joint
and chilled water services, the pipe A single bellow expansion joint, proportionally.
system contracts in service causing working with a shearing action, can Lateral movement can be applied in

AXIAL LATERAL

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

23

more than one plane; in such cases it large amount of movement to be simultaneously. Such units usually
is important that the expansion joint absorbed. In particular, pinned units require a lot of flexibility to absorb
designer is made aware of the total used in 2-pin or 3-pin arrangements significant amounts of movements in
lateral movement to be applied. can convert pipe growth into angular combination. However, this often
rotation and control the expansion leads to a limited pressure containing
Angular movement from 2 directions and in 2 planes. capacity due to considerations
Angular movement is the rotation of towards the bellows’ stability.
the bellow's longitudinal axis at one It is important not to confuse angular
end relative to the other, the axis of rotation with torsion. Torsion is a Important
rotation is taken at exactly the twisting rotational movement around It is important that the designer of
midpoint of the bellow and the longitudinal axis; it generates expansion joint is fully informed of all
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. undesirable shear forces within the the movements to that the expansion
Expansion joints using angular bellows and its influence on the joint will encounter. Knowledge of the
movement to control pipe system bellows should always be avoided. amount of movement, its direction
expansion are almost always used in Please refer to the section about and any combination of axial, lateral
pairs, sometimes combined as part of torsion. and angular movements occurring
a twin bellows unit and sometimes in together is essential for the correct
sets of 2 or 3 in pinned restrained Universal movement design of the expansion joints.
expansion joints. Universal expansion joints can be
The intelligent use of the angular designed and built to absorb applied
capability of the bellows can enable a axial, lateral and angular movements

ANGULAR

ANIMATION OF
MOVEMENTS
See how movements are absorbed in
the various types of expansion joints:
visit our Belman Group channel on
www.youtube.com

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

25

AXIAL
EXPANSION JOINTS
Application the ability to absorb minor
Having the ability to compensate for lateral and angular deflections and
axial movements and with its simple installation tolerances. However, we
and compact overall dimensions, axial recommend the utilisation should be
expansion joints are very widely used limited to its main function, otherwise
within a range of applications. its service life may be negatively
They are especially common in long impaired.
pipe runs, examples of which would
include exhaust systems, ventilation Where there is a need for absorption
and flue gas systems, district heating, other than that of axial movements,
steam, oil and gas pipe systems. we strongly recommend alternative
options and Belman will be pleased to
Axial movement provide its professional advice.
Axial movement is considered as an
elongation or compression of the pipe
system in its longitudinal axis, Definitions
Axial expansion joints are designed to meaning that in the process of Axial movement is shown as AX and
absorb axial movements (extension absorbing the movements, the overall stated in mm. Compression and
and compression in its longitudinal length of the expansion joint will either elongation is indicated as
axial direction). The thermal expansion extend or compress. negative (-) and positive (+).
of a straight pipe line section between
two fix points can be absorbed by Axial expansion joints which are Example
axial expansion joints with a relatively designed to absorb large movements, Elongation +10 and compression -20
compact build-in length. This offers a can contain one, two or several will be shown as: AX +10/-20 mm.
simple and cost efficient solution in bellows in one unit, and larger move- Equal longitudinal movements are
terms of movement compensation. ments can also be achieved by shown as: AX +/-20 mm (2δN).
Axial expansion joints can be pre-tensioning or by installing several
equipped with all kinds of connectors, expansion joints on the pipe section.
such as welding ends or welded or Depending on the nominal diameter
loose (rotatable) flanges. and length, axial expansion joints have

ADVANTAGES REQUIREMENTS

l Simple solution for compensation l Strong fix points and good guides
of temperature fluctuations are required
l No change in the flow direction l Large movements require
utilisation of several axial
l Compact and space saving
expansion joints
solution
l Many fix points and guides are
l Relatively low cost
needed for long pipe sections
l Higher costs for fix points and
guides

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

27

LATERAL
EXPANSION JOINTS
number of end connections like bends or a change in the pipe
welding ends, flanges and/or a direction.
combination thereof. Additionally,
Lateral movement
it can be equipped with accessories
Lateral movement is a sideways
like: inner sleeves, covers,
(lateral) displacement of the ends of
intermediate pipe and tie rods.
the expansion joint in a direction
perpendicular to its longitudinal axis.
The type of expansion joint selected
Lateral movement can be absorbed
depends on both its cost effectiveness
both in the horizontal and the vertical
and its suitability for the function to be
axis/direction according to the design
fulfilled. The economic
of the pipe system. Lateral movement
consideration should not only take into
can, to a limited degree, be absorbed
account the cost of the expansion
by one bellow. If larger movements
joints, but also the required fix points,
are to be absorbed, we recommend
guides and structures.
a design with a universal expansion
joint (two bellows with an intermedi-
Application
Lateral expansion joints are used to ate pipe) absorbing the movement
As lateral expansion joints absorb
absorb lateral deflection. Lateral and this also results in lower offset
movements in lateral directions in one
expansion joints can move in all lateral forces.
or more planes, and absorb adjusting
directions simultaneously for absorb- forces, they are widely used in more Definitions
ing expansion from two pipe sections complex pipe systems with many Lateral movement is shown as LA
in different directions. different directions and levels. and stated in mm. The parallel
The lateral expansion joint is normally Lateral expansion joints make possible displacement is indicated as
equipped with fixtures such as the absorption of movements which negative (-) and positive (+).
external tie rods, which allow the unit are perpendicular to the longitudinal
to absorb movements in all lateral direction of the pipeline, and are Example
directions but also to absorb the therefore ideal for installation in pipe The elongation of one side of the
pressure thrust (incl. full systems with bends, Z shaped pipe bellow is +10 and the compression of
vacuum). systems and in 3 hinged systems. the other side of the bellow is -20.
The lateral expansion joints are Lateral expansion joints can be used This will be shown as: LA +10/-20
available with one or two bellows as tank settlement bellows, vibration mm. Equal parallel displacement is
(universal type) as well as with a absorbers and in all pipe systems with shown as: LA +/-20 mm (2λN).

ADVANTAGES REQUIREMENTS

l Absorbs movements in all lateral l For absorption of large expansions


directions several lateral expansion joints are
needed
l Absorption of large lateral
movements with only one lateral l Many fix points and guides are
expansion joint needed for long pipe sections
l Reduced loads on all fix points
as the tie rods absorb the loads
without transferring pressure thrust
on to the fix points

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

29

ANGULAR
EXPANSION JOINTS
Angular expansion joints allow angular transferring pressure thrust on to the
movements only, contrary to axial fixed points. A gimbal expansion joint is
expansion joints which elongate and more flexible than a hinged expansion
compress in the pipeline axis. The joint as the gimbal enables multiple
angular expansion joint moves in an angular rotations.
angular rotation in one or several
planes, controlled by a pair of hinges Angular expansion joints in general
or a gimbal. The angular expansion Angular expansion joints offer a wide
joint is as standard delivered with range of options, and when built into
either hinges or gimbals, and can be two or three pinned pipe systems, they
manufactured with any end can accommodate very large
connections such as welding ends, movements with very low reaction
welded flanges, or loose flanges or forces, without the need for fix points
combinations thereof, depending on and structures.
Hinged
client requirements. As angular expansion joints are fully
restrained, they require only
Hinged angular expansion joints inexpensive guides or intermediate
Hinged angular expansion joints are guides. This gives an economic
equipped with hinges, to absorb advantage in large diameter, hot piping
angular movement/rotation in one systems, even if the movements are
plane only. The hinges are designed to complex and in several planes. Further,
resist the pressure thrust from the pipe the hinges or gimbal can be designed
system. Single hinged expansion joints to support the dead weight loads from
are generally used in pairs or threes the adjacent pipes and connected
with a connecting pipe system equipment, and to carry wind loads,
between, and widely used in irregular snow loads, and any other external
and complex pipe systems. loads from the pipe system, minimizing
the need for fix points and structures.
Gimbal angular expansion joints The hinge can also be designed to
Gimbal angular expansion joints are eliminate torsion forces acting on the
Gimbal designed to absorb angular bellow. The bellow does not allow any
movements in several planes without torsion, and this should be

To b e c o n t i n u e d . . .

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


30

ANGULAR
EXPANSION JOINTS Continued...

counteracted against in all cases. expansion joint where its longitudinal longitudinal axis, and is not to be
When the angular expansion joints are axis is displaced as an arc from its understood as angular rotation.
installed in two hinged or three hinged initial position. This is to be under-
systems, the distance/intermediate stood as an angulation of the Definitions
pipe between each unit should be as expansion joints two end planes Angular movement is shown as AN
large as possible, as this allow relative to each other, which results in and stated in degrees. Angular
maximum lateral deflection or the longitudinal centreline becoming rotation is indicated as negative (-)
movement to be absorbed. If the an arc, like a pipe bend. and positive (+) respectively.
thermal growth of the intermediate The convolutions are uniformly
pipe is significant, a three hinged compressed along the inside of the Example
system is required. bellows longitudinal centreline, and Angular movement positive +5 and
uniformly elongated along the outer negative -10 will be stated as: AN
Angular movement radius of the arc. +5/-10°. An equal angular rotation
Angular movement is an angular/ Torsion or twisting of one end with over the bellows longitudinal centre-
rotational displacement of the respect to the other end about its line are stated as AN +/-10° (2αN).

ADVANTAGES REQUIREMENTS

l Absorbs angular movements in l Changes in flow direction/pipe


single or multi plane direction is required
l Use of normal guides l More space consuming than axial
expansion joints
l Reduced loads on all fix points
l Two or three expansion joints are
required for a system

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

33

UNIVERSAL
EXPANSION JOINTS
welding ends, welded or loose Application
flanges, and an endless number of Universal expansion joints can absorb
accessories such as inner sleeves, movements in all directions, and are
cover and movement controls. used in uncritical, low pressure
installations like ventilation ducts,
Universal expansion joints featured in exhaust gas systems, fresh air
this catalogue are restricted to the ventilation and process equipment.
maximum design pressure of 2,5
BarG, but as customised solution they Definitions
can be designed for higher pressure. Movement is shown as AX (axial),
LA (lateral), AN (angular) mm + deg.
The universal expansion joints allow a The parallel displacement is indicated
large amount of lateral offset in as negative (-) and positive (+)
multiple planes, and the lateral respectively. It is very important to
Universal expansion joints consist of deflection can be increased or notice if the movements is stated in
two multi-convoluted bellows decreased by changing the length of combination (universal), or as an
connected with an intermediate pipe the intermediate pipe. alternatively combination of the
into one assembly. Universal expansion joints do not use different directions.
tie rods, and are therefore suitable
Belman has developed a series of only for low pressure applications. Fix Example
universal expansion joints that allows points and guides must be sufficiently The elongation of the bellow is +10
all three movements: axial, lateral and designed to withstand the full pressure and the compression of the bellow is
angular simultaneously. The universal thrust forces and other loads. An -20. This will be shown as: +10/-20
expansion joints can be equipped with universal expansion joint is not to be mm. Equal parallel displacement is
all kinds of end connections, like confused with a lateral expansion joint. shown as: +/-20 mm.

ADVANTAGES REQUIREMENTS

l Absorbs movements in all l Only for low pressure applications


directions
l Fix points and good guides are
l Absorption of large axial required
movements and lateral move-
l Many fix points and guides are
ments in one expansion joint
needed for long pipe sections
l Can be modified to suit existing
installation gap

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T H E E X PA N S I O N J O I N T

35

EXHAUST
EXPANSION JOINTS
exhaust pipe and secure using band (for minimum deflection forces and
clamps or worm-drive clips. good fatigue properties) with good
Exhaust expansion joints can absorb performance in conditions where
axial and lateral movements alone or vibration prevails.
in combination, and it is usually the Exhaust expansion joints are generally
required movement capacity which unrestrained so the pressure force
determines the selected configuration. (generated by the bellows when
A single bellow is normally selected to pressurised), together with the
accept mainly axial movement deflection forces resulting from
although some lateral movement is movement, must be contained by the
usually possible. Where the amount of system fix points and guides.
axial movement is outside of the
capacity of a single bellows, a double At high temperatures or where the
expansion joint may be necessary. flow velocity is high, Belman always
When the unit is required to accept a recommends an inner sleeve in the
significant amount of lateral bellows. The inner sleeve protects the
movement, including applications bellows against abrasion from any
Exhaust expansion joints are
where axial movement is applied particulate matter in the flow medium
designed to absorb heat induced
simultaneously, a double bellows is and helps to smooth the gas flow
expansion and contraction of pipe
usually the preferred option. over the convolutions which helps in
systems and exhaust systems.
the reduction of turbulence. It can
Belman has developed a wide range
A double bellows unit has a interme- also help to reduce the temperature
of exhaust expansion joints, which are
diate pipe between the bellows and of the bellows in the expansion joint.
designed to give high movement
absorption with low spring rates for sometimes this is an integral part of
Application
best overall performance. the bellows tube reducing the need
Exhaust expansion joints are used in
The typical pressure rating for exhaust for welded joints.
a wide range of applications including
expansion joints, temperature gas turbine exhausts, power units,
depending is 1.0 BarG. Belman exhaust expansion joints are generator sets, marine propulsion
designed to be as light as practically systems, OEM engines and auxiliary
These units are available with many possible to give minimum loads on systems.
end fitting options including welding hangers and pipe supports. Further,
ends, flanges (welded and loose). For the bellows technology, often Customised expansion joints can be
smaller sizes, it is often possible to incorporates multi layers, giving designed and built for any specific
slide the bellows tangent over the maximum movement and flexibility requirement and application.

ADVANTAGES REQUIREMENTS

l Gas-tight and resistant to l High flow velocity often requires an


corrosion and temperature inner sleeve
l Absorb vibrations and oscillations l Exhaust bellows exposed to
vibration should be designed to
l Light weight, reducing loads on
ensure that the natural frequency
hangers and pipe supports
and any harmonics do not
l Very low spring rates, and high coincide with the frequencies of
flexible performance reduces loads the exhaust system
on hangers and pipe supports
l Economical

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


ENGINEERING & QA

37

HIGH QUALIT Y
EXPANSION JOINTS
Belman is a recognised designer and DN 25 to more than DN 12.000 in all
manufacturer of metallic expansion design variations, materials and
joints with solutions being installed according to all national & international
throughout the world. Belman A/S standards. We supply expansion joints
was established in 1994, with the for a wide range of applications and f
main facility situated in Esbjerg, or many different users of expansion
Denmark. Over the years, we have joints such as: plant operators, piping
been able to build up a strong engineers, plant designers, EPC
technical base with an extensive contractors, trading companies, OEM
range of references across the manufacturers etc.
industries, proving our abilities as
committed, problem-solving, Every day, we expertly assist our
innovative and rapidly developing clients with customised expansion
solution provider. We strive constantly joint solutions tailored for their applica-
to deliver excellent solutions by tion and project.
applying the latest available technolo- The customised solutions designed
gies and maximum efficiency for the client are usually metallic
throughout the entire design and expansion joint solutions, but for
manufacturing process. applications where metallic expansion
joints are not the optimum solution, we
Since 2008, Belman has been a also expertly assist on solutions like
member of the Euro-Qualiflex® rubber expansion joints, fabric expan-
association. This ensures our sion joints, metallic flexible hoses etc.
commitment to a high level of product
quality, with a focus on safe, reliable If you require further assistance or
and fully documented products. wish to discuss the expansion joints
We provide high quality metallic we can offer you, please do not
expansion joints in sizes varying from hesitate to contact us.

WHY CHOOSE BELMAN

Clients choose Belman because of:

l High quality l Responsiveness


l Short and accurate delivery times l Documentation
l Flexibility l Customer-oriented approach

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


38

QUALIT Y ASSURANCE

The delivery of high quality products tests and inspection in-house. l TR CU 032/2013 (GOST-R)
and services has always been an The Belman expansion joint design
integrated part of what we stand and production process makes use of l Declaration of conformity
for. We strive to provide expansion state-of-the-art technologies. (Russian Rostechnadzor)
joints and services of a consistently Accredited authorities perform regular
high quality which fully meet the controls and tests to confirm the l Mark transfer approval within
expectations of our customers. The efficient and professional continuity of EN 10204 3.1 PED/AD-M W
implementation and adherence to Belman process management.
recognised quality assurance systems l DNV-GL type approval
ensures that all processes are
performed accurately. The project Company approvals l Bureau Veritas type approval
starts with the initial review of the
submitted specifications, followed by l EN ISO 9001:2008 l LNG/LPG standard type approvals
the design, manufacture, testing and for LR, BV, DNV-GL, ABS and
documentation, all in accordance with l EN ISO 3834-2 KRS
the customer’s requirements.
l Pressure Equipment Directive l EHEDG
The accreditations and certificates PED 2014/68/EU (PED 97/23/EC)
we possess enable us to shorten and Our latest approvals can be seen from
optimise each project by performing l AD2000 Merkblatt HP0 our website.

OUR ACCREDITATIONS

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


ENGINEERING & QA

39

WELDING &
MATERIAL CONTROL
Welding audit our suppliers and we set also
Our focus on quality assurance high demands for them in terms of
includes also welding and within this having the same approvals, proce-
area, we follow both client requests, dures and experience as we do.
project requests, our own 3.1 certificates is a must and we are
procedures, our own quality certified to mark transfer when the
objectives and the requirements of sheet and coil are used for several
the design codes. Penetrant inspection orders.

A natural step for Belman has been Selection of the suitable material for
to automise the process of welding the expansion joint that suits the
as much as possible to ensure that project/application is crucial. To
we have the right qualified welding ensure this with considerations of
procedure (WPS) for the project and all applicable norms and standards,
also that we are using the right certi- we have build an extensive material
fied welders for the project. We hold a database.
database with more than 200 different Visual inspection
qualified WPS.

Database of qualified WPS Weld measuring gauge Sliding gauge

Material control
To ensure a short and accurate
delivery time, we have an extensive
stock of raw materials. For the bellow
material, we stock various steel types
in both sheets and coil. These are
qualities such as different types of
Clamp meters common stainless steel, all 300 series
Caliper gauge
and special alloys being Inconel,
Incoloy, Hastelloy, titanium, nickel etc.
All welding activity is carefully As quality is important to us and to
inspected under supervision of our our customers, we have compre-
own inspectors (IWS and IWIS). hensive control at goods reception.
We check all incoming raw materials
As well as we have 100% trace- according to our QA procedures
ability on all materials, we also have and policies and that means, among
full traceability on all filler materials. others, that we check the material
3.1 certificate can be provided for all thickness, certificates, marking of the
of them. All documentation are kept in steel, if the goods are as ordered etc. Material database
our files for minimum 10 years, which We have a quarantine stock for goods
means that we can always find the not approved by the inspector.
needed documentation for the client To ensure a consistent quality on our
in case it is required. subsupplies and raw materials, we

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


ENGINEERING & QA

41

DOCUMENTATION

Not only does Belman concentrate on Typically, we offer our customers the l Material certificates according to
the quality and finish of its products, following documentation: EN 10204 3.1
the same careful attention is also l DoC – Declaration of Conformity
applied to the associated Calculations
l CoC – Certificate of Conformity
documentation. l Bellow calculations
l VT, PT, TP, RT, UT, MPI, PMI
Belman has developed its own l Flange calculations reports
special software which manages the l Finite Element Analysis (FEA) l NDT operator certificate
material traceability on each project. l Tie rods calculations (EN 473/ISO 9712)
It is also integrated with our design
l Pipe calculations l Pressure- and tightness test report
software to ensure the integrity of all
materials used against the design l Hinge calculations and procedure
code. Documentation is provided l Lug and lifting lugs calculations l Pressure gauge calibration certificate
with every project. As we are able to l Natural frequency calculations l ITP – Inspection and Test Plan
execute tests and inspections
l Inner sleeve calculations l Measuring report
in-house, our documentation is
generated quickly and depending on l Bolt torque calculations l Paint report incl. datasheets
the client's request, documentation l Seismic calculations l ISO certificates (EN ISO 9001,
can be supplied with the goods or EN ISO 3834-2)
l Pressure drop calculations
sent separately. This ability to quickly
External hardware calculations l Type approval certificate
generate documents ensures that no l

time is lost when our products arrive l Cleaning certificate and procedure
at the destination, allowing the instal- Welding documentation l Supplier EN ISO 9001 certificate
lation to be immediately executed with l WPS (15600 series (PED), l Installation instruction
the absolute minimum of downtime. AD2000, ASME IX)
Due to our strength in document WPQR (15600 series (PED),
l 3rd party documents
management, we are repeatedly AD2000, ASME IX)
chosen by clients. l Witness pressure test
l Welders certificates (EN/ISO 9606,
l Calculation approval
For the expansion joints specified in EN/ISO 14732, AD2000, ASME IX)
l Design approval
this catalogue and for our l Welding lists (Belman layout,
customised solutions, we can provide custom layout) l Final inspection
the complete documentation l Weld drawings l According to type approval
packages needed. Documentary
l Filler material certificates l Destructive testing
requirements are determined by the
(minimum 2.2, EN 10204)
project specifications, the applica-
tion and the customer, industry and l Welding inspection reports Other related documents
design code. (before, during and after) l According to nuclear
l Production tests according to specifications
Some projects require just a few AD 2000 l According to NORSOK
certificates while other projects, such
l Tests according to NORSOK specifications
as those for e.g. the nuclear power
industry, require thousands of pages l As-build drawing l According to Oil/energy
of documentation. No matter what specifications
the requirements may be, Belman has Other documentation l According to special customer
the experience to ensure compliance. l Inspection certificate specifications/requirements

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


42

TEST

Our expansion joints can be subject l Vibration test cracks and pin holes. After the devel-
to any kind of tests and inspections. l Burst test oping time, any excessive penetrant
The scope of tests meets the liquid is removed from the inspected
l Metallurgy inspections
requirements of the design code or area and then a white penetrant
the customer’s specification. Some l Cupping test (Erichsen test) developer is applied that draws the
tests are performed by Belman and l Hardness test original penetrant out from defects to
some are performed by 3rd parties. form a visible indication. The
Concerning testing, we differentiate DESCRIPTION OF TESTS indication will appear as a red spot on
between two different test types: Visual test the tested surface. The dye penetrant
non-destructive testing (NDT) and A visual inspection of the bellow test is the perfect way to render a
destructive testing, also called convolutions for any cracks and defect, such as a visible crack.
destructive physical analysis (DPA). irregularities, weld imperfections, Belman has certified dye penetrant
By testing, we verify that our surface finish and paint imperfections. technicians and procedures. Dye
expansion joints are suitable for the penetrant liquid is a rapid and cost
intended use. Non-destructive testing Leak tightness test effective method of testing.
is most commonly used, as it does Leak testing is used to verify
not permanently alter the tested conformity of expansion joins. There Radiographic examination
subject. are several ways to execute a leak Radiographic examination is a
test; generally the expansion joints non-destructive test method, also
Non-destructive tests are pressurised with air and then called X-ray. The test generates an
l Visual test the inspected area is sprayed with a image by using electromagnetic
l Leak tightness test soap-water solution. The subsequent gamma rays to penetrate through an
formation of soap bubbles would object. The X-rays that pass through
l Dye penetrant test are captured by a detector (film or
indicate the presence of a leak.
l Radiographic examination Other types of media used for digital) that generates a superimposed
l Hydrostatic pressure testing testing could involve gas, with the image of the tested specimen’s
l Magnetic particle examination use of sensors for the detection of internal structures.
gases such as helium. Radiographic test is used to inspect
l Ultrasonic testing
discontinuities and imperfection of
l Positive material identification (PMI) Dye penetrant test butt welds such as: interpass cold
l Helium leak testing Dye penetrant test is a widely used lap, porosity, slag inclusion, incom-
l Eddy current test non-destructive test method to locate plete penetration, incomplete fusion,
cracks in a welded surface, lack of root undercut, external undercut,
l Dimensional check
welding fusion, leaks and fatigue offset or misalignment and cracks.
Destructive tests cracks. The tested surface is cleaned
and then the liquid penetrant is Hydrostatic pressure test
l Fatigue life testing
applied. The penetrant liquid is A hydrostatic pressure tests verifies
l Squirm testing allowed 30 minutes developing time expansion joint for its strength and
l Movement test in which to soak into any pores, flaws, leak resistance. The test pressure

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


ENGINEERING & QA

43

is always higher than the operating can also be used to measure the one of the latest non-destructive test
pressure to give a factor of safety. thickness of a subject, for example in methods, which uses electromagnetic
The safety factor used is depending order to determine the level of induction to detect imperfections in
on the regulations that apply. Belman corrosion on pipework. conductive materials. Eddy Current
has large scale testing equipment test can detect very small cracks in
to perform pressure testing up to Positive material identification the surface of the material or near its
DN 3000 and 500 tons. Belman can (PMI) surface.
pressure test in accordance with any Belman offers positive material
applicable code. identification on all materials used. Destructive testing
PMI is rapidly increasing in its use as In order to understand and prove
Magnetic particle examination a non-destructive test method. By structural and material performance
Magnetic particle inspection is a exposing X-rays into materials, each under load, destructive testing can be
non-destructive testing for detecting chemical element reflects the radia- performed.
discontinuities in surfaces and sub tion of X-rays by generating Belman has in-house test equipment
surfaces in ferromagnetic materials energy in a different way. to carry out: burst test, cupping test
and alloys. Magnetic particle inspec- XRF analysers can then measure (Erichsen test), movement tests and
tion (MPI) can also be used to show the intensity and characteristic of fatigue tests. Destructive testing is
indications of stress corrosion the emitted energy, from which the suitable when expansion joints are
cracking in pipe systems. Belman analyser can thereby determine the being manufactured in large quantities
offers magnetic particle examination qualitative and quantitative composi- or when a possible failure would have
as an economical alternative to tion of the material being tested. a serious impact.
radiographic testing.
Helium leak testing ADDED VALUES
Ultrasonic testing For optimal safety and as a more Testing of the expansion joints are
Ultrasonic test is used to transmit accurate way of leak testing, Belman always done according to the project
sound waves into the test offers a non-destructive helium leak requirements and the relevant
material. With a probe that sends test of our products. Where a normal standards. These are then recorded
sound waves into the material, there leak test such as hydrostatic or soap in a complete manufacturing data
are two indications on the solution leak test offers only a limited record book.
oscilloscope. One is from the initial leak detection rate, a leak test using Our expansion joints are made of high
pulse of the probe and the second helium as tracer gas, passes through quality materials, from state-of-the-art
comes from the back wall echo. If any leak due to its small atomic size. manufacturing process and qualified
there is an imperfection in the tested With a mass spectrometer leak and dedicated personnel.
welds, this is displayed as reduced detector, it’s possible to locate and We treat the tests and quality
amplitude; the depth of the defect measure the size of leaks. procedures as an important process
can also be determined. This non-de- which adds value to our products, but
structive test method can be used on Eddy Current test most importantly, it delivers a guaran-
carbon steel, stainless steel, alloys Belman offers also Eddy Current tee of quality and product confidence
and other materials. This test method inspections. Eddy current testing is for our customers.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


ENGINEERING & QA

45

ENGINEERING &
MANUFACTURING
State-of-the-art engineering design and manufacture, which
To meet the expectations of high was prepared by a working group
safety, engineering must be of multiple associations who
supported by reliable and verified together formed the “Arbeitsge-
calculations. We calculate therefore meinschaft Druckbehalter”.
according to the latest design codes,
recognised by international l ASME B31.1 - An American
classification associations. National Standard, a Power Piping
We are able to offer steel expansion Code. It prescribes minimum
joints calculated and designed requirements for the design,
according to following design codes: materials, fabrication, erection,
test, inspection, operation, and
Design codes: maintenance of power piping
l EN 14917 - European Standard systems.
specifies the requirements for
design, manufacture and l ASME B31.3 – An American
installation of metal bellows and National Standard, Process Piping
expansion joints for pressure Code provides a minimum set of
applications. rules concerning design, materials,
fabrication, testing and examina-
l EN 13445 - European Standard
tion practices used in the
for Unfired Pressure Vessels. EN
construction of process piping
13445 is a standard that provides
systems.
rules for the design, fabrication,
and inspection of pressure
l ASME VIII Div. I – An American
vessels.
National Standard that provides
l EN 13480 - A European rules for the design, fabrication
Standard that specifies the and inspection of boilers and
requirements for: industrial piping pressure vessels.
systems and supports, including
safety systems, made of metallic l EJMA – A design code made by
materials. EN 13480 is applicable the Expansion Joint Manufacturers
to metallic piping above ground, Association, an organization
ducted or underground. established in 1955. The standard
provides rules for design, manu-
l AD2000 - German Code of facture and safe installation of
practice for pressure vessel metallic expansion joints.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


ENGINEERING & QA

47

ENGINEERING &
MANUFACTURING
The required solutions can be application, locations in the
supplied with CE-marking in pipe system and installation
compliance with the Pressure requirements
Equipment Directive (97/23/EC). l Calculation software: BelMaker®,
OMTECH and ANSYS
Belman is a member of the Euro-
Qualiflex Association, and participates State-of-the-art manufacturing
actively in writing the European l Several bellow manufacturing
Standard for expansion joints, EN methods are available: punch
14917. The expansion joint solutions formed, roll formed and hydraulic
we offer are developed in accordance formed in both single-ply and
with the submitted specifications and multi-ply
l Extensive stock of materials for
in the close interaction with our
clients, producing results that offer both connection ends and raw
the optimal balance between sheet materials for bellows. Our
performance and cost. sheet stock includes: austenitic
We pride ourselves on the fast stainless steels (300 series),
response to customer requests, duplex, aluminium, titanium and
especially in critical situations that high-nickel alloys such as Inconel,
call for the urgent replacement of Incoloy, Hastelloy, Monel, Nickel,
expansion joints. etc.
l In-house painting facility
l In total 7700 m2 production and
Our design process includes the stock facility
following: l Lifting capacity: up to 40 tonnes
l Design codes: EN 13445, l Advanced welding equipment to
EN 13480, EN 14917, ASME VIII, ensure high quality and efficient
Div.I, ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3, welding
AD 2000 or EJMA l Automated and semi-automated
l CAD Drawings welding equipment
l 3D Modelling l Test and inspection equipment
l Finite Element Analysis (FEA) (in-house)
l Technical consulting on optimal l Various pressure test equipment
solutions in regards to design, (among others a DN 3500 test rig)

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


ENGINEERING & QA

49

VALIDATION
OF DESIGN
In certain situations, it is not immedi- service Belman can prepare an
ately possible to validate the evaluation report as part of the
pressurised integrity of a construction technical documentation package.
by means of the analytical formulas
specified in the applied design Belman has further invested in a
standards. For example, the geome- market-leading analytical calculation
trical complexity of the construction or tool, which in addition to the stress
the need for a further optimisation of analysis, enables us to offer design
the design could mean that the validation in connection with pres-
analytical formulas cannot be applied. surised equipment in accordance with
the design code EN 13445.
In such situations, Belman can verify This tool can validate flange joints,
the integrity of the construction by pipe joints, spigots, supports and
means of complex Finite Element lifting lugs as well as can carry out
Analyses. For this purpose, we use more complex analyses, such as
ANSYS® and the validation is carried Tall Tower Analysis.
out according to the terms of the The software used by Belman is
specified design standard. tested and validated through close
The results of the analysis are often co-operation with reputable institu-
used internally for optimisation of the tions such as DNV-GL and TÜV who
construction, but as an additional also use this software regionally.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


M AT E R I A L S

51

EXPANSION JOINT
MATERIALS
Our selected material combinations In particularly aggressive conditions,
for standard expansion joints are special materials with high corrosion
suitable for the majority of resistance should be used. The
applications. corrosion resistance should be at
The selection of the bellow material is least equal to that of the adjoining
generally based on the following pipe. The demand for highly flexible
aspects: expansion joints focuses on the use
of multi-ply bellows, where very
l Formability (Ductility) thin-walled convolutions prevent
l Weld ability corrosion. Whenever in doubt, it is
recommended to choose a material
l Thermal stability with a higher corrosion resistance for
the bellows, at least for the inner ply.
l Strength
In many cases, nickel-based alloys
l Corrosion resistance like Inconel 600, Inconel 625, Incoloy
825 are suitable. Belman has
l Corrosion properties such as
significant experience in working with
process media, surrounding
these materials.
environment, internal cleaning
agents The resistance tables provided in this
catalogue can be helpful in material
l Mechanical properties: high
selection. However, the choice of a
temperature service, cryogenic
suitable corrosion resistant material
service, operating stresses
should be based on the experience of
l Manufacturing properties: forming the user, who is most familiar with the
and cold working capabilities, cost particular features of the system and
and material availability. the operating medium.

MATERIAL CERTIFICATES

The expansion joints in this catalogue l Material certificates 3.1


are supplied with documentation as l Inspection certificate
per customer request. l Certificate of conformity
l CE marking
The following documentation can be For expansion joints according to
provided upon request: EJMA:
For expansion joints according to l Material certificate 3.1
EN 14917 and EN 13445 (PED): l Inspection certificate

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


M AT E R I A L S

53

TEMPERATURE LIMITS
FOR BELLOW MATERIALS
TYPE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE °C DOCUMENT

Number Steel name Minimum Maximum

1.4301 X5CrNi18-10 -196a 550

1.4306 X2CrNi19-11 -270a 550

1.4401 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 -196 a


550

1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2 -270 b


550
Stainless
1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3 -270a 550 EN 10028-7:2007
austenitic
steels 1.4539 X1CrNiMoCuN25-20-5 -196a 550

1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10 -270 c


550

1.4550 X6CrNiNb18-10 -196 a


550

1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 -270c 550

Heat 1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12 -196 900d Annex B, Position 1


resistant X10NiCrAITi32-21 -196 600 Annex B, Position 2.1
austenitic 1.4876
steels X10NiCrAITi32-21 (H) 900 d
Annex B, Position 2.2

2.4610 NiMo16Cr16Ti -196 400 EAM-0526-28

EAM-0526-43-1,
EAM-0526-43-2
-10 450
2.4816 NiCr15Fe
(-270) (900)d ([9]. [10])

Nickel
alloys 2.4819 NiMo16Cr15W -196 400 EAM-0526-18

-196 450 EAM-0526-40


2.4856 NiCr22Mo9Nb
(-270) (900) d
([11], [12])

2.4360 NiCu30Fe -196 425 Annex B, Position 3

2.4858 NiCr21Mo -270 540 Annex B, Position 4

1.0345 P235GH -20 400

1.0425 P265GH -20 400 EN 10028-2:2009

1.5415 16Mo3 -20e 500


Ferritic
steels 1.7335 13CrMo4-5 -20e 500

1.0565 P355NH -20 400


EN 10028-3:2009
1.8935 P460NH -20 400

a = Minimum temperature according to EN 13445-2/Annex B or EN 13480-2/Annex B.


b = Minimum temperature according to CERN [7].
c = Minimum temperature for cold-rolled strip up to 6 mm and hot rolled sheet up to 12 mm thickness [2].
d = Special care should be exercised due to the risk of embrittlement when using the materials at elevated temperatures above 550°C.
e = Minimum temperature is possible when the specified minimum impact energy (normally 27 J) can be proved.

Source: EN 14917:2009

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


54

BELLOW MATERIALS

For pressurised applications corrosion resistance when compared through the temperature range
according to EN 14917, the to 1.4301/304, especially in chloride between 430°C to 900°C. The alloy
temperature range can be seen from environments that tend to cause finds usage in many of the same
the previous page. For lower pressure pitting. applications as 1.4301/304, where
applications and/or other design Typical applications are flue gas the added safeguard from
codes, higher/other temperature ducts, marine service, crude oil intergranular corrosion is desired.
ranges apply. systems, heat exchangers and other Our standard catalogue is designed
critical applications in the chemical with bellows elements in this material
Stainless steel and petrochemical industries. due to its versatility, favourable
Type 300 austenitic series pricing and availability.
1.4404 (EN 10028-7) / AISI 316L
1.4301 (EN 10028-7) / AISI 304 (ASTM A240 – 316L) Heat resistant steels
(ASTM A240 – 304) This alloy is an extra low-carbon
1.4828 (EN 10095)
Services a wide range of applications. variation of 1.4401 with a 0,03%
High temperature steels are designed
It resists organic chemicals, dyes and maximum carbon. It is commonly
to be used at temperatures above
a wide range of inorganic chemicals. used for highly corrosive applications,
550°C, in the temperature range
The alloy resists nitric and sulphuric where intergranular corrosion is a
where creep strength are the
acids at moderate temperatures and hazard.
dimensioning factor and
concentration. It is used extensively in
high-temperature corrosion occurs.
piping systems conveying petroleum 1.4571 (EN 10028-7) / AISI 316Ti
Optimising steels for high tempera-
products, compressed air, steam, flue (ASTM A240 – 316Ti)
tures has meant that their resistance
gas, and liquefied gases at cryogenic With the addition/stabilising of
to aqueous corrosion has been
temperatures. titanium and molybdenum, this alloy
limited. All steels are austenitic,
shows very good resistance against
resulting in relatively high creep
1.4306 / 1.4307 (EN 10028-7) / AISI carbide precipitation and intergranular
strength values. Standardised
304L (ASTM A240 – 304L) corrosion.
high-temperature steels for service at
This alloy is an extra low-carbon varia- The main advantage of 1.4571 is
temperatures up to 1000°C in dry air.
tion of 1.4301 with a 0,03% that it can be held at a higher
Utilisation in the temperature range
maximum carbon content that temperature for a longer time, without
600-900°C can lead to
eliminates chromium carbide sensitising (precipitation) occurring.
embrittlement of the material.
precipitation from the welding Typical application areas are
process. As a result, this alloy can be chemical and petrochemical
used in more severe corrosive industries, paper industry, food-
environments than alloy 1.4301. processing and heat-exchangers. High alloyed steels
It is preferred over 1.4301 for nitric
acid service. 1.4541 (EN 10028-7) / AISI 321 2.4816 (EN-10095-1) / INCONEL
(ASTM A240 -321) 600 (ASTM B168 – 600) (UNS
1.4401 (EN 10028-7) / AISI 316 The addition of titanium to this N06600)
(ASTM A240 – 316) stainless steel acts as a carbide This nickel-chromium alloy offers high
This alloy has higher nickel content stabilising element that prevents strength over a wide range of
than the 1.4301/304. The addition of carbide precipitation when the temperatures together with good
2-3% molybdenum gives it improved material is heated and cooled resistance to a variety of corrosive

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


M AT E R I A L S

55

environments. It finds wide use in 1.4958 (EN 10088-1) / INCOLOY molybdenum alloy with an extra low
steam and salt water services, where 800H (UNS N08810) carbon and silicon content. The alloy
it is virtually immune to chloride stress In situations where a greater has very good corrosion resistance
corrosion. resistance to stress rupture and creep and high mechanical strength. It is
is required, Incoloy 800H is used characterized by excellent resistance
2.4856 (EN 10088-1) / INCONEL instead of Incoloy 800. Especially at to a range of corrosive media in
625 (ASTM B443 – 625) (UNS elevated temperatures higher than oxidizing and reducing conditions,
N06625) 816°C. Furthermore, Incoloy 800H plus resistance to pitting and crevice
This alloy comes with higher has a relatively good resistance to corrosion.
chromium content than alloy 600. chloride stress-corrosion cracking. The alloy has outstanding resistance
Together with the addition of 9% to acids, like nitric, phosphoric,
molybdenum, this results in superior 2.4858 (EN 10088-1) / INCOLOY sulphuric and hydrochloric acids,
mechanical strength and corrosion 825 (ASTM B424-05) (UNS including sulphuric and hydrochloric
resistance over a wider range of N08825) acid mixtures.
temperatures and corrosive This copper-chrome nickel alloy
environments. exhibits excellent corrosion resistance 1.4547 (EN 10028-7) / 254 SMO
It is used in many critical to the most aggressive acids, in (ASTM) (UNS S31254)
applications such as heat particular against hot, concentrated 254 SMO is a high-alloy austenitic
exchangers and FCCU (Fluid Catalytic sulphuric acid and in sulphur bearing stainless steel developed for use in
Cracking Unit). When exposed to environments. Due to its content of aggressive chloride-bearing media or
temperatures above 500°C for a nickel in conjunction with molybde- seawater applications.
prolonged period, the alloy may num and chromium, the Incoloy 825 The 254 SMO is recognised by a high
become brittle. offers excellent resistance to reducing chromium content, but it has the
Similar to Inconel 625, Inconel 625 environments, such as those molybdenum content which gives 254
LCF, it has the same containing sulphuric and phosphoric SMO excellent resistance to pitting
mechanical strength and corrosion acids. It supports resistance to local and crevice corrosion. The high
resistance properties. But with a corrosion like crevice and pitting and nitrogen content further improves
slight difference in material offers resistance to a variety of pitting resistance.
composition (grain size), can oxidizing substances such as nitric
enhance low-cycle fatigue properties acid, nitrates and oxidizing salt. The Duplex steels
at elevated temperature. resistance of alloy 825 makes it the
preferred choice for various Duplex
1.7846 (EN 10088-1) / INCOLOY applications such as chemical Duplex stainless steels, combine
800 (UNS N08800) processing, pollution control, oil and many of the beneficial properties of
This is less expensive than the gas recovery, acid production, ferritic and austenitic steels. Due to
above-mentioned nickel alloys due pickling operations, nuclear fuel the high content of chromium and
to a lower content of nickel. reprocessing and the handling of nitrogen, and often also molybdenum,
Good properties against oxidation, radioactive wastes. these steels offer good resistance to
carburisation and other high pitting and particularly stress corro-
temperature corrosions, as well as 2.4605 (EN 100xx-1) / ALLOY 59 sion Cracking. The duplex microstruc-
mechanical strength at high (ASTM B 575) (UNS N06059) ture contributes to the high strength.
temperatures. Alloy 59 is a nickel-chromium- Duplex steels have good weldability.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

57

EXPANSION JOINT
SELECTION
The successful installation of usually divided by a fix point (between
expansion joints in a pipe system each section).
requires the careful consideration of
many variables. Drawings
The most important issue is to In the following pages examples of
establish the direction in which the good practice in the use of expansion
movements are acting and in which joints in different pipe systems are
way the movements should be illustrated. The drawings are freely
absorbed. Once this information is adapted from the applicable
known, the solution incorporating the standards and are in accordance with
most suitable expansion joint type(s) the drawings available in the latest
can be determined. version of the standard prevailing at the
time of this catalogues publication.
The following pages give some ideas
and suggestions for pipe system See animations
design, and how to implement By using the WebLink located near
expansion joints in the system in the each examples, you can see the online
best way. animations.

Complex pipe systems must be Questions & assistance


subdivided into a number of less If you have any questions or would like
complex sections, to ensure the any advice on the selection of
optimum movement absorption in expansion joints and their location in
several directions. Each section is the pipe system, please contact us.

LFP

PG

IA
PG PG LFP DIA
IA
LFP
IA
LFP

PG
PG
IA
LFP
PG PG IA
LFP LFP DIA
LFP IA
LFP DIA
LFP IA FP
PG LFP IA
IA
LFP IA

IA PG IA LFP DIA
IA FP
PG IA IA LFP DIA IA
LFP DIA
A IA
PG LFP
PG DIA LFP DIA
A IA IAIA G1 G2 Gn

DEFINITIONS
IA FP
FP
IA LFP
LFP DIA
IA FP IA

IA FP G2
PG
FP
FP FP IA
FP FP Gn
PG PG LFP G1 G2 Gn
FP
IA FPDIA
FP FP
IA
FP LFP = Light fix point G1 G1 G2
G1 = Guide
G2Gn Gn
1 G1

FP FP
DFP FP
FP G2
FP FP
FP
FP FP = Fix point -FPon the
FP
FP
G2
G1 G2 G2 Gn G2

FP FP
straight pipe FP FP G1
G1
G2
G2
G1 Gn
Gn
G2 Gn
Gn
FP FP G1 Gn G2 Gn G1 G2 G1 Gn
G2Gn= Guide 2
FP FP G2
FP G1 G2 Gn G1
FP FP FP FP G2 G1 Gn G2 Gn
FP G2
FP DFP FP FP
DFP FP G2 G2
DFP FP FP
FP G2 Gn G2
FP FP FP G2
FP G2
Gn G1 G2Gn Gn G2
G1
LFP
FP DFP G1 G2 FPG1 Gn G2 GnGn G1 G1 Gn
DFP FP FP = Fix FP point - placed
FP
in G1 FPG2 LFP = Light fix point -
Gn G1 G1 G2 Gn Gn Gn = Following
G1
G1
G2 guides
Gn

(Guide 3 etc.) Gn
FP
placed in the G1
corner G2
Gn
the corner
FP FP PG G2 G2
FP FP Gn G1
FP Gn Gn
FP FP DFP DFP FP FP FP G2 G2 IA G2 G2
G2
DFP
DFP PG FP PG G2
LFP
G2
DIA
page
G2 85 G2
FP IA
FP G2 G2
DFP FP IA Gn Gn Gn
FP

www.belman.com
DFP FP Gn Gn
FP DFP Gn Gn G1 G2 Gn G1
FP
FP B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints FP Gn Gn Gn Gn
FP
DFP FP
DFP FP FP Gn Gn
DFP FP page 85G2 G2
DFP page 85
E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

59

FIX POINTS, GUIDES ETC.

Fix points and guides for points. The distance between the For other expansion joint types, the
axial expansion joints expansion joint and the first guide position of fix points and guides are
It is important that the fix point is should be a maximum of dependent on the pipe system and
placed as close to the axial expansion 4 x diameter. The distance between the position of the expansion joint in
joint as possible. It is important to the following guides should be the pipe system.
note that only one axial expansion 14-20 x diameter.
joint can be installed between two fix This is illustrated in the drawings below.

FP G2 G1 FP G1 G2 FP

FP G2 G1 FP G1 G2 FP
14-20xD _ 4xD
< _ 4xD
< 14-20xD

14-20xD _ 4xD
< _ 4xD
< 14-20xD

FP G1 G2 Gn FP

FP G1 G2 Gn FP
_ 4xD
< 14-20xD 14-20xD

_ 4xD
< 14-20xD 14-20xD

MORE INFORMATION

If you would like to learn more about


how to install expansion joints, please
visit our installation instruction,
which is available online via this
WebLink: 13602

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


60

Expansion joint selection

AXIAL

LFP LFP LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Straight piping section with axial expansion joints


This illustrates the importance in the The amount of movements imposed friction of the pipe supports and the
use of the three fix points, as the use on each expansion joint is not differences in stiffness between the
of two or more axial expansion joints controlled, as the pipe between the bellows. It is always important to have
in a piping section will create an two bellows can move sideward freely one axial expansion joint between two
undetermined arrangement. in both directions depending on the fix points.

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Axial expansion joints not restraining the pressure thrust


The piping system should be per section of straight pipe system. effective area plus the bellows
divided into sections by means of fix The fix points and other restraining displacement force. Additionally, the
points, guides or restraining tie rods in devices should be designed for the forces generated by the friction within
order to have only one expansion joint full pressure thrust from the bellows the guides should also be considered.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

61

Expansion joint selection

AXIAL

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Single axial expansion joint located on the large diameter side of a reducer
When on the same straight pipe on the small fix point should take into possible offset of the pressure thrust if
section, an axial expansion joint is account the full pressure thrust of the the reducer is eccentric.
located beside a reducer, the loads expansion joint and, additionally, the

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Straight piping with offset with axial expansion joint


Shows the application of a single an offset, this load must first be distance between the first guide (G1).
expansion joint in a pipe system transmitted through the offset leg, Further, the spacing between the first
containing an offset. It should be resulting in a movement on the pipe guide and the second guide (G2) and
noted that applications of this type system. Where the pipe system size is the spacing of guides (Gn) along the
are not usually recommended and will small, the offset appreciable, or where rest of the pipe system. Guides
only perform satisfactorily under the pressure and movement forces should be installed near both ends of
certain conditions. are relatively high, this configuration the offset leg to minimise the effects
As shown the pipe system is provided may result in over-stressing, or of the bending movement on the
with fix points at each end to absorb distortion of the pipe system and system.
the pressure, movement loading and guides. Note the proximity of the
guide friction. Where the line contains expansion joint to a fix point and the

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


62

Expansion joint selection

AXIAL

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Straight piping with bend/offset with axial expansion joint


Typifies good practice in the use of a between the two fix points, the the first guide and the second guide
single expansion joint to absorb axial distance between the expansion joint (G2), and the spacing of guides (Gn)
pipeline expansion. and a fix point, the proximity of the along the remainder of the pipe
Note the use of one expansion joint first guide (G1), the spacing between system.

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Axial pipe system expansion in a pipe system with branch connection


Typifies good practice in the use of tee, is designed to absorb the spacing between the first guide (G1)
expansion joints to absorb axial thrust from the expansion joint in the and the second guide (G2) and the
expansion in a pipe system with a branch line. Note the proximity of spacing of guides (Gn) along the
branch connection. The fix point at each expansion joint to a fix point, the remainder of each pipe section.
the junction, which in this case is a closeness of each first guide (G1), the

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

63

Expansion joint selection

AXIAL

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Axial expansion joints in pipe system with reducer


Typifies good practice in the use of the expansion joints thrusts on each between the first guide and the
expansion joints to absorb axial side of the reducer. second guide (G2) and the spacing of
expansion in a pipe system containing Note the proximity of each expansion guides (Gn) along the rest of each
a reducer. The fix point at the reducer joint to a fix point, the closeness of pipe section.
is designed to absorb the difference in each first guide (G1), the spacing

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Straight piping section with two bends and axial expansion joints
In cases where a universal expansion loading. The relative expansion pantographic linkages may be used to
joint must absorb axial movement between the two vessels results in distribute the movement equally
other than its own thermal growth, it both axial and lateral movement on between the bellows and control their
cannot function as a tied expansion the expansion joint. Both vessels movements.
joint and must be used in combina- must be designed to absorb the load
tion with fix points to absorb pressure on the fix points. Control rods or

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


64

Expansion joint selection

LATERAL
Gn
LFP

Gn LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Universal expansion joint to absorb lateral movement


Shows a tied universal expansion joint when practical. The thermal as that part of the elbows at either
used to absorb lateral deflection in a movement of the horizontal lines is end, must be absorbed by bending of
single plane “Z” bend. Where absorbed as lateral deflection by the the horizontal pipe legs. Provisions
dimensionally feasible, the expansion expansion joint. Only directional guiding should be made in the design of the
joint should be designed to fill the is required since the compressive guides to allow for both this deflection
entire offset leg so that its expansion loading on the pipe consists only of the and the reduced length of the
is absorbed within the tie rods as axial force necessary to deflect the expan- expansion joint in its deflected
movement. The tie rod should be sion joint. Any thermal expansion of the position.
extended to the elbow centre line offset leg external to the tie rods, such

LFP

Gn LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

T ie rods to prevent axial movement


A piping configuration that permits the axial movement other than its own dimension of the shorter leg is
use of adapted tie rods to prevent thermal expansion. The thermal suitable, tie rods may be installed
axial movement frequently simplifies expansion of the piping in the shorter spanning the entire short leg so that
and reduces the cost of the leg is, as a result, imposed as no deflection is imposed on the
installation. deflection on the longer piping leg. longer run from its source.
Due to the tie rods, the expansion Where the longer piping leg is not
joint is incapable of absorbing any sufficiently flexible and where the

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

65

Expansion joint selection

Universal expansion joint in Z bend


LATERAL

FP

Gn
Sp

FP

Gn

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Universal expansion joint in “Z” bend


Shows a typical application of a tied Since the universal expansion joint legs may lie at any angle in the
universal expansion joint in a three can absorb lateral deflection in any horizontal plane.
plane “Z” bend. direction, the two horizontal piping

Lateral expansion joint with two tie rods

Gn
Sp

FP

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Lateral expansion joint with two tie rods


The drawing shows the possible The piping connected at the bottom that the expansion joint is not subject
movements. should be guided in such a manner to torsion.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


66

Expansion joint selection

LATERAL Lateral expansion joint with three or more tie rods

Gn
Sp

FP

FP

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Lateral expansion joint with three or more tie rods


This kind of tied lateral expansion joint expansion between the restraining included into the fatigue life calcula-
is used in a similar way to that of two rods are compensated within the tion of the bellows.
gimbals. expansion joints. The relevant
The only difference is that the thermal compression or extension has to be

Three dimensional system with lateral expansion joints

Gn Sp

FP

Gn

Gn

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Lateral expansion joint with three or more tie rods


The use of lateral expansion joints cases, be critical, as rotation around Rotation around the longitudinal axis
with hinged tie rods in three-dimen- the longitudinal axis of the expansion of the bellow should be avoided.
sional piping systems can, in certain joint is theoretically possible.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

67

Expansion joint selection

LATERAL

LFP

FP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Single expansion joint for combined movements


As a single expansion joint is the least The expansion joint is located at one axis, while also permitting the thermal
costly option, it is normally the first to end of the long piping leg with fix expansion of the short piping leg to
be considered. This configuration points at each end. The guides are act upon the expansion joint as lateral
shows a typical application of a single well spaced for both movement deflection. Due to the fix point,
expansion joint absorbing combined control and protection of the piping loading exists only in the piping
axial movement and lateral deflection. against buckling. The fix point (FP) at segment containing the expansion
The system closely resembles the the left end of the pipe system joint.
arrangements shown for axial absorbs the load on the fix point (FP)
movement in the preceding section. in the direction of the expansion joint

LFP

FP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Expansion joint installed in the shor t piping leg


The configuration is an alternative and the principal expansion is compressive pressure loading and
arrangement in which the expansion absorbed as lateral deflection. requires only fix points and a guide
joint is installed in the short piping leg The longer piping leg is free of (Gn).

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


68

Expansion joint selection

HINGED
LFP Gn

LFP LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Hinges in a system
Hinged expansion joints can, in sets In general, there should not be more which a maximum of two can be
of two or three, be used for absorbing than three angular expansion joints gimbal expansion joints.
large lateral and axial movements. installed between two fix points, of

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Two-hinged system
Illustrates the use of a two-hinge cannot extend or compress. the bending deflections of the long
system to absorb the major thermal The amount of bending deflection piping legs. When calculating guide
expansions in a single-plane “Z” imposed on each of the two long clearances, consideration shall be
bend. Since the pressure thrust is piping legs may be controlled by the given to the fact that the thermal
absorbed by the hinges on the effective design of guides and expansion of the offset piping leg
expansion joints, only fix points are supports. Where one long leg is containing the expansion joints will be
required at each end of the piping sufficiently flexible to absorb the full partially offset by the reduction in
system. The thermal expansion of the thermal growth of the offset leg, the length resulting from the displacement
offset section containing the expan- other long leg may be controlled to of the centre pipe system. The latter
sion joints must be absorbed by the permit longitudinal movement only. effect may be ignored only where the
bending of the piping legs perpendic- The guides shown at the ends of the distance between hinge pins is very
ular to that segment, since the long pipe system near the elbows are large and the lateral displacement is
expansion joints are restricted to pure intended to maintain the plane of the small.
angular rotation by their hinges and pipe system only and must allow for

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

69

Expansion joint selection

HINGED

C PG

Equipment

DIA IA

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Three-hinged system
In this case, the entire deflection is the pipe section between expansion Support for the piping system may be
absorbed by the expansion joints and joint C and the left hand fix point accomplished in various ways,
negligible pipe bending loads will be which might otherwise result from the utilising available supporting
imposed upon the fix points. movement required to rotate the structures with greatest efficiency.
Where the distance between the fix expansion joint. One or more It is essential that spring supports be
point on the left and the first hinged additional guides (Gn) may be used to used to permit the free movement of
expansion joint C is large, a pipe maintain the plane of the piping the piping between the expansion
guide should be installed adjacent to system and relieve the hinges of joints.
the expansion joint, as shown. This bending forces which may be created
pipe guide will minimise bending of by external loads.

LFP Gn

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Hinge system in non 90° bend


The figure illustrates the principle that there are no 90° bends. Only fix
hinged expansion joint systems may points and guides are then required.
also be used in other cases where

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


70

Expansion joint selection

HINGED

Gn

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Two-hinged expansion joint system


In deploying hinged expansion joints of the vertical pipe leg. the bending of the riser. Depending
for the most effective use, it should be A planar guide may be installed near on the dimensions and weight of the
noted that in order to function the top of the vessel to protect the pipe system, sufficient support may
properly the hinges do not need to be hinged expansion joints from wind be obtained from the process vessel
colinear. The illustration shows a loads at right angles to the plane of and from the fix point. If additional
two-hinged expansion joint system. In the piping. supports are required, spring type
this case, the expansion joints will The fix point shown at the bottom of supports should be used. The vertical
absorb only the differential vertical the riser is a fix point only, since the piping may be cold pull to reduce
growth between the vessel and pipe pressure load is absorbed by the bending stresses, utilising the hinges
riser. Any horizontal movement due to expansion joint hinges. to withstand the cold spring force.
piping expansion, vibration and wind This fix point must be capable of
loads will be absorbed by the bending withstanding the forces created by

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

71

Expansion joint selection

HINGED

PG

Equipment

DIA IA

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Hinged expansion joint system


A hinged expansion joint system may while the equipment serves as a fix frequently possible to compensate for
be used effectively in applications point at the opposite end. The the thermal expansion of irregular and
involving movement other than the displacements of the equipment are complex piping configurations, which
pure thermal growth of piping. The added to those of the piping to might preclude the use of other types
figure illustrates an application evaluate the movements of the of expansion joints. Due to the ability
combining the thermal expansion of a expansion joints. Planar guide of the hinge structure to transmit
piping system with the single plane clearances in the plane of the piping loads, piping systems containing
movements of an item of connected must be adequate to allow for the hinged expansion joints impose
equipment. As long as all movements equipment movement as well as the minimal forces on the fix points. Such
are restricted to a single plane, the piping rotations. systems can be supported at virtually
behaviour of the expansion joint The compact size and structural any point, without interfering with the
system is quite similar to that of the rigidity are the advantages of this free movement of the system.
system shown in the figure. A fix point expansion joint type. Through the use
is required at one end of the piping, of these individual units, it is

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

73

Expansion joint selection

GIMBAL
Two gimbals and one hinged expansion joint in a 3D system

FP
Gn
Sp

FP

Gn

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

Two gimbals and one hinged expansion joint in a three-dimensional system


This often used system absorbs gimbals, while the hinged angular of the vertical distance between the
movements in any direction of the expansion joint takes the vertical gimbals.
horizontal pipes through use of the movement resulting from the reduction

Two gimbals in a 3D system

FP

Gn
Sp

FP

Gn

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917/EJMA

Two gimbals in a three-dimensional system


Just as hinged expansion joints offer the illustration. Since the pressure vertical pipe leg will be absorbed by
great advantages in single plane loading is absorbed by the gimbal bending of the longer legs, spring
applications, gimbal expansion joints structure, fix points only are provided. supports (SP) may be required on
are designed to deliver similar benefits Guides are provided to restrict the either or both of these. Guides must
in multi-plane systems. The gimbal movement of each piping leg. As in be designed to allow for the thermal
expansion joints ability to absorb the case of hinged expansion joints, expansion of the leg containing the
angular rotation in any plane is most the location of pipe supports is expansion joints and for the
frequently achieved by utilising two simplified by the load carrying ability shortening of this leg due to
such units to absorb lateral deflection. of the gimbal structure. Since, in a deflection.
An application of this type is shown in two gimbal system, the growth of the

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

75

Expansion joint selection

U-PIPE
In some pipe systems, the operating by the amount of movement to be l As shown in the on the left,
conditions can be quite challenging, absorbed and the rotational capability use of expansion joints in loops
resulting in special considerations for of the expansion joints; the higher the can reduce the number of loops
the design of both the pipe system movements the greater the distance required from 3 to 1
and for the expansion joints. Large required between the centre and end
movements can be absorbed in expansion joints. Tips!
numerous ways, and with different
l Venting or draining may be
expansion joint types. In many cases The advantages of this U-pipe required if the loop is fitted
installing two or more expansion joints system design vertically
together at natural or contrived offsets
in the pipe system can be a good l Large movements are absorbed l Expansion joints should be fitted
solution to absorb large movement. l The stress forces on the system as close to the elbows as
The same pipe system design can fix points are much reduced possible
also be used for the absorption of compared to those from l Guides should be close to the
angular movements, which would not equivalent unrestrained expansion outer expansion joints to direct the
be possible in a straight pipe system. joints pipe growth onto the bend. The
l Costs for fix points are reduced guides must allow free travel of the
Why U-bend/pipe loop? pipe system and expansion joints
The U-bend is a good solution for l Solutions using restrained under all movement conditions
absorbing larger movements. The expansion joints can prove to be
configuration of a pipe loop very cost effective, especially l The centre expansion joint in the
containing 3-angular (hinged) when the pipe system is installed U-bend should absorb the rotation
expansion joints can absorb, at a at heights. The need for the equally to the rotation of the outer
minimum, three times larger move- substantial fix points and guides expansion joints
ments compared to a traditional pipe in the pipe system that are l It is advisable to cold pull the
loop without angular expansion joints. routinely required with un- U-bend so that the expansion
The hinges on the expansion joints restrained expansion joints, joints work equally from their
contain the pressure forces from the becomes unnecessary neutral condition. This maximises
bellows and simultaneously ensure due to the pressure thrust force the available travel from the bend,
that movements are controlled, which from the bellows being contained minimises the height of the bend
helps to support the pipe system. The by the hinge structure on the and halves the total deflection
pipe system geometry is determined expansion joints force applied to the fix points

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


76

Expansion joint selection

U-PIPE

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

3 hinges in plane U-bend pipe system


With 3 hinges large movements can
be absorbed.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

77

Expansion joint selection

U-PIPE
GA

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917

4 hinged angular expansion joints in a U-bend pipe system


The U-shaped bend shown above is expansion joints if no guide A (GA) is
theoretically able to take an infinite installed.
number of positions due to the This problem can be solved by
friction in the hinges and the installing a lateral guide A (GA) at the
difference in stiffness between the top of the bend.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

79

Expansion joint selection

PRESSURE BALANCED

LFP LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917/EJMA

In-line pressure balanced expansion joint


The above shows the use of an in-line this arrangement, the two fix points minimum of guiding is required,
pressure balanced expansion joint shown are relieved of pressure primarily to direct the thermal
used to absorb axial movements in a loading. Since the piping is relieved of expansion of the piping into the
long, straight pipe system. By utilising compressive pressure loading, only a expansion joints in an axial direction.

LFP

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917/EJMA

Pressure balanced expansion joint located at a change of direction


The above typifies good practice in being secured by guides. Since the expansion joint, as shown, may
the use of a pressure balanced pressure thrust is absorbed by the suffice in most cases.
expansion joint to absorb axial pipe expansion joint itself, and only the In long, small-diameter pipe systems,
system expansion. Note that the forces required to deflect the expan- additional guiding may be
expansion joint is located at a change sion joint are imposed on the piping, necessary.
in the direction of the piping, with the only a minimum of guiding is required.
elbow and the end of the pipe system Directional guiding adjacent to the

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


80

Expansion joint selection

PRESSURE BALANCED

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917/EJMA

In-line pressure balanced expansion joint between two process vessels


When two process vessels are to be acting on the expansion joint bellows particularly when the interconnecting
connected, a pressure-balanced are contained by the restraining pipework is at greater heights.
expansion joint will usually provide the structure on the unit. This leaves the In some applications, a simple in-line
best solution. This solution should spring rate forces created by the axial pressure balanced unit can be
include absorbing the growth of the bellows movement to be contained, in used. This style of expansion joint will
interconnecting pipework, accepting most cases these forces are signifi- accept mainly axial movement, but
movement due to any differential cantly less than those of the pressure can be designed to additionally
growth of the vessels and catering for forces and typically are easily accept small lateral movements.
the effects of any settlement. The resolved. The alternative to using a In more complex arrangements,
design of process vessels will often pressure balanced system would be special expansion joints are required
prevent any significant loads from the to deploy simple unrestrained with a twin-bellows incorporated to
pipework being applied to the vessel expansion joints. However, this would accept greater lateral movements.
or nozzles. Through the utilisation of a require the installation of a structure
pressure balanced expansion joint, all to enable fix points to be included.
forces generated by internal pressure This could create significant costs,

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

81

Expansion joint selection

PRESSURE BALANCED

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EN 14917/EJMA

Pressure balanced expansion joint located at a change of direction


If a change of direction existing in a connections with high forces resulting between the line bellows and
pipe system, pressure balanced axial from the pressure thrust. This is equalising bellows. Each bellow
expansion joints (elbow or tee type) achieved by using an additional should be designed to absorb full
can be used to absorb the movement equalising bellow subjected to the line axial movement.
without charging the fix points or end pressure and interconnecting devices

LFP
Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Use of a pressure balanced expansion joint on a vessel


The above shows a common process vessel to the pipe system is result in some bending load upon the
application for a pressure balanced absorbed as lateral deflection. The pipe system, especially where the
expansion joint. Under various pipe system may then be secured by vessel is tall and is subject to wind
process conditions, the vessel and a fix point at the bottom and furnished loading deflection or similar effects.
the vertical pipe may expand at with a guide adjacent to the Where the guide is attached to a rigid
different rates. By installing a pressure expansion joint. external structure, the expansion joint
balanced expansion joint as shown, In many cases, no external structure must be designed to absorb wind
the differential vertical movement is is available at the upper elevation of loading deflection, and other similar
absorbed as axial movement on the the process vessel and the guide loading, as lateral deflection.
expansion joint and the thermal must be connected to the vessel
expansion from the centre line of the itself. Using this arrangement may

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


82

Expansion joint selection

PRESSURE BALANCED
LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Pressure balanced expansion joint on a turbine


The above shows a typical application and that on the turbine ensures that the expansion joint without imposing
of a pressure balanced expansion only guides are required. With an these on the turbine. The only force
joint for combined axial movement effective design, the guide can be imposed on the turbine is that is
and lateral deflection. Both the fix made directly above the turbine to required to deflect the
point at the end of the pipe system absorb the axial movement forces of expansion joint laterally.

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Pressure balanced expansion joint on a turbine


The above shows another turbine The expansion of the turbine between expansion joint. Since the expansion
application but, in this case, the fix its fix point and the expansion joint is joint is located close to the turbine,
point of the turbine is located at some absorbed as lateral deflection. A fix guiding is not required between the
distance from the expansion joint. point is used at the centre fitting of the turbine and expansion joint.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

83

Expansion joint selection

PRESSURE BALANCED

G1

LFP G1

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Pressure balanced universal expansion joint


Where large amounts of lateral movement forces of the expansion Where flow considerations permit, this
deflection are involved, a pressure joint. In a large diameter and low problem may be overcome by the use
balanced universal expansion joint pressure application, it may be of a tee as a center fitting of the
must be used. In this design, two impossible to utilise the pressure expansion joint, rather than an elbow.
bellows are used in the flow end of balanced expansion joint to eliminate In some cases, the pressure for the
the expansion joint and a single the pressure loading or at best, the balancing end of the expansion joint
bellows in the balancing end. effect may be uncertain. In such has been introduced from a seperate
Normally as shown, the balancing cases, another expansion joint design pressure source, but this is
bellows will be subjected only to axial must be considered. Pressure considered somewhat hazardous. A
movement if the tie rods are properly balanced expansion joints are not control failure or even a slow control
designed to rotate or pivot at their recommended for use in services response might result in partial or full
attachment points. where the pressure equalising pressure loading being imposed upon
In order for pressure balanced connection between the flow bellow the piping or equipment, thus
expansion joint to function properly, and the balancing bellows may eliminating the initial reason for using
the pressure thrust, restrained by the become plugged or blocked by the the pressure balanced expansion
tie rods, must exceed the axial flow medium or by contaminants. joint.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


84

Expansion joint selection

PRESSURE BALANCED
LFP

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Pressure balanced expansion joint located at a change of direction


The above shows that a pressure joint, while the thermal expansion of guiding is used. The guide on the
balanced expansion joint can be used the offset pipe system introduces offset run may be used to absorb the
at the change in direction other than both axial and lateral components or axial movement forces of the
90 degrees. In this case, the growth deflection on the expansion joint. expansion joint, if the piping is not
of the longer pipe system is absorbed Only fix points are required at the sufficiently stiff to transmit this directly
as axial movement on the expansion ends of the lines and directional to the fix point.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

85

Expansion joint selection

PRESSURE BALANCED

LFP

Source: Freely adapted from EJMA

Pressure balanced expansion joint at equipment such as turbines etc.


The above typifies good practice in equipment casing. Note that only a fix flow bellows and the balancing
the use of a pressure balanced point is required at the change of bellows, so that the forces required to
expansion joint to absorb the thermal piping direction and, if the expansion compress the expansion joint do not
expansion of equipment such as joint is located immediately adjacent exceed loading limits for the
turbines, pumps and compressors. to the machine, no guiding is equipment as established by the
The primary function of the expansion required. Care should be taken to equipment manufacturer.
joint is to minimise loading upon the provide sufficient flexibility in both the

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S E L E C T I O N

87

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION

Expansion joints are designed to with the installation instructions could


absorb movement according to reduce the service life and pressure
predetermined design data. The capacity of the expansion joint. This
calculated service life of an expansion could lead to damage or, at worst,
joint is based on the precondition that the breakdown of the expansion joint
the expansion joint will never be or the pipe system. Therefore, it is
subjected to mechanical or thermal important to carefully read our
load exceeding the stated design installation instructions.
data. In order to achieve the maxi-
mum service life, pressure resistance Available online
and reliability, caution should be taken Please find our latest version of the
during the handling, storage and installation instruction via this
installation of the expansion joint. The WebLink: 13602. The installation
necessary care includes adhering to instruction is available in multiple
the following advice. Failure to comply languages.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


88

NOMENCLATURE

All the expansion joints in this expansion joint include. Type number is written like this:
catalogue are described by both a The ID numbers are grouped, so all,
type number and a unique ID number for example AX1SU, are starting with 11233
(Type /ID no). Clients should use this the same number. Example: AX1SU
ID no. as a reference for us.
Type
ID no. This indicates type of the expansion Customised solutions
The ID no. is a unique number given joint. All Belman expansion joints are For the customised solutions, you will
to each expansion joint in this divided into types after the see e.g. AX1SU-16-0200-32-1,
catalogue. movements they absorb. Our where 16 refers to the pressure, 0200
The number is completely unique, expansion joints are divided into types refers to the diameter, 32 refers to the
and this number clarifies to Belman and have numbers consisting of 5 axial movement and 1 is the revision
exactly what parts this specific letters/numbers. number.

DEFINITION OF CODES IN T YPE

Code Definition

11_ _ _ Expansion joint type

_ _2_ _ Bellow type

_ _ _33 Connection ends + accessories

OPTIONS IN TYPE

11: Expansion joint type

AX Axial expansion joints

LA Lateral expansion joints

AN Angular expansion joints

UN Universal expansion joints

US Exhaust expansion joints

VI Vibration absorber

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S S TA N D A R D P R O G R A M

89

2: Bellows

1 Single bellow

2 Double bellow with intermediate pipe not from bellow material

3 Double bellow with intermediate pipe from bellow material

33: End connections and accessories

SU Welding ends, no accessories

FU Welded flanges, no accessories

BU Loose flanges, no accessories

ST Welding ends, tie rods

FT Welded flanges, tie rods

SH Welding ends, hinges

FH Welded flanges, hinges

SK Welding ends, gimbal

FK Welded flanges, gimbal

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


93

AX
AXIAL
EXPANSION JOINTS
95 Axial expansion joint types
96 Standard range design

WITH LOOSE FLANGES


AX1BU / ID no. 41
98 PN 2,5
102 PN 6
104 PN 10
106 PN 16
108 PN 25

WITH WELDED FLANGES


AX1FU / ID no. 42
110 PN 2,5
114 PN 6
116 PN 10
118 PN 16
120 PN 25

WITH WELDING ENDS


AX1SU / ID no. 43
122 PN 2,5
126 PN 6
128 PN 10
130 PN 16
132 PN 25
134 PN 40

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


95

AX
AXIAL
EXPANSION JOINT T YPES

Axial Axial Axial


with loose flanges with welded flanges with welding ends

AX1BU / ID no. 41 AX1FU / ID no. 42 AX1SU / ID no. 43

DN 25 - 2200 DN 25 - 2200 DN 25 - 2200

PN 2,5 - 25 PN 2,5 - 25 PN 2,5 - 40

AXIAL MOVEMENT MORE INFORMATION

Please refer to WebLink 13101 to: Easy access via this QR code:
l See how the axial expansion joints
absorb movement
l See accessories (e.g. inner sleeves)
l See tables
l See installation instruction
l Access online inquiry/order form
l Download BelMaker Light®

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


96

STANDARD RANGE
DESIGN
Bellow Design condition Accessories
Multiply bellow in double certified l Design code: EN 14917 Inner sleeve, cover, counter flange,
material. gaskets, insulation etc. are available
l Designed at 20°C for minimum on request.
Material: EN 1.4541/AISI 321 or 1000 thermal load cycles
EN 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti Certificates
Tolerances: according to l Arranged according nominal Material certificate 3.1 according to
EN ISO 13920 Class C. pressure [PN] EN 10204 and/or ASME.
Connection ends l PN corresponds to the allowable
Flanges operating pressure at room
Loose flanges, welded flanges. temperature [Rpt]
Drilling according to EN 1092.
l Operating temperature from
Material: 1.0460 (C 22.8) or -10°C to +400°C based on the
1.0425 P265 GH (HII) reduction factor (Kpa) from the
Surface treatment: primer coated. table on the next page PLEASE NOTE!
Stainless steel flanges are All expansion joints are designed
l Vibrations
available on request. to be tested at a pressure 1,43 x There are many ways to absorb
Tolerances: according to norms and the design pressure. vibration. To know more about it,
standards that applies. Where a higher test pressure is please contact us.
required a unit with a higher
Welding ends
nominal pressure (PN) should be Misalignment
Material:
selected to achieve this We strongly advise against the use of
≤ DN 500: EN 1.0345/P235 GH (HI)
expansion joints and bellows for
> DN 500: EN 1.0425/P265 GH (HII)
misalignment.
Surface treatment: primer coated. Movements
Movements are considered alternatives. Torsion
Stainless steel welding ends are The total accumulated coefficient of Torsion on bellow parts are not
available on request. utilisation cannot exceed 1. desirable and should be set to zero (0).
Tolerances: according to norms and A 100% AX utilisation allows no lateral If this cannot be avoided, please
standards that applies. movements. contact us.

On request
Please contact us, if you have any
special requirements for
eg. temperature down to -60°C,
a special combination of ends etc.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


97

AX
Pressure reduction factor The reduction factor is applied to Where the applied design pressure
The factor used for reduction of modify the design pressure [PS] where is lower than the nominal pressure
pressure [Kpa], is based on the bellow temperatures exceed 20°C, it com- for the standard unit an increase in
material yield strength at design pensates for the decay in material fatigue life expectancy and / or
temperature [Rp], and the yield mechanical properties at elevated increased movements can be
strength at room temperature [Rpt]. temperatures. The modified pressure achieved.
must always be lower than the nominal
pressure of the standard item.
Please refer to Belmaker Light®
Definiton: Kpa = Rp / Rpt Calculation: PS / Kpa ≤ PN to get an optimised solution.

TEMPERATURE REDUCTION FACTOR


°C Kpa

20 1,00

100 0,83

150 0,78

200 0,74

250 0,71

300 0,67

350 0,64

400 0,62

CUSTOMISED
SOLUTIONS
If the required/specified expansion We are specialised in designing and
joint is not found in this product manufacturing of customised
catalogue, please do not hesitate to solutions. See selected examples
forward your specifications to us. here: WebLink 13601

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


98

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

AX1BU / ID no. 41
PN 2,5 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13102

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 23 14 44 155 41.057.10 16 90 69 27,9 88 60 0,3 3,3

50 38 39 50 220 41.057.20 16 90 69 27,9 54 14 0,4 3,4

65 27 12 40 145 41.058.10 16 107 87 46,0 82 108 0,4 4,1

65 43 30 50 200 41.058.20 16 107 87 46,0 52 27 0,6 4,3

65 57 53 50 250 41.058.30 16 107 87 46,0 39 12 0,7 4,4

80 26 6 29 150 41.059.10 18 122 114 79,4 109 401 0,6 6,4

80 43 17 49 195 41.059.20 18 122 114 79,4 66 80 0,8 6,6

80 65 39 50 250 41.059.30 18 122 114 79,4 44 24 1,1 6,7

100 37 7 32 155 41.060.10 18 147 145 131 95 507 0,8 7,2

100 53 15 47 190 41.060.20 18 147 144 130 64 138 1,1 7,4

100 92 46 50 265 41.060.30 18 147 144 129 59 40 1,7 8,4

125 38 6 28 160 41.061.10 20 178 171 188 93 831 1,2 9,5

125 65 18 48 215 41.061.20 20 178 171 187 85 197 1,8 10,5

125 97 50 50 305 41.061.30 20 178 172 186 71 63 3,1 12,2

150 41 5 25 180 41.062.10 20 202 204 271 113 980 2 10,5

150 83 24 50 250 41.062.20 20 202 204 271 57 112 3,1 11,1

150 123 73 50 400 41.062.30 20 202 203 266 70 46 6 14,5

200 57 7 27 185 41.064.10 22 258 257 442 87 879 3,4 15,4

200 100 25 48 260 41.064.20 22 258 256 440 48 137 5,4 16,2

200 114 37 50 310 41.064.30 22 258 259 444 54 109 7,1 17,6

250 50 5 19 190 41.065.10 24 312 309 663 92 1860 5,3 19,8

250 109 28 42 310 41.065.20 24 312 314 673 56 207 11 22,5

250 149 56 50 405 41.065.30 24 312 313 667 64 117 15 28,0

300 63 6 21 205 41.066.10 24 365 365 927 124 3000 8 27,4

300 118 18 39 255 41.066.20 24 365 370 943 46 330 11 27,4

300 159 53 50 420 41.066.30 24 365 365 923 61 150 22 35,9

350 54 3 16 175 41.067.10 26 410 404 1132 87 4010 7,6 36,3

350 117 16 35 250 41.067.20 26 410 402 1126 45 426 13 37,7

350 167 48 50 405 41.067.30 26 410 400 1113 60 191 25 46,9

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
99
Lo

AX
d1
Do

Do
c
Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
400 78 7 20 230 41.068.10 28 465 461 1478 107 2680 15 44,7

400 130 20 34 305 41.068.20 28 465 461 1478 65 525 22 46,7


c
400 183 45 48 410 41.068.30 28 465 457 1459 70 264 32 54,9

450 74 6 17 235 41.069.10 30 520 511 1842 110 3750 19 54,7

450 124 17 29 305 41.069.20 30 520 511 1842 66 795 26 57,0

450 191 42 45 415 41.069.30 30 520 510 1832 68 325 40 66,2

500 82 6 17 255 41.070.10 30 570 566 2263 131 4290 26 59,1

500 140 20 29 355 41.070.20 30 570 564 2254 75 721 39 61,6

500 211 46 45 465 41.070.30 30 570 564 2248 79 333 56 71,7

600 75 5 13 295 41.072.10 32 670 679 3257 214 10600 44 79,0

600 132 15 23 385 41.072.20 32 670 679 3257 123 1870 56 82,8

600 207 38 36 505 41.072.30 32 670 679 3257 78 468 82 88,6

700 73 4 11 255 41.074.10 24 775 777 4335 221 17300 58 73,3

700 131 13 20 345 41.074.20 24 775 778 4341 124 2880 74 77,7

700 220 35 33 485 41.074.30 24 775 781 4358 76 639 109 84,4

800 62 2 8 250 41.076.10 37 880 886 5654 268 52400 78 132

800 124 9 16 340 41.076.20 37 880 886 5654 134 5380 86 137

800 219 31 29 490 41.076.30 37 880 884 5640 76 891 140 144

900 63 2 7 270 41.078.10 37 980 990 7110 265 67800 98 146

900 126 8 15 360 41.078.20 37 980 990 7110 133 6990 108 151

900 211 24 25 480 41.078.30 37 980 990 7110 80 1440 162 160

1000 66 2 7 280 41.080.10 42 1080 1096 8749 255 81500 120 177

1000 115 5 12 340 41.080.20 42 1080 1098 8765 149 13700 121 183

1000 211 22 22 490 41.080.30 42 1080 1093 8724 80 1870 199 193

1200 80 2 7 210 41.082.10 42 1280 1264 11794 215 50600 159 205

1200 136 8 12 300 41.082.20 42 1280 1264 11813 128 9570 203 213

1200 211 22 19 450 41.082.30 42 1280 1259 11765 84 2200 321 224

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13102 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


100

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

AX1BU / ID no. 41
PN 2,5 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13102

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

1400 62 1 4 225 41.084.10 42 1466 1466 15980 295 179900 234 233

1400 96 3 7 240 41.084.20 42 1466 1464 15980 194 42100 230 237

1400 179 12 14 360 41.084.30 42 1466 1464 15958 103 6340 336 251

1600 59 1 4 190 41.086.10 47 1666 1664 20750 336 300600 308 324

1600 95 3 6 250 41.086.20 47 1666 1664 20776 212 61800 303 330

1600 178 10 12 370 41.086.30 47 1666 1664 20750 112 9350 439 344

1800 56 1 3 200 41.088.10 52 1866 1864 26142 386 442300 402 399

1800 94 2 5 260 41.088.20 52 1866 1864 26199 231 86800 387 406

1800 170 9 10 380 41.088.30 52 1866 1864 26142 128 14300 557 422

2000 53 0 3 200 41.090.10 52 2066 2061 32204 454 653200 519 441

2000 88 2 4 260 41.090.20 52 2066 2061 32204 273 129800 491 447

2000 159 7 9 380 41.090.30 52 2066 2061 32204 152 21700 693 466

2200 65 0 3 215 41.092.10 57 2266 2260 38865 424 646600 670 575

2200 109 2 5 275 41.092.20 57 2266 2260 38865 254 133500 610 586

2200 197 8 10 395 41.092.30 57 2266 2260 38865 141 22600 847 609

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
101
Lo

AX
d1
Do

Do
c
Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
c

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13102 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


102

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

AX1BU / ID no. 41
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13102

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 23 14 44 155 41.107.10 16 90 69 27,9 88 60 0,6 3,3

50 40 48 50 255 41.107.20 16 90 69 27,9 79 15 1,1 3,8

65 26 11 38 145 41.108.10 16 107 87 46,0 84 108 0,9 4,1

65 43 32 50 210 41.108.20 16 107 87 46,0 81 39 1,4 4,5

80 25 6 28 150 41.109.10 18 122 114 79,4 110 401 1,1 6,4

80 42 17 47 195 41.109.20 18 122 114 79,4 66 80 1,7 6,6

80 59 37 50 260 41.109.30 18 122 114 77,3 100 52 2,5 7,5

100 35 6 31 155 41.110.10 18 147 145 131 94 507 1,7 7,2

100 53 15 47 200 41.110.20 18 147 144 129 98 179 2,6 7,8

100 76 42 50 280 41.110.30 18 147 145 127 118 82 4,4 9,8

125 35 5 25 160 41.111.10 20 178 171 188 92 831 2,4 9,5

125 62 17 46 215 41.111.20 20 178 171 187 85 197 4 10,5

125 82 43 50 310 41.111.30 20 178 170 182 111 103 7,2 13,4

150 38 5 23 180 41.112.10 20 202 204 271 112 980 4,1 10,5

150 65 20 40 255 41.112.20 20 202 204 267 131 306 7,7 12,6

150 103 53 50 364 41.112.30 20 202 204 262 152 126 13 16,7

200 51 6 24 185 41.114.10 22 258 257 442 86 879 7,4 15,4

200 88 23 42 275 41.114.20 22 258 259 441 106 311 14 18,6

200 110 38 50 330 41.114.30 22 258 259 435 154 265 18 23,1

250 46 5 18 190 41.115.10 24 312 309 663 94 1860 12 19,8

250 86 18 33 280 41.115.20 24 312 314 670 109 556 22 23,8

250 111 37 44 375 41.115.30 24 312 310 656 117 283 32 28,6

300 58 5 19 205 41.116.10 24 365 365 927 127 3000 17 27,4

300 84 12 28 240 41.116.20 24 365 364 924 87 877 24 28,3

300 115 24 38 305 41.116.30 24 365 370 933 121 629 34 34,9

350 55 4 16 200 41.117.10 26 410 396 1104 131 3900 21 37,6

350 89 11 27 245 41.117.20 26 410 398 1110 83 986 28 39,6

350 123 27 37 340 41.117.30 26 410 400 1108 112 582 46 47,8

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
103
Lo

AX
d1
Do

Do
c
Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
400 65 7 17 250 41.118.10 28 465 453 1451 114 2380 36 44,7

400 117 19 31 315 41.118.20 28 465 458 1462 105 846 52 50,2
c
400 147 42 39 460 41.118.30 28 465 455 1441 145 505 87 64,9

450 54 4 12 235 41.119.10 30 520 510 1836 179 7320 41 56,2

450 90 11 21 290 41.119.20 30 520 514 1851 107 1770 56 59,0

450 157 34 37 420 41.119.30 30 520 513 1830 140 742 96 77,5

500 61 5 13 260 41.120.10 30 570 568 2273 196 7270 57 60,7

500 108 16 23 360 41.120.20 30 570 567 2269 112 1210 93 63,8

500 171 36 36 460 41.120.30 30 570 569 2259 161 819 130 84,4

600 63 5 11 305 41.122.10 32 670 666 3191 237 8930 98 79,0

600 131 16 23 375 41.122.20 32 670 681 3256 185 2420 134 89,3

600 189 34 33 480 41.122.30 32 670 679 3235 180 1120 190 108

700 57 4 8 325 41.124.10 40 775 762 4248 279 14500 135 115

700 121 12 18 390 41.124.20 40 775 776 4316 201 4200 178 127

700 195 33 30 530 41.124.30 40 775 775 4298 175 1390 277 148

800 68 3 9 305 41.126.10 44 880 878 5586 364 34500 163 160

800 119 11 16 400 41.126.20 44 880 878 5586 208 5920 233 168

800 208 28 28 500 41.126.30 44 880 885 5618 171 2020 324 192

900 65 3 7 310 41.128.10 48 980 979 7011 390 50800 205 192

900 116 9 14 405 41.128.20 48 980 980 7019 218 8460 289 200

900 199 24 24 510 41.128.30 48 980 986 7047 178 2860 410 227

1000 62 2 6 320 41.130.10 52 1080 1080 8599 424 67600 258 223

1000 109 8 11 415 41.130.20 52 1080 1080 8599 242 12000 360 233

1000 211 23 23 535 41.130.30 52 1080 1092 8679 171 3390 499 263

1200 66 3 6 285 41.132.10 60 1295 1248 11652 452 68000 397 351

1200 114 8 10 380 41.132.20 60 1295 1251 11681 254 14200 550 362

1200 214 22 20 480 41.132.30 60 1295 1263 11781 175 4320 749 399

Please refer to WebLink 13102 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


104

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

AX1BU / ID no. 41
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13102

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

25 12 9 40 115 41.154.10 16 68 40 9,2 96 45 0,3 2,4

32 15 8 41 110 41.155.10 18 78 50 13,6 89 68 0,3 4,0

40 19 16 46 155 41.156.10 18 88 55 17,0 102 39 0,6 4,5

50 18 9 34 145 41.157.10 20 92 69 27,9 110 110 0,8 5,8

50 31 28 50 210 41.157.20 20 92 69 27,9 105 35 1,3 6,2

65 25 11 37 150 41.158.10 20 107 87 46,0 85 115 1,3 6,7

65 35 24 50 210 41.158.20 20 107 86 45,4 99 53 2,1 7,1

80 23 5 26 155 41.159.10 20 122 114 79,4 111 401 1,7 7,7

80 33 11 37 180 41.159.20 20 122 114 78,4 128 240 2,3 8,0

80 46 29 50 265 41.159.30 20 122 113 76,7 127 83 4,1 8,8

100 30 5 26 155 41.160.10 22 147 144 130 95 539 2,7 9,5

100 43 13 39 195 41.160.20 22 147 141 126 107 248 4 10,1

100 57 32 50 295 41.160.30 22 147 140 122 152 123 7,3 12,1

125 30 4 22 155 41.161.10 22 178 170 187 96 886 3,8 11,7

125 45 11 33 195 41.161.20 22 178 168 183 105 378 5,7 12,3

125 63 27 47 280 41.161.30 22 178 169 181 144 193 10 14,9

150 28 3 17 165 41.162.10 24 208 203 268 220 3380 5,8 15,7

150 61 17 37 250 41.162.20 24 208 206 270 139 351 12 17,4

150 71 33 45 345 41.162.30 24 208 198 256 172 213 19 19,2

200 35 4 17 185 41.164.10 24 258 257 437 251 4150 12 21,3

200 67 13 32 230 41.164.20 24 258 262 446 139 703 18 22,5

200 91 26 44 300 41.164.30 24 258 259 435 185 440 25 26,5

250 35 3 13 190 41.165.10 26 320 313 667 258 6760 19 27,6

250 65 10 25 235 41.165.20 26 320 317 677 142 1280 26 28,6

250 95 24 37 325 41.165.30 26 320 313 659 180 621 42 35,3

300 39 3 12 185 41.166.10 26 370 368 932 238 9460 25 32,0

300 91 16 30 275 41.166.20 26 370 370 933 150 1100 47 36,7

300 115 28 38 350 41.166.30 26 370 373 930 200 805 65 47,2

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
105
Lo

AX
d1
Do

Do
c
Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
350 37 2 11 195 41.167.10 30 410 399 1110 257 12800 30 49,0

350 82 10 24 250 41.167.20 30 410 407 1129 171 2240 45 54,2


c
350 106 21 32 330 41.167.30 30 410 400 1103 170 1030 69 59,0

400 47 3 12 210 41.168.10 32 465 459 1459 357 19200 44 63,0

400 93 15 24 330 41.168.20 32 465 459 1461 159 1410 88 68,1

400 123 27 32 400 41.168.30 32 465 458 1443 228 1160 115 80,1

450 66 6 15 260 41.169.10 36 520 508 1818 255 7310 72 78,4

450 101 14 23 330 41.169.20 36 520 515 1838 215 2530 106 86,8

450 143 34 34 465 41.169.30 36 520 515 1822 247 1170 173 110

500 39 2 8 235 41.170.10 38 570 562 2236 531 49400 80 90,5

500 96 10 20 320 41.170.20 38 570 568 2254 296 4780 117 99,3

500 141 26 30 435 41.170.30 38 570 569 2249 251 1670 186 112

600 42 2 7 265 41.172.10 37 670 660 3147 663 58900 135 108

600 106 11 19 365 41.172.20 37 670 669 3183 327 5710 197 119

600 175 37 31 550 41.172.30 37 670 678 3208 295 1580 362 153

700 62 3 9 310 41.174.10 42 780 772 4280 536 33900 207 160

700 109 12 16 405 41.174.20 42 780 772 4280 306 6150 302 169

700 183 30 28 525 41.174.30 42 780 784 4327 294 2430 444 205

Please refer to WebLink 13102 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


106

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

AX1BU / ID no. 41
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13102

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

25 12 9 40 115 41.204.10 16 68 40 9,2 97 45 0,4 2,4

32 15 8 41 110 41.205.10 18 78 50 13,6 89 68 0,5 4,0

40 18 16 44 165 41.206.10 18 88 55 17,0 174 56 1,1 4,6

50 18 9 34 145 41.207.10 20 92 69 27,9 111 110 1,2 5,8

50 28 27 50 220 41.207.20 20 92 68 27,1 173 53 2,1 6,4

65 20 8 30 145 41.208.10 20 107 86 45,4 107 171 1,9 6,7

65 37 27 50 215 41.208.20 20 107 87 45,3 176 87 3,4 7,7

80 21 5 24 155 41.209.10 20 122 113 78,6 119 440 2,7 7,7

80 40 21 47 235 41.209.20 20 122 112 74,9 190 161 5,2 8,8

100 29 5 26 160 41.210.10 22 147 143 128 152 775 4,4 9,8

100 43 14 39 210 41.210.20 22 147 141 123 190 354 6,8 10,9

125 19 2 14 150 41.211.10 22 178 170 186 198 2810 5,6 11,8

125 40 9 29 190 41.211.20 22 178 173 187 163 684 8,8 12,9

125 50 15 37 225 41.211.30 22 178 172 184 183 431 12 14,2

150 24 3 14 170 41.212.10 24 208 205 269 330 4890 9,6 16,2

150 40 7 24 200 41.212.20 24 208 208 273 202 1140 13 16,8

150 63 19 39 265 41.212.30 24 208 206 265 247 526 20 19,4

200 32 3 15 180 41.214.10 26 258 261 442 393 8190 17 21,7

200 60 12 29 245 41.214.20 26 258 259 438 206 1010 29 23,4

200 75 25 36 340 41.214.30 26 258 257 427 278 597 46 29,7

250 34 4 13 220 41.215.10 29 320 309 658 269 5220 32 30,4

250 59 9 23 260 41.215.20 29 320 314 666 218 1820 43 33,1

250 80 24 31 360 41.215.30 29 320 312 652 282 895 74 41,0

300 28 1 9 200 41.216.10 32 375 365 919 469 26000 36 40,6

300 63 8 21 255 41.216.20 32 375 370 928 282 3840 55 44,9

300 89 20 29 345 41.216.30 32 375 369 920 259 1270 96 55,0

350 34 2 10 215 41.217.10 35 410 396 1096 406 16500 50 59,9

350 60 7 18 250 41.217.20 35 410 401 1106 299 5330 66 63,8

350 90 19 27 350 41.217.30 35 410 402 1103 262 1580 114 74,9

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
107
Lo

AX
d1
Do

Do
c
Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
400 45 4 12 250 41.218.10 38 465 458 1451 464 15100 81 80,2

400 71 10 18 315 41.218.20 38 465 457 1447 297 3670 119 82,7
c
400 97 16 25 345 41.218.30 38 465 462 1457 288 2300 139 89,5

450 42 3 10 260 41.219.10 42 520 507 1808 525 22800 103 102

450 68 8 16 320 41.219.20 42 520 507 1808 326 5530 147 105

450 95 14 22 355 41.219.30 42 520 513 1822 300 3120 175 113

500 49 4 10 310 41.220.10 46 570 559 2217 562 18400 158 138

500 68 8 14 365 41.220.20 46 570 559 2217 404 6450 209 142

500 103 15 22 400 41.220.30 46 570 568 2245 337 3310 243 150

Please refer to WebLink 13102 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


108

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

AX1BU / ID no. 41
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13102

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 15 6 28 135 41.257.10 20 92 69 27,9 130 157 1,7 5,2

50 22 17 43 190 41.257.20 20 92 68 27,1 222 99 2,7 5,6

65 16 6 24 140 41.258.10 22 107 85 43,6 150 268 2,6 6,7

65 29 24 45 235 41.258.20 22 107 84 42,4 270 112 5,4 7,7

80 20 5 23 165 41.259.10 24 122 113 77,6 191 655 4,2 8,7

80 31 13 36 215 41.259.20 24 122 112 74,9 241 305 6,6 9,6

100 23 4 20 165 41.260.10 26 147 142 126 266 1650 6,3 12,5

100 36 12 33 220 41.260.20 26 147 138 120 230 460 11 13,3

125 28 5 21 190 41.261.10 28 178 170 184 223 1300 12 17,3

125 43 12 32 235 41.261.20 28 178 171 181 279 703 17 19,4

150 25 3 15 195 41.262.10 30 208 206 268 452 6060 15 21,9

150 47 13 29 265 41.262.20 30 208 203 261 321 873 29 24,3

200 27 2 13 195 41.264.10 32 258 257 431 585 12300 26 31,3

200 51 9 24 250 41.264.20 32 258 259 435 313 1690 41 33,6

200 60 17 29 315 41.264.30 32 258 257 427 352 1040 60 36,9

250 24 2 9 205 41.265.10 35 320 309 650 718 22500 42 43,8

250 46 7 18 255 41.265.20 35 320 311 655 372 3740 62 46,6

250 63 14 24 330 41.265.30 35 320 314 657 358 1670 92 50,7

300 30 2 10 225 41.266.10 38 375 360 901 622 19800 65 57,9

300 48 7 16 280 41.266.20 38 375 360 901 389 4410 97 59,9

300 65 11 21 305 41.266.30 38 375 370 922 358 2820 114 64,9

350 28 2 8 235 41.267.10 42 410 391 1076 702 25600 80 87,9

350 45 6 13 285 41.267.20 42 410 391 1076 438 6410 114 90,1

350 62 9 18 315 41.267.30 42 410 401 1100 392 3780 138 95,5

400 28 2 7 260 41.268.10 48 465 450 1416 1060 49400 115 123

400 46 5 12 300 41.268.20 48 465 452 1423 637 13400 148 126

400 82 15 21 400 41.268.30 48 465 459 1441 435 2940 245 140

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
109
Lo

AX
d1
Do

Do
c
Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
c

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13102 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


110

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES

AX1FU / ID no. 42
PN 2,5 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13103

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 23 14 44 145 42.057.10 16 69 27,9 88 63 0,3 3,3

50 38 39 50 215 42.057.20 16 69 27,9 54 14 0,4 3,4

65 27 12 40 135 42.058.10 16 87 46,0 82 115 0,4 4,0

65 43 32 50 205 42.058.20 16 87 46,0 80 37 0,6 4,5

80 26 6 29 130 42.059.10 18 114 79,4 109 386 0,6 6,4

80 43 17 49 170 42.059.20 18 114 79,4 66 86 0,7 6,6

80 65 39 50 230 42.059.30 18 114 79,4 44 24 1,1 6,7

100 37 7 32 135 42.060.10 18 145 131 95 507 0,8 7,2

100 53 15 47 170 42.060.20 18 144 130 64 138 1,1 7,3

100 92 46 50 245 42.060.30 18 144 129 59 39 1,7 8,4

125 38 6 28 140 42.061.10 20 171 188 93 790 1,2 9,5

125 65 18 48 190 42.061.20 20 171 187 85 211 1,8 10,1

125 97 50 50 285 42.061.30 20 172 186 71 62 3,1 12,2

150 41 5 25 155 42.062.10 20 204 271 113 1070 1,9 10,5

150 83 24 50 230 42.062.20 20 204 271 57 110 3,1 11,1

150 123 73 50 380 42.062.30 20 203 266 70 46 6,1 14,5

200 57 7 27 165 42.064.10 22 257 442 87 879 3,4 15,1

200 92 24 44 250 42.064.20 22 259 441 104 324 6 18,6

200 114 37 50 285 42.064.30 22 259 444 54 113 7 17,6

250 50 5 19 170 42.065.10 24 309 663 92 1780 5,3 19,8

250 109 28 42 290 42.065.20 24 314 673 56 205 11 22,5

250 149 56 50 380 42.065.30 24 313 667 64 118 15 28,0

300 63 6 21 185 42.066.10 24 365 927 124 2870 8,1 26,9

300 118 18 39 235 42.066.20 24 370 943 46 330 11 27,4

300 159 53 50 395 42.066.30 24 365 923 61 152 22 35,9

350 54 3 16 155 42.067.10 26 404 1132 87 4010 7,6 35,9

350 117 16 35 230 42.067.20 26 402 1126 45 415 13 37,7

350 167 48 50 385 42.067.30 26 400 1113 60 189 25 46,9

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c111
Lo

AX
Do

Do
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

400 78 7 20 210 42.068.10 28 461 1478 107 2550 15 44,7

400 130 20 34 280 42.068.20 28 461 1478 65 551 21 46,7

400 183 45 48 390 42.068.30 28 457 1459 70 259 32 54,9

450 74 6 17 210 42.069.10 30 511 1842 110 4020 18 54,7

450 124 17 29 285 42.069.20 30 511 1842 66 795 26 57,0

450 191 42 45 390 42.069.30 30 510 1832 68 332 40 66,2

500 82 6 17 235 42.070.10 30 566 2263 131 4200 26 57,8

500 140 20 29 330 42.070.20 30 564 2254 75 734 38 61,6

500 211 46 45 440 42.070.30 30 564 2248 79 338 55 71,7

600 75 5 13 270 42.072.10 32 679 3257 214 11200 43 79,0

600 132 15 23 360 42.072.20 32 679 3257 123 1900 56 82,8

600 207 38 36 480 42.072.30 32 679 3257 78 477 82 88,6

700 73 4 11 235 42.074.10 24 777 4335 221 16700 59 71,1

700 131 13 20 325 42.074.20 24 778 4341 124 2830 75 75,5

700 220 35 33 465 42.074.30 24 781 4358 76 627 110 84,4

800 62 2 8 230 42.076.10 37 886 5654 268 50100 79 132

800 124 9 16 320 42.076.20 37 886 5654 134 5270 87 137

800 219 31 29 470 42.076.30 37 884 5640 76 882 141 144

900 63 2 7 250 42.078.10 37 990 7110 265 64900 99 146

900 126 8 15 340 42.078.20 37 990 7110 133 6840 109 149

900 211 24 25 460 42.078.30 37 990 7110 80 1420 163 160

1000 66 2 7 260 42.080.10 42 1096 8749 255 77700 121 177

1000 115 5 12 320 42.080.20 42 1098 8765 149 13400 122 183

1000 211 22 22 470 42.080.30 42 1093 8724 80 1850 200 193

1200 80 2 7 235 42.082.10 42 1264 11794 215 52800 157 205

1200 136 8 12 325 42.082.20 42 1264 11813 128 9570 203 213

1200 211 22 19 480 42.082.30 42 1259 11765 84 2160 323 224

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13103 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


112

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES

AX1FU / ID no. 42
PN 2,5 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13103

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

1400 62 1 4 220 42.084.10 42 1466 15980 295 188200 232 233

1400 96 3 7 265 42.084.20 42 1464 15980 194 43000 229 237

1400 179 12 14 385 42.084.30 42 1464 15958 103 6410 335 251

1600 59 1 4 215 42.086.10 47 1664 20750 336 300600 308 324

1600 95 3 6 275 42.086.20 47 1664 20776 212 63000 301 329

1600 178 10 12 395 42.086.30 47 1664 20750 112 9450 437 344

1800 56 1 3 225 42.088.10 52 1864 26142 386 442300 402 396

1800 94 2 5 285 42.088.20 52 1864 26199 231 88500 385 404

1800 170 9 10 405 42.088.30 52 1864 26142 128 14400 554 422

2000 53 0 3 225 42.090.10 52 2061 32204 454 653200 519 441

2000 88 2 4 285 42.090.20 52 2061 32204 273 132200 488 447

2000 159 7 9 405 42.090.30 52 2061 32204 152 21900 690 466

2200 65 0 3 240 42.092.10 57 2260 38865 424 646600 670 572

2200 109 2 5 300 42.092.20 57 2260 38865 254 133500 610 584

2200 197 8 10 420 42.092.30 57 2260 38865 141 22600 847 609

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c113
Lo

AX
Do

Do
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13103 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


114

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES

AX1FU / ID no. 42
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13103

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 23 14 44 145 42.107.10 16 69 27,9 88 63 0,6 3,3

50 41 49 50 245 42.107.20 16 69 27,9 78 15 1,1 3,7

65 26 11 38 135 42.108.10 16 87 46,0 84 115 0,8 4,0

65 43 32 50 205 42.108.20 16 87 46,0 81 37 1,4 4,5

80 25 6 28 130 42.109.10 18 114 79,4 110 386 1,1 6,4

80 42 17 47 170 42.109.20 18 114 79,4 66 86 1,6 6,6

80 59 37 50 235 42.109.30 18 114 77,3 100 53 2,4 7,5

100 35 6 31 135 42.110.10 18 145 131 94 507 1,7 7,2

100 53 15 47 175 42.110.20 18 144 129 98 191 2,5 7,8

100 76 42 50 260 42.110.30 18 145 127 118 79 4,5 9,8

125 35 5 25 140 42.111.10 20 171 188 92 790 2,4 9,5

125 62 17 46 190 42.111.20 20 171 187 85 211 3,9 10,1

125 82 43 50 290 42.111.30 20 170 182 111 101 7,2 12,7

150 38 5 23 155 42.112.10 20 204 271 112 1070 3,9 10,5

150 65 20 40 235 42.112.20 20 204 267 131 295 7,9 12,6

150 103 53 50 340 42.112.30 20 204 262 152 126 13 16,7

200 51 6 24 165 42.114.10 22 257 442 86 879 7,4 15,1

200 88 23 42 250 42.114.20 22 259 441 106 324 14 18,6

200 110 38 50 305 42.114.30 22 259 435 154 270 18 23,1

250 46 5 18 170 42.115.10 24 309 663 94 1780 12 19,8

250 86 18 33 255 42.115.20 24 314 670 109 579 21 23,8

250 111 37 44 350 42.115.30 24 310 656 117 288 32 28,6

300 58 5 19 185 42.116.10 24 365 927 127 2870 17 26,9

300 84 12 28 220 42.116.20 24 364 924 87 858 24 28,3

300 115 24 38 280 42.116.30 24 370 933 121 636 34 34,9

350 55 4 16 175 42.117.10 26 396 1104 131 4250 20 37,0

350 89 11 27 220 42.117.20 26 398 1110 83 1060 28 39,6

350 123 27 37 320 42.117.30 26 400 1108 112 570 46 45,9

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c115
Lo

AX
Do

Do
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

400 65 7 17 230 42.118.10 28 453 1451 114 2330 36 44,7

400 117 19 31 290 42.118.20 28 458 1462 105 864 51 48,7

400 147 42 39 440 42.118.30 28 455 1441 145 496 88 64,9

450 54 4 12 215 42.119.10 30 510 1836 179 7000 42 56,2

450 90 11 21 270 42.119.20 30 514 1851 107 1720 57 57,6

450 157 34 37 395 42.119.30 30 513 1830 140 750 95 77,5

500 61 5 13 235 42.120.10 30 568 2273 196 7560 56 60,7

500 108 16 23 335 42.120.20 30 567 2269 112 1250 91 63,8

500 171 36 36 435 42.120.30 30 569 2259 161 819 130 84,4

600 63 5 11 285 42.122.10 32 666 3191 237 8800 98 79,0

600 131 16 23 350 42.122.20 32 681 3256 185 2460 133 89,3

600 189 34 33 455 42.122.30 32 679 3235 180 1140 188 99,9

700 57 4 8 270 42.124.10 24 762 4248 279 14500 135 71,1

700 121 12 18 335 42.124.20 24 776 4316 201 4200 178 85,3

700 195 33 30 475 42.124.30 24 775 4298 175 1390 277 107

800 68 3 9 265 42.126.10 37 878 5586 364 35700 161 134

800 119 11 16 360 42.126.20 37 878 5586 208 6120 230 142

800 208 28 28 465 42.126.30 37 885 5618 171 1980 327 169

900 65 3 7 265 42.128.10 37 979 7011 390 50800 205 149

900 116 9 14 360 42.128.20 37 980 7019 218 8460 289 157

900 199 24 24 465 42.128.30 37 986 7047 178 2840 411 188

1000 62 2 6 280 42.130.10 42 1080 8599 424 65400 261 185

1000 109 8 11 370 42.130.20 42 1080 8599 242 12200 358 194

1000 211 23 23 490 42.130.30 42 1092 8679 171 3390 499 224

1200 66 3 6 285 42.132.10 47 1248 11652 452 68000 397 281

1200 114 8 10 380 42.132.20 47 1251 11681 254 14000 554 293

1200 214 22 20 480 42.132.30 47 1263 11781 175 4320 749 329

Please refer to WebLink 13103 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


116

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES

AX1FU / ID no. 42
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13103

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

25 12 9 40 120 42.154.10 16 40 9,2 96 41 0,3 2,3

32 15 8 41 110 42.155.10 18 50 13,6 89 68 0,3 3,8

40 19 16 46 160 42.156.10 18 55 17,0 102 39 0,6 4,4

50 18 9 34 135 42.157.10 20 69 27,9 110 116 0,8 5,8

50 31 28 50 205 42.157.20 20 69 27,9 105 34 1,3 6,2

65 25 11 37 145 42.158.10 20 87 46,0 85 112 1,4 6,6

65 36 25 50 200 42.158.20 20 86 45,4 98 54 2,1 7,0

80 23 5 26 130 42.159.10 20 114 79,4 111 431 1,7 7,6

80 33 11 37 160 42.159.20 20 114 78,4 128 231 2,3 8,0

80 46 29 50 240 42.159.30 20 113 76,7 127 86 4 8,8

100 30 5 26 135 42.160.10 22 144 130 95 490 2,8 9,5

100 43 13 39 175 42.160.20 22 141 126 107 239 4 10,1

100 57 32 50 270 42.160.30 22 140 122 152 125 7,2 11,6

125 30 4 22 135 42.161.10 22 170 187 96 806 4 11,7

125 45 11 33 175 42.161.20 22 168 183 105 364 5,8 12,1

125 63 27 47 255 42.161.30 22 169 181 144 197 9,9 14,2

150 28 3 17 145 42.162.10 24 203 268 220 3130 6 15,7

150 61 17 37 225 42.162.20 24 206 270 139 364 12 17,4

150 71 33 45 325 42.162.30 24 198 256 172 207 19 19,2

200 35 4 17 160 42.164.10 24 257 437 251 4320 12 20,9

200 67 13 32 210 42.164.20 24 262 446 139 673 18 22,5

200 91 26 44 275 42.164.30 24 259 435 185 440 25 26,5

250 35 3 13 165 42.165.10 26 313 667 258 7340 18 26,6

250 65 10 25 210 42.165.20 26 317 677 142 1340 26 28,6

250 95 24 37 300 42.165.30 26 313 659 180 632 42 35,3

300 39 3 12 165 42.166.10 26 368 932 238 9020 25 32,0

300 91 16 30 250 42.166.20 26 370 933 150 1130 46 36,7

300 115 28 38 325 42.166.30 26 373 930 200 805 65 47,2

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c117
Lo

AX
Do

Do
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

350 37 2 11 175 42.167.10 30 399 1110 257 11700 31 49,0

350 82 10 24 225 42.167.20 30 407 1129 171 2240 45 52,4

350 106 21 32 305 42.167.30 30 400 1103 170 1030 69 59,0

400 47 3 12 190 42.168.10 32 459 1459 357 17600 46 63,0

400 93 15 24 305 42.168.20 32 459 1461 159 1440 87 68,1

400 123 27 32 375 42.168.30 32 458 1443 228 1160 115 80,1

450 66 6 15 235 42.169.10 36 508 1818 255 7610 70 78,4

450 101 14 23 305 42.169.20 36 515 1838 215 2590 105 86,8

450 143 34 34 440 42.169.30 36 515 1822 247 1160 174 110

500 39 2 8 210 42.170.10 38 562 2236 531 52900 78 90,5

500 96 10 20 295 42.170.20 38 568 2254 296 4960 115 99,3

500 141 26 30 410 42.170.30 38 569 2249 251 1670 186 112

600 42 2 7 240 42.172.10 37 660 3147 663 61900 133 105

600 106 11 19 340 42.172.20 37 669 3183 327 5710 197 115

600 175 37 31 525 42.172.30 37 678 3208 295 1570 364 153

700 62 3 9 285 42.174.10 42 772 4280 536 35000 205 160

700 109 12 16 380 42.174.20 42 772 4280 306 6240 300 169

700 183 30 28 495 42.174.30 42 784 4327 294 2470 440 205

Please refer to WebLink 13103 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


118

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES

AX1FU / ID no. 42
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13103

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

25 12 9 40 120 42.204.10 16 40 9,2 97 41 0,4 2,3

32 15 8 41 110 42.205.10 18 50 13,6 89 68 0,5 3,8

40 18 16 44 170 42.206.10 18 55 17,0 174 56 1,1 4,5

50 18 9 34 135 42.207.10 20 69 27,9 111 116 1,2 5,8

50 28 27 50 215 42.207.20 20 68 27,1 173 51 2,2 6,4

65 20 8 30 135 42.208.10 20 86 45,4 107 182 1,9 6,7

65 37 27 50 210 42.208.20 20 87 45,3 176 85 3,4 7,4

80 21 5 24 130 42.209.10 20 113 78,6 119 472 2,6 7,7

80 40 21 47 210 42.209.20 20 112 74,9 190 165 5,1 8,8

100 29 5 26 140 42.210.10 22 143 128 152 712 4,5 9,6

100 43 14 39 190 42.210.20 22 141 123 190 331 7,1 10,6

125 19 2 14 125 42.211.10 22 170 186 198 3070 5,4 11,7

125 40 9 29 165 42.211.20 22 173 187 163 715 8,6 12,6

125 50 15 37 200 42.211.30 22 172 184 183 450 12 14,2

150 24 3 14 145 42.212.10 24 205 269 330 5290 9,4 15,8

150 40 7 24 180 42.212.20 24 208 273 202 1090 14 16,4

150 63 19 39 245 42.212.30 24 206 265 247 500 21 19,4

200 32 3 15 155 42.214.10 26 261 442 393 8190 17 21,7

200 60 12 29 220 42.214.20 26 259 438 206 1030 28 23,4

200 75 25 36 315 42.214.30 26 257 427 278 597 46 29,7

250 34 4 13 200 42.215.10 29 309 658 269 4860 33 29,7

250 59 9 23 235 42.215.20 29 314 666 218 1890 43 33,1

250 80 24 31 335 42.215.30 29 312 652 282 895 74 41,0

300 28 1 9 175 42.216.10 32 365 919 469 27100 36 40,6

300 63 8 21 230 42.216.20 32 370 928 282 3920 55 44,9

300 89 20 29 320 42.216.30 32 369 920 259 1270 96 55,0

350 34 2 10 190 42.217.10 35 396 1096 406 17200 49 59,9

350 60 7 18 230 42.217.20 35 401 1106 299 5000 67 63,8

350 90 19 27 325 42.217.30 35 402 1103 262 1580 114 74,9

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c119
Lo

AX
Do

Do
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

400 45 4 12 225 42.218.10 38 458 1451 464 15700 80 80,2

400 71 10 18 290 42.218.20 38 457 1447 297 3670 119 82,7

400 97 16 25 320 42.218.30 38 462 1457 288 2300 139 89,5

450 42 3 10 235 42.219.10 42 507 1808 525 22800 103 102

450 68 8 16 300 42.219.20 42 507 1808 326 5230 151 102

450 95 14 22 330 42.219.30 42 513 1822 300 3120 175 109

500 49 4 10 285 42.220.10 46 559 2217 562 18400 158 138

500 68 8 14 340 42.220.20 46 559 2217 404 6550 207 142

500 103 15 22 375 42.220.30 46 568 2245 337 3310 243 146

Please refer to WebLink 13103 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


120

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES

AX1FU / ID no. 42
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13103

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 15 6 28 125 42.257.10 20 69 27,9 130 167 1,6 5,2

50 22 17 43 180 42.257.20 20 68 27,1 222 104 2,6 5,5

65 16 6 24 135 42.258.10 22 85 43,6 150 268 2,6 6,7

65 29 24 45 230 42.258.20 22 84 42,4 270 112 5,4 7,7

80 20 5 23 145 42.259.10 24 113 77,6 191 612 4,3 8,7

80 31 13 36 195 42.259.20 24 112 74,9 241 288 6,7 9,6

100 23 4 20 140 42.260.10 26 142 126 266 1850 6 12,5

100 36 12 33 195 42.260.20 26 138 120 230 474 11 12,9

125 28 5 21 170 42.261.10 28 170 184 223 1240 13 17,3

125 43 12 32 210 42.261.20 28 171 181 279 716 17 19,4

150 25 3 15 175 42.262.10 30 206 268 452 5610 16 21,4

150 47 13 29 240 42.262.20 30 203 261 321 900 28 23,3

200 27 2 13 170 42.264.10 32 257 431 585 12300 26 31,3

200 51 9 24 225 42.264.20 32 259 435 313 1720 41 32,2

200 60 17 29 290 42.264.30 32 257 427 352 1040 60 36,9

250 24 2 9 180 42.265.10 35 309 650 718 24000 41 42,7

250 46 7 18 230 42.265.20 35 311 655 372 3740 62 46,6

250 63 14 24 305 42.265.30 35 314 657 358 1670 92 50,7

300 30 2 10 200 42.266.10 38 360 901 622 19800 65 57,9

300 48 7 16 255 42.266.20 38 360 901 389 4480 97 59,9

300 65 11 21 280 42.266.30 38 370 922 358 2820 114 64,9

350 28 2 8 210 42.267.10 42 391 1076 702 26400 79 87,9

350 45 6 13 265 42.267.20 42 391 1076 438 6030 118 87,9

350 62 9 18 290 42.267.30 42 401 1100 392 3780 138 92,8

400 28 2 7 235 42.268.10 48 450 1416 1060 49400 115 120

400 46 5 12 275 42.268.20 48 452 1423 637 13400 148 123

400 82 15 21 375 42.268.30 48 459 1441 435 2890 248 140

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c121
Lo

AX
Do

Do
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13103 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


122

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

AX1SU / ID no. 43
PN 2,5

Weblink: 13104

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 23 14 44 215 43.057.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 88 61 0,3 0,7

50 38 39 50 280 43.057.20 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 54 15 0,4 0,8

65 27 12 40 205 43.058.10 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 82 112 0,4 0,8

65 43 32 50 270 43.058.20 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 80 39 0,6 1,3

80 26 6 29 165 43.059.10 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 109 449 0,5 1,2

80 43 17 49 210 43.059.20 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 66 86 0,7 1,4

80 65 39 50 270 43.059.30 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 44 24 1,1 1,5

100 37 7 32 165 43.060.10 114,3 3,6 145 131 95 507 0,8 1,7

100 53 15 47 200 43.060.20 114,3 3,6 144 130 64 138 1,1 1,7

100 92 46 50 275 43.060.30 114,3 3,6 144 129 59 39 1,7 2,6

125 38 6 28 165 43.061.10 139,7 4 171 188 93 831 1,2 2,2

125 65 18 48 215 43.061.20 139,7 4 171 187 85 206 1,8 3,2

125 97 50 50 315 43.061.30 139,7 4 172 186 71 64 3,1 4,9

150 41 5 25 175 43.062.10 168,3 4,5 204 271 113 980 2 2,6

150 83 24 50 250 43.062.20 168,3 4,5 204 271 57 106 3,2 3,4

150 123 73 50 405 43.062.30 168,3 4,5 203 266 70 46 6,1 6,8

200 57 7 27 190 43.064.10 219,1 6,3 257 442 87 841 3,5 4,5

200 92 24 44 275 43.064.20 219,1 6,3 259 441 104 304 6,1 7,3

200 114 37 50 310 43.064.30 219,1 6,3 259 444 54 110 7,1 7,1

250 50 5 19 190 43.065.10 273 6,3 309 663 92 1780 5,3 6,1

250 109 28 42 310 43.065.20 273 6,3 314 673 56 203 11 8,8

250 149 56 50 400 43.065.30 273 6,3 313 667 64 115 16 14,3

300 63 6 21 190 43.066.10 323,9 7,1 365 927 124 3140 7,8 9,1

300 119 18 39 245 43.066.20 323,9 7,1 370 943 46 321 11 8,5

300 159 53 50 415 43.066.30 323,9 7,1 365 923 61 150 22 17,6

350 54 3 16 190 43.067.10 355,6 6,3 404 1132 87 4010 7,6 8,5

350 117 16 35 265 43.067.20 355,6 6,3 402 1126 45 415 13 9,8

350 167 48 50 415 43.067.30 355,6 6,3 400 1113 60 194 25 19,7

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
123

AX
Lo Lo
l*

s
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

D
400 78 7 20 230 43.068.10 406,4 6,3 461 1478 107 2680 15 12,5

d1
Do

B
400 130 20 34 305 43.068.20 406,4 6,3 461 1478 65 538 21 14,5

400 183 45 48 410 43.068.30 406,4 6,3 457 1459 70 261 32 22,7

450 74 6 17 230 43.069.10 457 6,3 511 1842 110 3930 c 18 14,0
Lo
450 124 17 29 305 43.069.20 457 6,3 511 1842 66 777 27 16,3

450 191 42 45 410 43.069.30 457 6,3 510 1832 68 Lb 325 40 22,1

500 82 6 17 240 43.070.10 508 6,3 566 2263 131 4380 25 15,7

d1
Do

500 140 20 29 340 43.070.20 508 6,3 564 2254 75 721 39 18,2

Do

Dt
500 211 46 45 445 43.070.30 508 6,3 564 2248 79 338 55 28,3

600 75 5 13 240 43.072.10 610 6 679 3257 214 11200 43 17,3


c
600 132 15 23 330 43.072.20 610 6 679 3257 123 1900 56 23,9

B
Lo Lt
600 207 38 36 450 43.072.30 610 6 679 3257 78 477 82 25,9
Lo
700 73 4 11 260 43.074.10 711 6 777 4335 221 l* 17300 58 25,5

700 131 13 20 350 43.074.20 711 6 778 4341 124 2830 75 29,9
Do

700 220 35 33 470 43.074.30 711 6 781 4358 76 633 109 36,6

800 62 2 8 230 43.076.10 813 6 886 5654 268 50100 79 29,2


Do

800 124 9 16 320 43.076.20 813 6 886 5654 134 5270 87 29,2

800 219 31 29 470 43.076.30 813 6 884 c 5640 76 882 141 41,9

900 63 2 7 230 43.078.10 914 6 990 7110 265 64900 c 99 27,2

B
900 126 8 15 320 43.078.20 914 6 990 7110 133 6840 109 38,5

900 211 24 25 440 43.078.30 914 6 990 7110 80 1420 163 41,5

1000 66 2 7 230 43.080.10 1016 6 1096 8749 255 77700 121 36,5

1000 115 5 12 290 43.080.20 1016 6 1098 8765 149 13400 122 42,8

1000 211 22 22 440 43.080.30 1016 6 1093 8724 80 1850 200 46,1

1100 84 3 8 280 43.081.10 1120 6 1198 10540 202 40700 140 43,6

1100 137 9 13 370 43.081.20 1120 6 1194 10503 125 7920 182 50,5

1100 228 23 22 485 43.081.30 1120 6 1197 10531 75 1860 260 61,2

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13104 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


124

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

AX1SU / ID no. 43
PN 2,5

Weblink: 13104

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

1200 80 2 7 315 43.082.10 1220 6 1264 11794 215 48500 161 47,5

1200 136 8 12 400 43.082.20 1220 6 1264 11813 128 9760 201 55,0

1200 211 22 19 555 43.082.30 1220 6 1259 11765 84 2180 322 66,6

1300 62 1 5 285 43.083.10 1320 6 1366 13818 285 146500 200 47,4

1300 96 3 8 345 43.083.20 1320 6 1364 13818 186 32700 201 51,4

1300 180 13 15 460 43.083.30 1320 6 1364 13797 99 5220 287 63,9

1400 62 1 4 285 43.084.10 1420 6 1466 15980 295 179900 234 51,0

1400 96 3 7 345 43.084.20 1420 6 1464 15980 194 40400 234 55,4

1400 179 12 14 460 43.084.30 1420 6 1464 15958 103 6470 333 68,8

1500 60 1 4 285 43.085.10 1520 6 1565 18287 316 223900 272 54,5

1500 95 3 7 345 43.085.20 1520 6 1564 18299 203 49300 269 59,2

1500 178 11 13 460 43.085.30 1520 6 1564 18275 108 7910 382 73,5

1600 59 1 4 285 43.086.10 1620 6 1664 20750 336 275800 313 58,2

1600 95 3 6 345 43.086.20 1620 6 1664 20776 212 59400 308 63,1

1600 178 10 12 460 43.086.30 1620 6 1664 20750 112 9550 435 78,4

1700 58 1 3 285 43.087.10 1720 6 1763 23368 358 336300 359 61,8

1700 94 3 6 345 43.087.20 1720 6 1764 23409 222 70700 349 67,1

1700 174 10 11 460 43.087.30 1720 6 1763 23368 120 11800 492 83,3

1800 56 1 3 285 43.088.10 1820 6 1864 26142 386 407000 409 62,5

1800 94 2 5 345 43.088.20 1820 6 1864 26199 231 83400 393 70,9

1800 170 9 10 460 43.088.30 1820 6 1864 26142 128 14400 554 88,1

1900 54 0 3 285 43.089.10 1920 6 1962 29117 424 505600 467 65,9

1900 92 2 5 345 43.089.20 1920 6 1963 29132 247 100700 442 74,9

1900 166 8 9 465 43.089.30 1920 6 1963 29132 137 17000 629 93,0

2000 53 0 3 285 43.090.10 2020 6 2061 32204 454 603800 527 72,6

2000 88 2 4 345 43.090.20 2020 6 2061 32204 273 124900 498 78,8

2000 159 7 9 465 43.090.30 2020 6 2061 32204 152 21300 699 97,9

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
125

AX
Lo Lo
l*

s
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

D
2100 65 1 3 285 43.091.10 2120 6 2160 35449 411 589500 601 77,3

d1
Do

B
2100 111 2 5 345 43.091.20 2120 6 2161 35466 240 115200 547 89,2

2100 205 9 11 465 43.091.30 2120 6 2162 35483 129 18400 767 114

2200 65 0 3 285 43.092.10 2220 6 2260 38865 424 672000 c 665 81,0
Lo
2200 109 2 5 345 43.092.20 2220 6 2260 38865 254 136100 606 93,4

2200 197 8 10 470 43.092.30 2220 6 2260 38865 141 Lb 22000 858 119

d1
Do

Do

Dt
c

B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*
Do

Do

Please refer to WebLink 13104 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


126

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

AX1SU / ID no. 43
PN 6

Weblink: 13104

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 23 14 44 215 43.107.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 88 61 0,6 0,7

50 40 48 50 315 43.107.20 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 79 15 1,1 1,1

65 26 11 38 205 43.108.10 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 84 112 0,8 0,8

65 43 32 50 270 43.108.20 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 81 39 1,4 1,3

80 25 6 28 165 43.109.10 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 110 449 1,1 1,2

80 42 17 47 210 43.109.20 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 66 86 1,6 1,4

80 59 37 50 275 43.109.30 88,9 3,2 114 77,3 100 52 2,5 2,3

100 35 6 31 165 43.110.10 114,3 3,6 145 131 94 507 1,7 1,7

100 53 15 47 205 43.110.20 114,3 3,6 144 129 98 187 2,5 2,0

100 76 42 50 295 43.110.30 114,3 3,6 145 127 118 81 4,5 4,3

125 35 5 25 165 43.111.10 139,7 4 171 188 92 831 2,4 2,2

125 62 17 46 215 43.111.20 139,7 4 171 187 85 206 4 3,2

125 82 43 50 320 43.111.30 139,7 4 170 182 111 103 7,2 6,1

150 38 5 23 175 43.112.10 168,3 4,5 204 271 112 980 4,1 2,6

150 65 20 40 260 43.112.20 168,3 4,5 204 267 131 295 7,9 4,9

150 103 53 50 365 43.112.30 168,3 4,5 204 262 152 124 13 9,0

200 51 6 24 190 43.114.10 219,1 6,3 257 442 86 841 7,5 4,5

200 88 23 42 275 43.114.20 219,1 6,3 259 441 106 304 14 7,3

200 110 38 50 325 43.114.30 219,1 6,3 259 435 154 265 18 11,3

250 46 5 18 190 43.115.10 273 6,3 309 663 94 1780 12 6,1

250 86 18 33 275 43.115.20 273 6,3 314 670 109 556 22 9,1

250 111 37 44 365 43.115.30 273 6,3 310 656 117 288 32 14,9

300 58 5 19 190 43.116.10 323,9 7,1 365 927 127 3140 17 9,1

300 84 12 28 235 43.116.20 323,9 7,1 364 924 87 915 23 10,0

300 115 24 38 295 43.116.30 323,9 7,1 370 933 121 644 33 15,0

350 55 4 16 210 43.117.10 355,6 6,3 396 1104 131 4250 20 9,5

350 89 11 27 255 43.117.20 355,6 6,3 398 1110 83 1040 28 12,4

350 123 27 37 350 43.117.30 355,6 6,3 400 1108 112 570 46 20,6

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
127

AX
Lo Lo
l*

s
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

D
400 65 7 17 250 43.118.10 406,4 6,3 453 1451 114 2470 35 12,5

d1
Do

B
400 117 19 31 315 43.118.20 406,4 6,3 458 1462 105 829 52 18,0

400 147 42 39 455 43.118.30 406,4 6,3 455 1441 145 505 87 32,7

450 54 4 12 235 43.119.10 457 6,3 510 1836 179 6840 c 42 15,5
Lo
450 90 11 21 290 43.119.20 457 6,3 514 1851 107 1680 58 18,3

450 157 34 37 410 43.119.30 457 6,3 513 1830 140 Lb 742 96 31,1

500 61 5 13 245 43.120.10 508 6,3 568 2273 196 7000 58 17,3

d1
Do

500 108 16 23 340 43.120.20 508 6,3 567 2269 112 1250 91 20,4

Do

Dt
500 171 36 36 440 43.120.30 508 6,3 569 2259 161 805 131 41,0

600 63 5 11 275 43.122.10 610 6 666 3191 237 8800 98 20,1


c
600 131 16 23 340 43.122.20 610 6 681 3256 185 2420 134 30,4

B
Lo Lt
600 189 34 33 440 43.122.30 610 6 679 3235 180 1140 188 48,5
Lo
700 57 4 8 295 43.124.10 711 6 762 4248 279 l* 14900 133 22,2

700 121 12 18 360 43.124.20 711 6 776 4316 201 4200 178 37,5
Do

700 195 33 30 495 43.124.30 711 6 775 4298 175 1400 276 58,6

800 68 3 9 265 43.126.10 813 8 878 5586 364 34500 163 40,9
Do

800 119 11 16 360 43.126.20 813 8 878 5586 208 6020 231 48,4

800 208 28 28 460 43.126.30 813 8 885 c 5618 171 1980 327 72,5

900 65 3 7 265 43.128.10 914 8 979 7011 390 49000 c 208 39,0

B
900 116 9 14 360 43.128.20 914 8 980 7019 218 8320 291 54,5

900 199 24 24 460 43.128.30 914 8 986 7047 178 2860 410 81,7

1000 62 2 6 265 43.130.10 1016 8 1080 8599 424 67600 258 43,4

1000 109 8 11 360 43.130.20 1016 8 1080 8599 242 12000 360 60,6

1000 211 23 23 460 43.130.30 1016 8 1092 8679 171 3330 504 78,2

1100 68 3 6 320 43.131.10 1120 8 1184 10424 420 52500 360 55,9

1100 110 8 10 415 43.131.20 1120 8 1184 10424 261 12700 500 66,2

1100 200 20 19 480 43.131.30 1120 8 1200 10569 184 4720 617 90,9

1200 66 3 6 350 43.132.10 1220 8 1248 11652 452 68000 397 66,5

1200 114 8 10 445 43.132.20 1220 8 1251 11681 254 14200 550 77,7

1200 214 22 20 545 43.132.30 1220 8 1263 11781 175 4360 745 114

Please refer to WebLink 13104 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


128

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

AX1SU / ID no. 43
PN 10

Weblink: 13104

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

25 12 9 40 185 43.154.10 33,7 2,6 40 9,2 96 43 0,3 0,3

32 15 8 41 175 43.155.10 42,4 2,6 50 13,6 89 68 0,3 0,5

40 19 16 46 225 43.156.10 48,3 2,6 55 17,0 102 39 0,6 0,5

50 18 9 34 195 43.157.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 110 116 0,8 0,7

50 31 28 50 265 43.157.20 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 105 34 1,3 1,1

65 25 11 37 205 43.158.10 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 85 112 1,4 0,8

65 36 25 50 260 43.158.20 76,1 2,9 86 45,4 98 54 2,1 1,2

80 23 5 26 165 43.159.10 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 111 449 1,7 1,2

80 33 11 37 195 43.159.20 88,9 3,2 114 78,4 128 231 2,3 1,4

80 46 29 50 275 43.159.30 88,9 3,2 113 76,7 127 84 4 2,3

100 30 5 26 165 43.160.10 114,3 3,6 144 130 95 539 2,7 1,5

100 43 13 39 205 43.160.20 114,3 3,6 141 126 107 239 4 2,3

100 57 32 50 295 43.160.30 114,3 3,6 140 122 152 129 7,1 4,3

125 30 4 22 165 43.161.10 139,7 4 170 187 96 886 3,8 1,9

125 45 11 33 205 43.161.20 139,7 4 168 183 105 364 5,8 2,8

125 63 27 47 280 43.161.30 139,7 4 169 181 144 204 9,7 5,4

150 28 3 17 160 43.162.10 168,3 4,5 203 268 220 3380 5,8 3,2

150 61 17 37 245 43.162.20 168,3 4,5 206 270 139 344 12 4,3

150 71 33 45 340 43.162.30 168,3 4,5 198 256 172 207 19 5,9

200 35 4 17 180 43.164.10 219,1 6,3 257 437 251 3980 12 6,1

200 67 13 32 225 43.164.20 219,1 6,3 262 446 139 703 18 6,5

200 91 26 44 290 43.164.30 219,1 6,3 259 435 185 440 25 11,3

250 35 3 13 180 43.165.10 273 6,3 313 667 258 6760 19 6,8

250 65 10 25 225 43.165.20 273 6,3 317 677 142 1280 26 8,1

250 95 24 37 310 43.165.30 273 6,3 313 659 180 632 42 15,8

300 39 3 12 180 43.166.10 323,9 7,1 368 932 238 8620 26 10,3

300 91 16 30 265 43.166.20 323,9 7,1 370 933 150 1080 47 13,5

300 115 28 38 335 43.166.30 323,9 7,1 373 930 200 788 66 22,8

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
129

AX
Lo Lo
l*

s
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

D
350 37 2 11 200 43.167.10 355,6 6,3 399 1110 257 11700 31 11,8

d1
Do

B
350 82 10 24 250 43.167.20 355,6 6,3 407 1129 171 2240 45 17,0

350 106 21 32 325 43.167.30 355,6 6,3 400 1103 170 1050 68 21,8

400 47 3 12 200 43.168.10 406,4 6,3 459 1459 357 18400 c 45 15,5
Lo
400 93 15 24 320 43.168.20 406,4 6,3 459 1461 159 1410 88 20,6

400 123 27 32 385 43.168.30 406,4 6,3 458 1443 228 Lb 1150 115 32,6

450 66 6 15 240 43.169.10 457 8,8 508 1818 255 7610 70 23,0

d1
Do

450 101 14 23 305 43.169.20 457 8,8 515 1838 215 2640 104 31,4

Do

Dt
450 143 34 34 435 43.169.30 457 8,8 515 1822 247 1180 172 54,1

500 39 2 8 200 43.170.10 508 8,8 562 2236 531 49400 80 23,0
c
500 96 10 20 280 43.170.20 508 8,8 568 2254 296 4960 115 31,8

B
Lo Lt
500 141 26 30 395 43.170.30 508 8,8 569 2249 251 1670 186 44,5
Lo
600 42 2 7 215 43.172.10 610 8 660 3147 663 l* 65100 131 26,3

600 106 11 19 315 43.172.20 610 8 669 3183 327 5790 196 36,8
Do

600 175 37 31 495 43.172.30 610 8 678 3208 295 1600 361 70,9

700 62 3 9 270 43.174.10 711 8 772 4280 536 35000 205 33,9
Do

700 109 12 16 365 43.174.20 711 8 772 4280 306 6340 298 50,0

700 183 30 28 480 43.174.30 711 8 784 c 4327 294 2430 444 72,1

Please refer to WebLink 13104 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


130

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

AX1SU / ID no. 43
PN 16

Weblink: 13104

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

25 12 9 40 185 43.204.10 33,7 2,6 40 9,2 97 43 0,4 0,3

32 15 8 41 175 43.205.10 42,4 2,6 50 13,6 89 68 0,5 0,5

40 18 16 44 235 43.206.10 48,3 2,6 55 17,0 174 56 1,1 0,6

50 18 9 34 195 43.207.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 111 116 1,2 0,7

50 28 27 50 275 43.207.20 60,3 2,9 68 27,1 173 51 2,2 1,3

65 20 8 30 195 43.208.10 76,1 2,9 86 45,4 107 182 1,9 0,9

65 37 27 50 270 43.208.20 76,1 2,9 87 45,3 176 85 3,4 1,6

80 21 5 24 170 43.209.10 88,9 3,2 113 78,6 119 411 2,8 1,2

80 40 21 47 245 43.209.20 88,9 3,2 112 74,9 190 161 5,2 2,3

100 29 5 26 170 43.210.10 114,3 3,6 143 128 152 743 4,4 2,0

100 43 14 39 215 43.210.20 114,3 3,6 141 123 190 354 6,8 3,1

125 19 2 14 155 43.211.10 139,7 4 170 186 198 3070 5,4 2,3

125 40 9 29 195 43.211.20 139,7 4 173 187 163 715 8,6 3,0

125 50 15 37 230 43.211.30 139,7 4 172 184 183 431 12 4,7

150 24 3 14 165 43.212.10 168,3 4,5 205 269 330 4890 9,6 3,7

150 40 7 24 195 43.212.20 168,3 4,5 208 273 202 1140 13 3,7

150 63 19 39 255 43.212.30 168,3 4,5 206 265 247 526 20 6,9

200 32 3 15 165 43.214.10 219,1 6,3 261 442 393 8970 17 6,9

200 60 12 29 230 43.214.20 219,1 6,3 259 438 206 1050 28 8,6

200 75 25 36 320 43.214.30 219,1 6,3 257 427 278 617 45 14,9

250 34 4 13 195 43.215.10 273 6,3 309 658 269 5220 32 8,1

250 59 9 23 230 43.215.20 273 6,3 314 666 218 1890 43 10,8

250 80 24 31 340 43.215.30 273 6,3 312 652 282 866 75 18,7

300 28 1 9 165 43.216.10 323,9 7,1 365 919 469 27100 36 11,1

300 63 8 21 220 43.216.20 323,9 7,1 370 928 282 3750 56 15,4

300 89 20 29 320 43.216.30 323,9 7,1 369 920 259 1220 98 20,4

350 34 2 10 205 43.217.10 355,6 8 396 1096 406 16500 50 12,9

350 60 7 18 240 43.217.20 355,6 8 401 1106 299 5100 67 19,1

350 90 19 27 335 43.217.30 355,6 8 402 1103 262 1580 114 30,2

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
131

AX
Lo Lo
l*

s
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

D
400 45 4 12 225 43.218.10 406,4 8,8 458 1451 464 15100 81 22,9

d1
Do

B
400 71 10 18 290 43.218.20 406,4 8,8 457 1447 297 3600 120 25,4

400 97 16 25 315 43.218.30 406,4 8,8 462 1457 288 2350 137 32,2

450 42 3 10 225 43.219.10 457 8,8 507 1808 525 22800 c 103 25,8
Lo
450 68 8 16 290 43.219.20 457 8,8 507 1808 326 5230 151 28,6

450 95 14 22 315 43.219.30 457 8,8 513 1822 300 Lb 3250 172 36,3

500 49 4 10 255 43.220.10 508 8,8 559 2217 562 18400 158 23,4

d1
Do

500 68 8 14 310 43.220.20 508 8,8 559 2217 404 6550 207 31,8

Do

Dt
500 103 15 22 340 43.220.30 508 8,8 568 2245 337 3430 239 40,3

B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*
Do

Do

Please refer to WebLink 13104 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


132

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

AX1SU / ID no. 43
PN 25

Weblink: 13104

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 15 6 28 185 43.257.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 130 167 1,6 0,7

50 22 17 43 240 43.257.20 60,3 2,9 68 27,1 222 104 2,6 1,0

65 16 6 24 195 43.258.10 76,1 3,6 85 43,6 150 242 2,8 1,0

65 29 24 45 285 43.258.20 76,1 3,6 84 42,4 270 112 5,4 2,0

80 20 5 23 170 43.259.10 88,9 3,2 113 77,6 191 655 4,2 1,4

80 31 13 36 220 43.259.20 88,9 3,2 112 74,9 241 288 6,7 2,3

100 23 4 20 160 43.260.10 114,3 3,6 142 126 266 1850 6 2,3

100 36 12 33 215 43.260.20 114,3 3,6 138 120 230 474 11 2,6

125 28 5 21 185 43.261.10 139,7 4 170 184 223 1300 12 3,4

125 43 12 32 225 43.261.20 139,7 4 171 181 279 703 17 5,5

150 25 3 15 165 43.262.10 168,3 4,5 206 268 452 6060 15 4,5

150 47 13 29 240 43.262.20 168,3 4,5 203 261 321 915 28 6,9

200 27 2 13 170 43.264.10 219,1 6,3 257 431 585 11900 26 7,7

200 51 9 24 220 43.264.20 219,1 6,3 259 435 313 1820 40 10,0

200 60 17 29 285 43.264.30 219,1 6,3 257 427 352 1060 59 13,3

250 24 2 9 170 43.265.10 273 6,3 309 650 718 25600 40 9,7

250 46 7 18 225 43.265.20 273 6,3 311 655 372 3610 63 12,5

250 63 14 24 285 43.265.30 273 6,3 314 657 358 1670 92 16,6

300 30 2 10 190 43.266.10 323,9 7,1 360 901 622 18600 67 13,4

300 48 7 16 240 43.266.20 323,9 7,1 360 901 389 4480 97 15,4

300 65 11 21 265 43.266.30 323,9 7,1 370 922 358 2760 115 20,4

350 28 2 8 210 43.267.10 355,6 8 391 1076 702 25600 80 16,9

350 45 6 13 260 43.267.20 355,6 8 391 1076 438 6320 115 19,1

350 62 9 18 285 43.267.30 355,6 8 401 1100 392 3860 136 24,5

400 28 2 7 210 43.268.10 406,4 8,8 450 1416 1060 49400 115 22,9

400 46 5 12 255 43.268.20 406,4 8,8 452 1423 637 12600 152 21,3

400 82 15 21 350 43.268.30 406,4 8,8 459 1441 435 2890 248 32,8

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
133

AX
Lo Lo
l*

s
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

d1
Do

B
c
Lo

Lb

d1
Do

Do

Dt
n k
la
c

ft b

B
Lo Lt

y le
Lo

ll
l*

n a
i o
Do

n t
te
Do

si n
e i c

a g c

is p B

Th

Please refer to WebLink 13104 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


134

AXIAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

AX1SU / ID no. 43
PN 40

Weblink: 13104

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 13 5 25 200 43.307.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 248 380 2,3 0,8

50 18 11 33 240 43.307.20 60,3 2,9 71 29,8 282 191 3,9 1,1

65 15 6 23 215 43.308.10 76,1 3,6 85 43,6 253 408 4,3 1,2

65 23 14 34 265 43.308.20 76,1 3,6 87 46,0 366 270 7,3 1,8

80 18 4 21 195 43.309.10 88,9 3,2 111 75,0 321 1010 6,8 1,6

80 27 10 29 230 43.309.20 88,9 3,2 121 84,8 398 632 12 2,7

100 20 5 18 205 43.310.10 114,3 3,6 139 123 303 1220 13 2,3

100 31 10 27 245 43.310.20 114,3 3,6 145 131 402 847 20 3,6

125 24 5 18 210 43.311.10 139,7 4 167 178 387 2010 20 3,4

125 33 9 24 245 43.311.20 139,7 4 173 190 384 1110 29 4,5

150 30 6 18 225 43.312.10 168,3 4,5 201 258 510 2630 33 5,3

150 43 13 26 290 43.312.20 168,3 4,5 209 276 493 1140 57 7,5

200 35 7 17 250 43.314.10 219,1 6,3 254 422 633 3820 67 9,5

200 45 11 21 285 43.314.20 219,1 6,3 262 451 501 2010 89 11,1

250 36 5 14 250 43.315.10 273 6,3 310 648 679 6460 103 12,3

250 52 12 20 315 43.315.20 273 6,3 322 691 592 2680 162 17,9

300 38 5 12 255 43.316.10 323,9 7,1 367 909 852 10600 152 18,6

300 55 12 18 335 43.316.20 323,9 7,1 373 948 612 3180 243 24,9

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
135

AX
Lo Lo
l*

s
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

d1
Do

B
c
Lo

Lb

d1
Do

Do

Dt
n k
la
c

ft b

B
Lo Lt

y le
Lo

ll
l*

n a
i o
Do

n t
te
Do

si n
e i c

a g c

is p B

Th

Please refer to WebLink 13104 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


139

LA
LATERAL
EXPANSION JOINTS
142 Lateral expansion joint types
144 Standard range design

WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS


LA1BT / ID no. 71
146 PN 6
148 PN 10
150 PN 16
152 PN 25

WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS


LA1FT / ID no. 72
154 PN 6
156 PN 10
158 PN 16
160 PN 25

WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS


LA1ST / ID no. 73
162 PN 6
164 PN 10
166 PN 16
168 PN 25
170 PN 40
172 PN 63

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


140

WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS


LA2BT / ID no. 81
174 PN 6
176 PN 10
178 PN 16
180 PN 25

WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS


LA2FT / ID no. 84
182 PN 6
184 PN 10
186 PN 16
188 PN 25

WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS


LA2ST / ID no. 87
190 PN 6
192 PN 10
194 PN 16
196 PN 25
198 PN 40
200 PN 63

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


141

LA
LATERAL
EXPANSION JOINTS

WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES


LA2SH / ID no. 88
202 PN 6
206 PN 10
208 PN 16
210 PN 25
212 PN 40
214 PN 63

WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBAL


LA2SK / ID no. 89
216 PN 6
220 PN 10
222 PN 16
224 PN 25
226 PN 40
228 PN 63

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


142

SINGLE BELLOW

Lateral Lateral Lateral


with loose flanges and tie rods with welded flanges and tie rods with welding ends and tie rods

LA1BT / ID no. 71 LA1FT / ID no. 72 LA1ST / ID no. 73

DN 50 - 500 DN 50 - 500 DN 50 - 500

PN 6 - 25 PN 6 - 25 PN 6 - 63

DOUBLE BELLOW

Lateral Lateral Lateral


with loose flanges and tie rods with welded flanges and tie rods with welding ends and tie rods

LA2BT / ID no. 81 LA2FT / ID no. 84 LA2ST / ID no. 87


DN 50 - 500 DN 50 - 500 DN 50 - 500
PN 6 - 25 PN 6 - 25 PN 6 - 63

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


143

LA
LATERAL
EXPANSION JOINT T YPES
DOUBLE BELLOW

Lateral Lateral
with welding ends and hinges with welding ends and gimbal

LA2SH / ID no. 88 LA2SK / ID no. 89

DN 250 - 2000 DN 250 - 2000

PN 6 - 63 PN 6 - 63

LATERAL MOVEMENT MORE INFORMATION

Please refer to WebLink 13201 to: Easy access via this QR code:
l See how the lateral expansion
joints absorb movement
l See accessories (e.g. inner
sleeves)
l See tables
l See installation instruction
l Access online inquiry/order form
l Download BelMaker Light®

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


144

STANDARD RANGE
DESIGN
Bellow Design condition PLEASE NOTE!
Multiply bellow in double certified l Design code: EN 14917
material. Vibrations
l Designed at 20°C for minimum There are many ways to absorb
Material: EN 1.4541/AISI 321 or 1000 thermal load cycles vibration. To know more about it,
EN 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti please contact us.
Tolerances: according to l Arranged according nominal
EN ISO 13920 Class C. pressure [PN] Misalignment
We strongly advise against the use of
Connection ends l PN corresponds to the allowable expansion joints and bellows for
Flanges operating pressure at room misalignment.
Loose flanges, welded flanges. temperature [Rpt]
Drilling according to EN 1092. Torsion
l Operating temperature from Torsion on bellow parts are not
Material: 1.0460 (C 22.8) or -10°C to +400°C based on the desirable and should be set to zero (0).
1.0425 P265 GH (HII) reduction factor (Kpa) from the If this cannot be avoided, please
Surface treatment: primer coated. table on the next page contact us.
Stainless steel flanges are l All expansion joints are designed
available on request. to be tested at a pressure 1,43 x
Tolerances: according to norms and the design pressure.
standards that applies. Where a higher test pressure is
required a unit with a higher
Welding ends
nominal pressure (PN) should be
Material:
selected to achieve this
≤ DN 500: EN 1.0345/P235 GH (HI)
> DN 500: EN 1.0425/P265 GH (HII)
Accessories
Surface treatment: primer coated. Inner sleeve, cover, counter flange,
Stainless steel welding ends are gaskets, insulation etc. are available
available on request. on request.
Tolerances: according to norms and Certificates
standards that applies. Material certificate 3.1 according to
EN 10204 and/or ASME.
Tie rods
Material: 1.7225 (42CrMo4)
The design of the tie rods and the
number of them are determined by
diameter and pressure.

Attachment plates and lugs


Material: EN 1.0425/P265 GH (HII)
On request
Please contact us, if you have any
special requirements for
eg. temperature down to -60°C,
a special combination of ends etc.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


145

LA
Pressure reduction factor The reduction factor is applied to Where the applied design pressure
The factor used for reduction of modify the design pressure [PS] where is lower than the nominal pressure
pressure [Kpa], is based on the bellow temperatures exceed 20°C, it com- for the standard unit an increase in
material yield strength at design pensates for the decay in material fatigue life expectancy and / or
temperature [Rp], and the yield mechanical properties at elevated increased movements can be
strength at room temperature [Rpt]. temperatures.The modified pressure achieved.
must always be lower than the
nominal pressure of the standard item.
Please refer to Belmaker Light®
Definiton: Kpa = Rp / Rpt Calculation: PS / Kpa ≤ PN to get an optimised solution.

TEMPERATURE REDUCTION FACTOR


°C Kpa

20 1,00

100 0,83

150 0,78

200 0,74

250 0,71

300 0,67

350 0,64

400 0,62

CUSTOMISED
SOLUTIONS
If the required/specified expansion We are specialised in designing and
joint is not found in this product manufacturing of customised
catalogue, please do not hesitate to solutions. See selected examples
forward your specifications to us. here: WebLink 13601

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


146

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1BT / ID no. 71
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13202

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 16 155 71.107.10 226 17 90 27 0 8,9 5,6

50 43 255 71.107.20 226 17 90 7,5 0 6 6,5

65 12 145 71.108.10 246 17 107 52 0 16 6,5

65 32 215 71.108.20 246 17 107 17 0 12 7,1

80 6 145 71.109.10 276 17 122 224 0 27 8,4

80 15 190 71.109.20 276 17 122 45 0 22 8,8

80 33 255 71.109.30 276 17 122 27 0 17 9,9

100 6 155 71.110.10 296 17 147 286 0 42 9,2

100 16 195 71.110.20 296 17 147 91 0 35 10,0

100 39 280 71.110.30 296 17 147 39 0 26 12,2

125 5 165 71.111.10 326 22 178 463 0 58 13,4

125 16 215 71.111.20 326 22 178 108 0 47 14,4

125 40 315 71.111.30 326 22 178 48 0 33 17,7

150 5 180 71.112.10 351 22 202 640 0 78 14,6

150 21 260 71.112.20 351 22 202 136 0 57 16,9

150 50 370 71.112.30 351 22 202 58 0 42 21,4

200 7 185 71.114.10 406 22 258 492 0 123 18,7

200 22 275 71.114.20 406 22 258 153 0 90 22,1

200 39 330 71.114.30 406 22 258 117 0 76 26,8

250 5 185 71.115.10 461 22 312 1030 0 185 21,9

250 19 275 71.115.20 461 22 312 259 0 136 26,1

250 33 370 71.115.30 461 22 312 141 0 104 31,3

300 5 210 71.116.10 526 27 365 1750 0 235 36,8

300 12 245 71.116.20 526 27 365 451 0 206 38,0

300 24 310 71.116.30 526 27 365 290 0 171 44,9

350 5 200 71.117.10 576 27 410 2120 0 291 45,5

350 11 245 71.117.20 576 27 410 536 0 248 47,8

350 25 345 71.117.30 576 27 410 280 0 186 56,3

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


147
Lo

LA
d1
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx. Lo
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

400 7 250 71.118.10 642 27 465 1200 0 376 53,5

400 17 310 71.118.20 642 27 465 462 0 319 59,3

B
400 38 460 71.118.30 642 27 465 241 0 225 75,2

450 4 230 71.119.10 697 27 520 4030 0 509 61,7

450 12 285 71.119.20 697 27 520 815 0 432 64,8

450 31 415 71.119.30 697 27 520 362 0 c 312 84,5

500 5 265 71.120.10 747 32 570 3760 0 563 76,4

500 16 360 71.120.20 747 32 570 616 0 435 80,1

500 33 465 71.120.30 747 32 570 404 0 349 102

Please refer to WebLink 13202 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


148

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1BT / ID no. 71
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13202

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 11 140 71.157.10 251 18 92 47 0 9,6 7,5

50 25 205 71.157.20 251 18 92 18 0 7,2 8,1

65 9 145 71.158.10 271 22 107 83 0 16 9,9

65 21 215 71.158.20 271 22 107 29 0 12 10,5

80 5 155 71.159.10 286 22 122 270 0 26 11,1

80 26 240 71.159.20 286 22 122 63 0 18 12,6

80 26 265 71.159.30 286 22 122 43 0 17 12,6

100 6 160 71.160.10 306 22 147 434 0 40 12,7

100 12 195 71.160.20 306 22 147 129 0 34 13,0

100 30 295 71.160.30 306 22 147 60 0 24 15,4

125 4 155 71.161.10 336 22 178 564 0 60 14,6

125 11 195 71.161.20 336 22 178 190 0 49 15,4

125 25 280 71.161.30 336 22 178 95 0 37 18,2

150 3 170 71.162.10 371 27 208 2180 0 80 21,1

150 15 255 71.162.20 371 27 208 193 0 59 23,0

150 31 350 71.162.30 371 27 208 104 0 43 25,0

200 4 190 71.164.10 426 27 258 2380 0 120 27,5

200 12 235 71.164.20 426 27 258 389 0 104 28,9

200 24 305 71.164.30 426 27 258 222 0 81 33,1

250 3 190 71.165.10 497 27 320 4140 0 215 34,3

250 10 235 71.165.20 497 27 320 673 0 185 35,5

250 23 325 71.165.30 497 27 320 310 0 139 42,6

300 3 190 71.166.10 531 27 370 5230 0 256 39,5

300 14 275 71.166.20 531 27 370 597 0 190 44,5

300 26 355 71.166.30 531 27 370 386 0 153 55,6

350 3 190 71.167.10 607 27 410 6360 0 357 54,0

350 10 245 71.167.20 607 27 410 1170 0 299 59,5

350 19 320 71.167.30 607 27 410 538 0 235 64,9

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


149
Lo

LA
d1
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx. Lo
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

400 3 210 71.168.10 683 32 465 11500 0 492 78,1

400 15 330 71.168.20 683 32 465 710 0 346 84,4

B
400 27 400 71.168.30 683 32 465 534 0 293 97,3

450 6 255 71.169.10 733 32 520 3710 0 529 87,1

450 15 320 71.169.20 733 32 520 1200 0 448 96,1

450 32 455 71.169.30 733 32 520 558 0 c 332 121

500 2 230 71.170.10 788 37 570 31500 0 704 107

500 10 315 71.170.20 788 37 570 2670 0 556 116

500 25 435 71.170.30 788 37 570 800 0 425 130

Please refer to WebLink 13202 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


150

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1BT / ID no. 71
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13202

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 9 140 71.207.10 251 18 92 55 0 9,6 7,5

50 25 215 71.207.20 251 18 92 27 0 6,8 8,3

65 8 145 71.208.10 271 22 107 91 0 16 9,9

65 24 220 71.208.20 271 22 107 43 0 12 11,1

80 5 155 71.209.10 286 22 122 270 0 26 11,1

80 19 240 71.209.20 286 22 122 82 0 18 12,6

100 6 160 71.210.10 306 22 147 434 0 40 12,7

100 13 210 71.210.20 306 22 147 187 0 32 13,8

125 2 150 71.211.10 336 22 178 1910 0 61 14,7

125 9 190 71.211.20 336 22 178 354 0 52 16,0

125 14 225 71.211.30 336 22 178 224 0 45 17,5

150 3 175 71.212.10 371 27 208 2990 0 79 21,6

150 7 205 71.212.20 371 27 208 680 0 71 22,2

150 17 275 71.212.30 371 27 208 270 0 54 25,0

200 3 180 71.214.10 442 27 258 5340 0 149 29,3

200 11 245 71.214.20 442 27 258 564 0 116 31,2

200 24 340 71.214.30 442 27 258 295 0 87 38,1

250 4 215 71.215.10 507 27 320 2720 0 193 39,5

250 10 255 71.215.20 507 27 320 919 0 171 42,5

250 22 360 71.215.30 507 27 320 424 0 126 51,0

300 2 200 71.216.10 562 32 375 14700 0 285 53,7

300 8 255 71.216.20 562 32 375 1990 0 239 58,6

300 18 345 71.216.30 562 32 375 655 0 185 69,3

350 2 205 71.217.10 638 32 410 11600 0 376 73,0

350 7 245 71.217.20 638 32 410 2710 0 333 77,2

350 17 345 71.217.30 638 32 410 797 0 253 89,5

400 4 250 71.218.10 698 37 465 7770 0 430 105

400 10 310 71.218.20 698 37 465 1890 0 362 109

400 15 345 71.218.30 698 37 465 1190 0 335 116

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


151
Lo

LA
d1
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx. Lo
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

450 3 250 71.219.10 758 37 520 12700 0 535 119

450 9 310 71.219.20 758 37 520 2600 0 452 123

B
450 15 345 71.219.30 758 37 520 1480 0 418 131

Please refer to WebLink 13202 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


152

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1BT / ID no. 71
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13202

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 6 140 71.257.10 251 22 92 88 0 9,6 8,8

50 16 195 71.257.20 251 22 92 50 0 7,3 9,4

65 6 140 71.258.10 271 22 107 142 0 16 9,9

65 21 235 71.258.20 271 22 107 59 0 9,9 11,3

80 6 165 71.259.10 286 22 122 301 0 24 11,5

80 12 215 71.259.20 286 22 122 156 0 19 12,4

100 4 165 71.260.10 321 27 147 1030 0 39 17,3

100 10 220 71.260.20 321 27 147 268 0 30 18,1

125 6 190 71.261.10 356 27 178 647 0 51 21,4

125 12 230 71.261.20 356 27 178 375 0 43 23,7

150 3 200 71.262.10 402 32 208 3780 0 83 30,4

150 12 265 71.262.20 402 32 208 492 0 65 33,2

200 3 195 71.264.10 478 32 258 6930 0 154 41,4

200 9 250 71.264.20 478 32 258 949 0 129 44,1

250 2 195 71.265.10 543 32 320 14500 0 232 55,7

250 7 250 71.265.20 543 32 320 1890 0 194 59,1

250 13 320 71.265.30 543 32 320 912 0 161 64,1

300 3 225 71.266.10 604 37 375 9180 0 289 80,6

300 7 275 71.266.20 604 37 375 2310 0 248 83,4

300 11 300 71.266.30 604 37 375 1470 0 238 88,8

350 2 235 71.267.10 673 42 410 15200 0 334 117

350 6 285 71.267.20 673 42 410 3190 0 288 120

350 10 315 71.267.30 673 42 410 1870 0 272 126

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


153
Lo

LA
d1
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx. Lo
2λN Lo B c d1 Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

B
c

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13202 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


154

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1FT / ID no. 72
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13203

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 17 150 72.107.10 226 17 25 0 9,1 5,6

50 43 245 72.107.20 226 17 7,6 0 6,2 6,4

65 12 140 72.108.10 246 17 50 0 16 6,4

65 32 205 72.108.20 246 17 17 0 12 7,1

80 6 125 72.109.10 276 17 224 0 30 8,4

80 15 170 72.109.20 276 17 44 0 24 8,8

80 33 235 72.109.30 276 17 26 0 18 9,9

100 6 135 72.110.10 296 17 275 0 46 9,2

100 16 175 72.110.20 296 17 91 0 38 10,0

100 39 255 72.110.30 296 17 39 0 28 12,2

125 5 145 72.111.10 326 22 446 0 63 13,2

125 16 195 72.111.20 326 22 104 0 50 14,0

125 40 295 72.111.30 326 22 47 0 35 17,0

150 5 160 72.112.10 351 22 640 0 84 14,6

150 21 240 72.112.20 351 22 133 0 61 16,9

150 50 344 72.112.30 351 22 59 0 44 21,2

200 7 165 72.114.10 406 22 492 0 134 18,4

200 22 250 72.114.20 406 22 157 0 96 22,1

200 39 305 72.114.30 406 22 119 0 81 26,8

250 5 165 72.115.10 461 22 1010 0 201 21,9

250 19 250 72.115.20 461 22 266 0 146 26,1

250 33 350 72.115.30 461 22 138 0 108 31,3

300 5 190 72.116.10 526 27 1690 0 252 36,3

300 12 225 72.116.20 526 27 445 0 220 38,0

300 24 285 72.116.30 526 27 294 0 183 44,9

350 5 180 72.117.10 576 27 2060 0 313 44,9

350 11 225 72.117.20 576 27 536 0 264 47,8

350 25 320 72.117.30 576 27 282 0 196 54,4

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo 155

LA
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

400 7 225 72.118.10 642 27 1270 0 406 53,2

400 17 290 72.118.20 642 27 450 0 335 57,8

400 38 435 72.118.30 642 27 242 0 234 74,9

450 5 210 72.119.10 697 27 3320 0 542 61,7

450 12 265 72.119.20 697 27 803 0 456 64,8

450 31 390 72.119.30 697 27 364 0 327 84,2

500 5 240 72.120.10 747 32 3970 0 605 76,1

500 16 340 72.120.20 747 32 609 0 455 80,1

500 33 440 72.120.30 747 32 408 0 363 102

Please refer to WebLink 13203 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


156

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1FT / ID no. 72
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13203

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 10 130 72.157.10 251 18 53 0 11 7,5

50 25 200 72.157.20 251 18 18 0 7,3 8,1

65 9 140 72.158.10 271 22 80 0 16 9,9

65 21 205 72.158.20 271 22 29 0 12 10,5

80 5 135 72.159.10 286 22 263 0 28 11,1

80 25 215 72.159.20 286 22 66 0 19 12,4

80 26 245 72.159.30 286 22 42 0 17 12,6

100 6 140 72.160.10 306 22 406 0 44 12,3

100 12 175 72.160.20 306 22 126 0 37 13,0

100 30 270 72.160.30 306 22 60 0 25 14,7

125 5 135 72.161.10 336 22 458 0 66 14,6

125 11 175 72.161.20 336 22 185 0 53 15,2

125 25 255 72.161.30 336 22 96 0 39 17,5

150 3 150 72.162.10 371 27 2050 0 87 20,9

150 15 230 72.162.20 371 27 198 0 63 23,0

150 31 330 72.162.30 371 27 102 0 45 25,0

200 4 170 72.164.10 426 27 2250 0 130 27,1

200 12 215 72.164.20 426 27 382 0 110 28,7

200 24 285 72.164.30 426 27 217 0 85 33,1

250 3 170 72.165.10 497 27 4020 0 231 33,3

250 10 215 72.165.20 497 27 663 0 197 35,5

250 23 300 72.165.30 497 27 314 0 147 42,6

300 3 165 72.166.10 531 27 5420 0 282 39,5

300 14 255 72.166.20 531 27 588 0 200 44,5

300 26 330 72.166.30 531 27 386 0 161 55,3

350 3 165 72.167.10 607 27 6580 0 392 54,0

350 10 220 72.167.20 607 27 1190 0 322 57,7

350 19 300 72.167.30 607 27 525 0 245 64,9

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo 157

LA
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

400 3 190 72.168.10 683 32 10700 0 522 77,8

400 15 305 72.168.20 683 32 720 0 366 84,1

400 27 375 72.168.30 683 32 534 0 306 97,0

450 6 230 72.169.10 733 32 3810 0 566 86,8

450 14 295 72.169.20 733 32 1290 0 473 95,8

450 32 430 72.169.30 733 32 558 0 344 120

500 2 210 72.170.10 788 37 29800 0 745 106

500 10 290 72.170.20 788 37 2700 0 588 116

500 25 410 72.170.30 788 37 800 0 443 130

Please refer to WebLink 13203 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


158

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1FT / ID no. 72
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13203

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 9 130 72.207.10 251 18 57 0 11 7,5

50 25 210 72.207.20 251 18 26 0 6,8 8,3

65 8 140 72.208.10 271 22 87 0 16 9,9

65 24 215 72.208.20 271 22 42 0 12 11,1

80 5 135 72.209.10 286 22 263 0 28 11,1

80 19 215 72.209.20 286 22 83 0 19 12,4

100 6 140 72.210.10 306 22 406 0 44 12,3

100 13 190 72.210.20 306 22 179 0 34 13,5

125 2 125 72.211.10 336 22 2030 0 69 14,6

125 9 165 72.211.20 336 22 365 0 57 15,7

125 14 200 72.211.30 336 22 230 0 48 17,3

150 3 155 72.212.10 371 27 2820 0 86 21,0

150 8 185 72.212.20 371 27 585 0 76 21,8

150 17 250 72.212.30 371 27 273 0 58 25,0

200 3 155 72.214.10 442 27 5540 0 163 29,1

200 11 225 72.214.20 442 27 542 0 123 31,2

200 24 315 72.214.30 442 27 295 0 92 37,9

250 4 195 72.215.10 507 27 2660 0 206 38,5

250 10 235 72.215.20 507 27 885 0 180 42,2

250 22 335 72.215.30 507 27 424 0 133 51,0

300 2 175 72.216.10 562 32 15200 0 311 53,7

300 8 230 72.216.20 562 32 2020 0 256 58,3

300 18 320 72.216.30 562 32 655 0 194 69,0

350 3 185 72.217.10 638 32 8270 0 400 72,7

350 7 220 72.217.20 638 32 2710 0 356 76,9

350 17 320 72.217.30 638 32 797 0 266 89,2

400 4 225 72.218.10 698 37 7980 0 459 105

400 10 290 72.218.20 698 37 1820 0 378 109

400 15 320 72.218.30 698 37 1190 0 351 113

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo 159

LA
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

450 3 225 72.219.10 758 37 12700 0 572 119

450 9 290 72.219.20 758 37 2510 0 471 123

450 15 320 72.219.30 758 37 1480 0 439 128

Please refer to WebLink 13203 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


160

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA1FT / ID no. 72
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13203

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 6 130 72.257.10 251 22 94 0 11 8,8

50 16 185 72.257.20 251 22 51 0 7,6 9,3

65 6 135 72.258.10 271 22 142 0 16 9,9

65 21 230 72.258.20 271 22 59 0 9,9 11,3

80 5 140 72.259.10 286 22 374 0 27 11,3

80 12 190 72.259.20 286 22 159 0 21 12,4

100 4 140 72.260.10 321 27 1130 0 43 17,1

100 10 200 72.260.20 321 27 263 0 32 17,7

125 5 165 72.261.10 356 27 780 0 56 21,4

125 12 210 72.261.20 356 27 357 0 46 23,5

150 3 175 72.262.10 402 32 3900 0 91 29,9

150 12 245 72.262.20 402 32 473 0 69 32,2

200 3 170 72.264.10 478 32 6930 0 167 41,4

200 9 225 72.264.20 478 32 961 0 138 42,7

250 2 175 72.265.10 543 32 13200 0 247 54,6

250 7 225 72.265.20 543 32 1940 0 207 59,1

250 13 295 72.265.30 543 32 912 0 169 63,8

300 3 200 72.266.10 604 37 9390 0 311 80,6

300 7 255 72.266.20 604 37 2220 0 260 83,4

300 11 275 72.266.30 604 37 1470 0 251 88,4

350 2 210 72.267.10 673 42 15500 0 359 116

350 6 265 72.267.20 673 42 3070 0 301 117

350 10 290 72.267.30 673 42 1870 0 287 123

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo 161

LA
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13203 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


162

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA1ST / ID no. 73
PN 6

Weblink: 13204

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 16 355 73.107.10 145 60,3 2,9 26 0 5 3,4

50 43 455 73.107.20 145 60,3 2,9 7,5 0 3,7 4,0

65 12 335 73.108.10 155 76,1 2,9 51 0 8,9 3,1

65 32 400 73.108.20 155 76,1 2,9 18 0 7,1 3,8

80 6 305 73.109.10 185 88,9 3,2 230 0 18 4,8

80 15 350 73.109.20 185 88,9 3,2 45 0 15 5,0

80 33 415 73.109.30 185 88,9 3,2 26 0 12 6,1

100 6 315 73.110.10 215 114,3 3,6 297 0 28 6,2

100 16 355 73.110.20 215 114,3 3,6 91 0 23 6,5

100 39 445 73.110.30 215 114,3 3,6 39 0 18 9,0

125 5 315 73.111.10 245 139,7 4 481 0 39 8,5

125 16 365 73.111.20 245 139,7 4 104 0 32 9,5

125 40 470 73.111.30 245 139,7 4 48 0 24 12,6

150 6 335 73.112.10 290 168,3 4,5 540 0 65 10,5

150 21 420 73.112.20 290 168,3 4,5 134 0 49 13,0

150 50 525 73.112.30 290 168,3 4,5 58 0 37 17,5

200 7 350 73.114.10 345 219,1 6,3 476 0 100 16,8

200 22 435 73.114.20 345 219,1 6,3 151 0 77 19,8

200 39 485 73.114.30 345 219,1 6,3 117 0 67 24,0

250 5 370 73.115.10 405 273 6,3 973 0 140 27,0

250 19 455 73.115.20 405 273 6,3 256 0 111 30,2

250 33 545 73.115.30 405 273 6,3 141 0 89 36,4

300 5 410 73.116.10 460 323,9 7,1 1810 0 174 55,8

300 12 455 73.116.20 460 323,9 7,1 458 0 154 56,7

300 24 515 73.116.30 460 323,9 7,1 294 0 135 62,0

350 5 400 73.117.10 500 355,6 6,3 2190 0 213 52,0

350 11 445 73.117.20 500 355,6 6,3 544 0 189 54,9

350 25 540 73.117.30 500 355,6 6,3 280 0 152 63,7

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


163
Lo
Lo

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp l* Cr
mm Lomm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg
s

400 7 460 73.118.10 575 406,4 6,3 1270 0 284 69,7

400 17 525 73.118.20 575 406,4 6,3 444 0 247 75,8

d1
B
D
B

400 38 665 73.118.30 575 406,4 6,3 242 0 189 91,4

450 5 455 73.119.10 630 457 6,3 3270 0 364 91,6

450 12 510 73.119.20 630 457 6,3 803 0 323 94,7

450 31 630 73.119.30 630 457 6,3 364 0 254 c 109

500 5 465 73.120.10 685 508 6,3 3760 0 439 104

500 16 560 73.120.20 685 508 6,3 616 0 358 108


Lo Lo
500 33 660 73.120.30 685 508 6,3 404 0 l* 298 129
d1
B

Lo

Lo
l*
s
B

D
B

Please refer to WebLink 13204 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


164

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA1ST / ID no. 73
PN 10

Weblink: 13204

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 10 335 73.157.10 145 60,3 2,9 53 0 5,5 3,4

50 25 405 73.157.20 145 60,3 2,9 18 0 4,3 4,0

65 9 325 73.158.10 155 76,1 2,9 83 0 9,1 3,2

65 21 390 73.158.20 155 76,1 2,9 29 0 7,2 3,7

80 6 310 73.159.10 185 88,9 3,2 210 0 17 4,8

80 26 385 73.159.20 185 88,9 3,2 63 0 13 6,1

80 26 415 73.159.30 185 88,9 3,2 42 0 12 6,1

100 6 320 73.160.10 215 114,3 3,6 420 0 26 6,5

100 12 355 73.160.20 215 114,3 3,6 126 0 23 6,8

100 30 445 73.160.30 215 114,3 3,6 61 0 17 9,0

125 4 315 73.161.10 245 139,7 4 564 0 39 8,2

125 11 355 73.161.20 245 139,7 4 185 0 33 9,1

125 25 430 73.161.30 245 139,7 4 98 0 26 11,9

150 3 330 73.162.10 295 168,3 4,5 2180 0 65 13,2

150 15 415 73.162.20 295 168,3 4,5 189 0 50 14,7

150 31 510 73.162.30 295 168,3 4,5 101 0 38 16,5

200 4 380 73.164.10 365 219,1 6,3 2250 0 106 25,7

200 12 425 73.164.20 365 219,1 6,3 382 0 96 26,3

200 24 490 73.164.30 365 219,1 6,3 222 0 80 31,5

250 3 360 73.165.10 405 273 6,3 4020 0 146 27,7

250 10 405 73.165.20 405 273 6,3 663 0 129 29,2

250 23 490 73.165.30 405 273 6,3 310 0 101 37,1

300 3 400 73.166.10 460 323,9 7,1 5060 0 180 57,0

300 14 485 73.166.20 460 323,9 7,1 580 0 144 60,5

300 26 555 73.166.30 460 323,9 7,1 388 0 124 70,1

350 3 400 73.167.10 505 355,6 6,3 6150 0 214 64,5

350 10 450 73.167.20 505 355,6 6,3 1190 0 190 69,7

350 19 525 73.167.30 505 355,6 6,3 532 0 156 75,3

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


165
Lo
Lo

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp l* Cr
mm Lomm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg
s

400 3 430 73.168.10 575 406,4 6,3 11100 0 308 93,3

400 15 550 73.168.20 575 406,4 6,3 710 0 235 99,3

d1
B
D
B

400 27 615 73.168.30 575 406,4 6,3 531 0 206 112

450 6 470 73.169.10 625 457 8,8 3920 0 347 117

450 14 535 73.169.20 625 457 8,8 1290 0 305 126

450 32 665 73.169.30 625 457 8,8 558 0 239 c 150

500 2 460 73.170.10 695 508 8,8 29800 0 501 141

500 10 540 73.170.20 695 508 8,8 2640 0 426 151


Lo Lo
500 25 655 73.170.30 695 508 8,8 808 0 l* 347 166
d1
B

Lo

Lo
l*
s
B

D
B

Please refer to WebLink 13204 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


166

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA1ST / ID no. 73
PN 16

Weblink: 13204

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 9 335 73.207.10 145 60,3 2,9 57 0 5,5 3,4

50 25 415 73.207.20 145 60,3 2,9 26 0 4 4,2

65 8 325 73.208.10 155 76,1 2,9 91 0 9,1 3,2

65 24 400 73.208.20 155 76,1 2,9 43 0 7 4,1

80 5 310 73.209.10 185 88,9 3,2 238 0 17 4,8

80 19 385 73.209.20 185 88,9 3,2 82 0 13 6,1

100 6 320 73.210.10 215 114,3 3,6 420 0 26 6,5

100 13 365 73.210.20 215 114,3 3,6 187 0 22 7,6

125 2 305 73.211.10 245 139,7 4 2030 0 40 8,6

125 9 345 73.211.20 245 139,7 4 365 0 35 9,3

125 14 380 73.211.30 245 139,7 4 224 0 31 11,2

150 3 335 73.212.10 295 168,3 4,5 2900 0 64 13,9

150 7 365 73.212.20 295 168,3 4,5 659 0 59 13,9

150 17 425 73.212.30 295 168,3 4,5 279 0 48 17,3

200 3 365 73.214.10 365 219,1 6,3 5540 0 112 26,5

200 11 430 73.214.20 365 219,1 6,3 571 0 93 28,4

200 24 520 73.214.30 365 219,1 6,3 298 0 73 35,3

250 4 405 73.215.10 415 273 6,3 2720 0 149 57,3

250 10 440 73.215.20 415 273 6,3 931 0 137 60,4

250 22 550 73.215.30 415 273 6,3 424 0 105 69,1

300 2 415 73.216.10 470 323,9 7,1 15200 0 202 70,8

300 8 470 73.216.20 470 323,9 7,1 1960 0 177 75,4

300 18 570 73.216.30 470 323,9 7,1 640 0 142 81,3

350 3 435 73.217.10 520 355,6 8 8270 0 228 85,9

350 7 470 73.217.20 520 355,6 8 2630 0 211 92,5

350 17 565 73.217.30 520 355,6 8 801 0 172 105

400 4 505 73.218.10 585 406,4 8,8 7980 0 295 142

400 10 570 73.218.20 585 406,4 8,8 1820 0 258 145

400 15 595 73.218.30 585 406,4 8,8 1220 0 249 153

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


167
Lo
Lo

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp l* Cr
mm Lomm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg
s

450 3 505 73.219.10 645 457 8,8 12700 0 367 162

450 9 570 73.219.20 645 457 8,8 2510 0 323 166

d1
B
D
B

450 14 595 73.219.30 645 457 8,8 1600 0 311 174

Lo Lo
l*
d1
B

Lo

Lo
l*
s
B

D
B

Please refer to WebLink 13204 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


168

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA1ST / ID no. 73
PN 25

Weblink: 13204

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 6 325 73.257.10 145 60,3 4 94 0 5,6 3,7

50 16 380 73.257.20 145 60,3 4 52 0 4,5 4,2

65 6 325 73.258.10 155 76,1 4 133 0 8,7 3,7

65 21 415 73.258.20 155 76,1 4 59 0 6,3 4,9

80 5 310 73.259.10 185 88,9 4 374 0 17 5,4

80 12 360 73.259.20 185 88,9 4 156 0 14 6,3

100 4 330 73.260.10 235 114,3 4 1090 0 31 9,9

100 10 385 73.260.20 235 114,3 4 268 0 25 10,4

125 5 365 73.261.10 260 139,7 4 759 0 40 22,5

125 12 405 73.261.20 260 139,7 4 362 0 35 24,9

150 3 375 73.262.10 310 168,3 4,5 3780 0 66 36,6

150 12 450 73.262.20 310 168,3 4,5 487 0 53 39,6

200 3 380 73.264.10 360 219,1 6,3 6730 0 105 47,9

200 9 430 73.264.20 360 219,1 6,3 999 0 92 50,5

250 2 380 73.265.10 415 273 7,1 14500 0 158 60,1

250 7 435 73.265.20 415 273 7,1 1890 0 137 63,3

250 13 495 73.265.30 415 273 7,1 883 0 119 68,2

300 3 490 73.266.10 485 323,9 8 9180 0 189 105

300 7 540 73.266.20 485 323,9 8 2260 0 171 108

300 11 565 73.266.30 485 323,9 8 1420 0 166 113

350 2 490 73.267.10 530 355,6 8 15200 0 226 120

350 6 540 73.267.20 530 355,6 8 3160 0 204 123

350 10 565 73.267.30 530 355,6 8 1890 0 198 129

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


169
Lo
Lo

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp l* Cr
mm Lomm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg
s

d1
B
D
B

Lo Lo
l*

n k
b la
le f t
d1
B

y
B

a l l
i o n
te nt c

si n
Lo

e i
g
pa Lo

his
l*

T
s
B

D
B

Please refer to WebLink 13204 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


170

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA1ST / ID no. 73
PN 40

Weblink: 13204

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 6 320 73.307.10 145 60,3 4 180 0 5,7 3,7

50 10 360 73.307.20 145 60,3 4 104 0 5,2 4,0

65 6 355 73.308.10 175 76,1 4 217 0 9,7 6,4

65 13 405 73.308.20 175 76,1 4 137 0 8,9 7,2

80 5 335 73.309.10 210 88,9 4 539 0 18 13,9

80 10 370 73.309.20 210 88,9 4 325 0 18 15,0

100 5 355 73.310.10 235 114,3 4 653 0 29 9,9

100 10 395 73.310.20 235 114,3 4 434 0 27 11,2

125 5 370 73.311.10 260 139,7 4 1090 0 38 22,2

125 9 405 73.311.20 260 139,7 4 580 0 36 23,6

150 6 415 73.312.10 310 168,3 4,5 1460 0 57 37,3

150 12 480 73.312.20 310 168,3 4,5 630 0 52 40,1

200 7 490 73.314.10 375 219,1 6,3 1940 0 89 69,0

200 10 525 73.314.20 375 219,1 6,3 1090 0 88 70,9

250 6 490 73.315.10 435 273 7,1 3170 0 136 88,3

250 12 555 73.315.20 435 273 7,1 1330 0 127 94,7

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


171
Lo
Lo

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp l* Cr
mm Lomm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg
s

d1
B
D
B

Lo Lo
l*

n k
b la
le f t
d1
B

y
B

a l l
i o n
te nt c

si n
Lo

e i
g
pa Lo

his
l*

T
s
B

D
B

Please refer to WebLink 13204 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


172

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA1ST / ID no. 73
PN 63

Weblink: 13204

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 1 295 73.357.10 145 60,3 4 2530 0 6,2 3,8

50 5 335 73.357.20 145 60,3 4 339 0 6,1 4,0

65 2 325 73.358.10 175 76,1 4 1900 0 12 6,4

65 5 365 73.358.20 175 76,1 4 467 0 10 6,6

80 2 315 73.359.10 210 88,9 4 2940 0 20 13,7

80 6 355 73.359.20 210 88,9 4 553 0 19 14,2

100 1 330 73.360.10 230 114,3 5 8980 0 29 19,0

100 5 380 73.360.20 230 114,3 5 909 0 27 19,3

125 1 365 73.361.10 275 139,7 6,3 13000 0 45 32,5

125 6 435 73.361.20 275 139,7 6,3 991 0 40 33,6

150 2 425 73.362.10 320 168,3 6,3 12100 0 61 49,1

150 7 480 73.362.20 320 168,3 6,3 1590 0 59 51,5

200 1 440 73.364.10 380 219,1 8 44300 0 99 86,1

200 6 520 73.364.20 380 219,1 8 3260 0 89 90,2

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


173
Lo
Lo

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2λN Lo B D s Cλ Cp l* Cr
mm Lomm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg
s

d1
B
D
B

Lo Lo
l*

n k
b la
le f t
d1
B

y
B

a l l
i o n
te nt c

si n
Lo

e i
g
pa Lo

his
l*

T
s
B

D
B

Please refer to WebLink 13204 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


174

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2BT / ID no. 81
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13205

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 63 295 81.107.10 226 17 90 167 2,6 0 5,3 6,8

50 101 375 81.107.20 226 17 90 247 1,3 0 4,3 7,3

50 149 475 81.107.30 226 17 90 347 0,7 0 3,5 7,9

50 199 575 81.107.40 226 17 90 447 0,4 0 3 8,7

65 61 305 81.108.10 246 17 107 173 4,1 0 8,1 7,9

65 100 395 81.108.20 246 17 107 263 1,9 0 6,5 8,6

65 150 505 81.108.30 246 17 107 373 1 0 5,2 9,6

65 202 615 81.108.40 246 17 107 483 0,6 0 4,5 10,6

80 64 305 81.109.10 276 17 122 165 7,6 0 15 10,4

80 103 385 81.109.20 276 17 122 245 3,5 0 12 11,2

80 153 485 81.109.30 276 17 122 345 1,8 0 9,6 12,2

80 199 575 81.109.40 276 17 122 435 1,2 0 8,2 13,0

100 58 285 81.110.10 296 17 147 154 16 0 25 12,3

100 100 375 81.110.20 296 17 147 244 6,5 0 20 13,6

100 153 485 81.110.30 296 17 147 354 3,1 0 16 15,1

100 202 585 81.110.40 296 17 147 454 1,9 0 13 16,2

125 51 335 81.111.10 326 22 178 200 16 0 32 16,7

125 101 495 81.111.20 326 22 178 360 4,7 0 23 19,4

125 152 655 81.111.30 326 22 178 520 2,3 0 18 21,9

125 202 835 81.111.40 326 22 178 700 1,3 0 14 24,9

150 51 315 81.112.10 351 22 202 170 24 0 49 18,2

150 103 455 81.112.20 351 22 202 310 7,1 0 35 21,2

150 153 585 81.112.30 351 22 202 440 3,5 0 28 23,9

150 201 715 81.112.40 351 22 202 570 2,1 0 24 26,7

200 52 360 81.114.10 406 22 258 197 42 0 71 26,6

200 101 510 81.114.20 406 22 258 347 14 0 52 32,0

200 153 660 81.114.30 406 22 258 497 6,8 0 41 37,3

200 202 800 81.114.40 406 22 258 637 4,1 0 34 42,5

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo
l* 175
Lo

LA
d1
B
D
B

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Lo Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre Lo


diameter length approx. distance l*
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 51 390 81.115.10 461 22 312 227 55 0 100 32,5


d1

250 101 570 81.115.20 461 22 312 407 18 0 71 40,5


B

B
250 150 740 81.115.30 461 22 312 577 8,5 0 56 48,2

250 202 920 81.115.40 461 22 312 757 5 0 46 56,2

300 52 405 81.116.10 526 27 365 235 63 0 135 51,5


c
300 100 585 81.116.20 526 27 365 415 21 0 97 62,4

300 150 765 81.116.30 526 27 365 595 10 0 76 73,2


Lo
300 199 955 81.116.40 526 27 365 785 5,9 0 62 84,7

350 50 430 81.117.10 576 27 410 257 73 0 153 62,1


Lo
350 101 640 81.117.20 576 27 410 467 22 l* 0 107 74,4

350 150 840 81.117.30 576 27 410 667 11 0 83 86,2

s
B

350 201 1070 81.117.40 576 27 410 897 6,1 0 66 99,9

400 50 425 81.118.10 642 27 465 244 121 0 244 74,4

D
B

400 101 625 81.118.20 642 27 465 444 37 0 173 88,4

400 150 c 815 81.118.30 642 27 465 634 18 0 135 102

400 202 1025 81.118.40 642 27 465 844 11 0 109 117

450 51 465 81.119.10 697 27 520 244 129 0 280 86,0

450 102 655 81.119.20 697 27 520 434 43 0 206 101

450 149 825 81.119.30 697 27 520 604 23 0 167 114

450 200 1005 81.119.40 697 27 520 784 14 0 139 128

500 50 530 81.120.10 747 32 570 336 163 0 307 109

500 101 820 81.120.20 747 32 570 626 47 0 206 134

500 149 1090 81.120.30 747 32 570 896 23 0 158 157

500 200 1370 81.120.40 747 32 570 1176 14 0 127 180

Please refer to WebLink 13205 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


176

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2BT / ID no. 81
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13205

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 64 285 81.157.10 251 18 92 160 4,6 0 5,5 8,7

50 103 365 81.157.20 251 18 92 240 2,1 0 4,5 9,4

50 154 465 81.157.30 251 18 92 340 1,1 0 3,6 10,0

50 202 555 81.157.40 251 18 92 430 0,7 0 3,1 10,8

65 57 325 81.158.10 271 22 107 178 6,6 0 7,7 11,5

65 101 435 81.158.20 271 22 107 288 2,7 0 6 12,5

65 151 555 81.158.30 271 22 107 408 1,4 0 4,8 13,6

65 203 675 81.158.40 271 22 107 528 0,8 0 4 14,6

80 61 325 81.159.10 286 22 122 169 13 0 14 13,5

80 101 415 81.159.20 286 22 122 259 5,4 0 11 14,5

80 147 515 81.159.30 286 22 122 359 2,9 0 8,9 15,4

80 199 625 81.159.40 286 22 122 469 1,7 0 7,4 16,5

100 50 305 81.160.10 306 22 147 164 17 0 24 15,2

100 103 445 81.160.20 306 22 147 304 5,1 0 17 17,0

100 150 565 81.160.30 306 22 147 424 2,6 0 14 18,6

100 201 695 81.160.40 306 22 147 554 1,6 0 12 20,2

125 49 345 81.161.10 336 22 178 210 15 0 31 18,1

125 100 525 81.161.20 336 22 178 390 4,4 0 22 21,2

125 149 695 81.161.30 336 22 178 560 2,1 0 17 24,0

125 201 905 81.161.40 336 22 178 770 1,2 0 13 27,4

150 51 360 81.162.10 371 27 208 202 31 0 44 26,3

150 101 520 81.162.20 371 27 208 362 9,6 0 32 29,6

150 152 680 81.162.30 371 27 208 522 4,6 0 25 33,1

150 201 860 81.162.40 371 27 208 702 2,7 0 20 36,9

200 52 365 81.164.10 426 27 258 204 53 0 71 36,5

200 101 525 81.164.20 426 27 258 364 17 0 51 42,2

200 152 685 81.164.30 426 27 258 524 8,1 0 40 48,1

200 200 855 81.164.40 426 27 258 694 4,8 0 33 54,1

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo
l* 177
Lo

LA
d1
B
D
B

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Lo Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre Lo


diameter length approx. distance l*
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 51 430 81.165.10 497 27 320 257 49 0 110 46,1


d1

250 101 640 81.165.20 497 27 320 467 15 0 77 55,8


B

B
250 151 840 81.165.30 497 27 320 667 7,3 0 60 65,1

250 201 1040 81.165.40 497 27 320 867 4,3 0 50 74,4

300 51 465 81.166.10 531 27 370 299 80 0 118 58,8


c
300 100 705 81.166.20 531 27 370 539 25 0 81 73,3

300 150 975 81.166.30 531 27 370 809 12 0 60 89,4


Lo
300 200 1265 81.166.40 531 27 370 1099 6,3 0 47 107

350 50 460 81.167.10 607 27 410 287 65 0 173 71,7


Lo
350 100 700 81.167.20 607 27 410 527 20 l* 0 118 86,5

350 149 930 81.167.30 607 27 410 757 9,5 0 91 101

s
B

350 200 1180 81.167.40 607 27 410 1007 5,4 0 73 117

400 51 450 81.168.10 683 32 465 262 112 0 267 98,4

D
B

400 101 665 81.168.20 683 32 465 474 35 0 190 114

400 150 c 875 81.168.30 683 32 465 684 17 0 148 130

400 201 1130 81.168.40 683 32 465 942 9,2 0 117 149

450 50 515 81.169.10 733 32 520 299 184 0 295 124

450 100 755 81.169.20 733 32 520 539 58 0 210 149

450 152 995 81.169.30 733 32 520 779 28 0 163 175

450 201 1225 81.169.40 733 32 520 1009 17 0 134 200

500 50 560 81.170.10 788 37 570 356 154 0 338 147

500 100 860 81.170.20 788 37 570 656 45 0 230 183

500 150 1190 81.170.30 788 37 570 986 21 0 170 222

500 200 1540 81.170.40 788 37 570 1336 12 0 133 264

Please refer to WebLink 13205 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


178

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2BT / ID no. 81
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13205

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 51 315 81.207.10 251 18 92 216 8,5 0 5 9,2

50 100 495 81.207.20 251 18 92 396 2,6 0 3,4 10,6

50 151 675 81.207.30 251 18 92 576 1,2 0 2,5 11,9

50 201 855 81.207.40 251 18 92 756 0,7 0 2 13,0

65 50 325 81.208.10 271 22 107 213 14 0 7,6 12,1

65 100 505 81.208.20 271 22 107 393 3,9 0 5,2 13,7

65 151 685 81.208.30 271 22 107 573 1,9 0 3,9 15,2

65 200 855 81.208.40 271 22 107 743 1,1 0 3,2 16,5

80 49 340 81.209.10 286 22 122 206 23 0 13 14,1

80 101 520 81.209.20 286 22 122 386 6,4 0 8,7 15,9

80 151 690 81.209.30 286 22 122 556 3,1 0 6,7 17,7

80 201 860 81.209.40 286 22 122 726 1,8 0 5,5 19,4

100 50 450 81.210.10 306 22 147 317 24 0 16 17,4

100 101 730 81.210.20 306 22 147 597 6,6 0 11 20,9

100 150 1000 81.210.30 306 22 147 867 3,1 0 7,6 24,6

100 200 1270 81.210.40 306 22 147 1137 1,8 0 6 28,0

125 51 440 81.211.10 336 22 178 301 39 0 24 22,1

125 100 690 81.211.20 336 22 178 551 12 0 16 26,3

125 150 940 81.211.30 336 22 178 801 5,5 0 12 30,4

125 200 1190 81.211.40 336 22 178 1051 3,2 0 9,4 34,6

150 50 375 81.212.10 371 27 208 209 40 0 42 27,5

150 101 545 81.212.20 371 27 208 379 13 0 30 31,1

150 152 715 81.212.30 371 27 208 549 5,8 0 24 34,6

150 202 875 81.212.40 371 27 208 709 3,5 0 20 38,1

200 51 395 81.214.10 442 27 258 228 70 0 77 40,1

200 101 575 81.214.20 442 27 258 408 22 0 55 47,0

200 151 755 81.214.30 442 27 258 588 11 0 43 53,8

200 201 965 81.214.40 442 27 258 798 5,9 0 35 61,7

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo
l* 179
Lo

LA
d1
B
D
B

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Lo Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre Lo


diameter length approx. distance l*
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 51 465 81.215.10 507 27 320 299 89 0 101 56,0


d1

250 101 715 81.215.20 507 27 320 549 27 0 68 68,1


B

B
250 150 975 81.215.30 507 27 320 809 13 0 51 80,7

250 200 1265 81.215.40 507 27 320 1099 7 0 40 95,1

300 50 485 81.216.10 562 32 375 309 79 0 137 73,0


c
300 99 745 81.216.20 562 32 375 569 24 0 93 89,5

300 150 1065 81.216.30 562 32 375 889 11 0 67 110


Lo
300 200 1375 81.216.40 562 32 375 1199 5,7 0 52 129

350 50 510 81.217.10 638 32 410 321 86 0 180 98,4


Lo
350 101 780 81.217.20 638 32 410 591 26 l* 0 123 120

350 150 1040 81.217.30 638 32 410 851 13 0 95 141

s
B

350 200 1300 81.217.40 638 32 410 1111 7,2 0 77 161

400 51 585 81.218.10 698 37 465 373 190 0 207 145

D
B

400 99 805 81.218.20 698 37 465 548 62 0 156 166

400 149 c 1035 81.218.30 698 37 465 778 31 0 124 189

400 199 1265 81.218.40 698 37 465 1008 19 0 103 212

450 51 565 81.219.10 758 37 520 339 161 0 272 159

450 101 835 81.219.20 758 37 520 609 51 0 191 188

450 150 1095 81.219.30 758 37 520 869 25 0 149 217

450 199 1355 81.219.40 758 37 520 1129 15 0 122 247

Please refer to WebLink 13205 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


180

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2BT / ID no. 81
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13205

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 49 320 81.257.10 251 22 92 214 8,9 0 5 10,8

50 101 510 81.257.20 251 22 92 404 2,5 0 3,3 12,5

50 150 690 81.257.30 251 22 92 584 1,2 0 2,5 14,1

50 200 870 81.257.40 251 22 92 764 0,7 0 2 15,7

65 52 335 81.258.10 271 22 107 223 13 0 7,4 12,5

65 101 515 81.258.20 271 22 107 403 3,8 0 5,1 14,3

65 149 705 81.258.30 271 22 107 593 1,8 0 3,8 16,3

65 201 925 81.258.40 271 22 107 813 1 0 3 18,7

80 51 350 81.259.10 286 22 122 216 21 0 13 14,4

80 101 530 81.259.20 286 22 122 396 6,3 0 8,5 16,5

80 150 710 81.259.30 286 22 122 576 3 0 6,5 18,6

80 200 920 81.259.40 286 22 122 786 1,7 0 5,1 21,0

100 51 470 81.260.10 321 27 147 327 23 0 16 22,2

100 100 750 81.260.20 321 27 147 607 6,5 0 9,9 26,2

100 150 1030 81.260.30 321 27 147 887 3,1 0 7,3 30,1

100 201 1310 81.260.40 321 27 147 1167 1,8 0 5,8 34,1

125 50 450 81.261.10 356 27 178 301 40 0 24 27,6

125 100 710 81.261.20 356 27 178 561 12 0 16 31,9

125 150 970 81.261.30 356 27 178 821 5,3 0 12 36,2

125 201 1230 81.261.40 356 27 178 1081 3,1 0 9,1 40,5

150 50 510 81.262.10 402 32 208 326 85 0 36 40,6

150 100 790 81.262.20 402 32 208 606 25 0 24 47,1

150 150 1060 81.262.30 402 32 208 876 12 0 18 53,2

150 201 1340 81.262.40 402 32 208 1156 6,9 0 15 59,7

200 51 570 81.264.10 478 32 258 400 99 0 63 61,5

200 100 910 81.264.20 478 32 258 740 29 0 42 75,2

200 150 1260 81.264.30 478 32 258 1090 14 0 31 89,1

200 200 1600 81.264.40 478 32 258 1430 7,7 0 25 103

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo
l* 181
Lo

LA
d1
B
D
B

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Lo Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD* Centre Lo


diameter length approx. distance l*
2λN Lo B c d1 l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 50 485 81.265.10 543 32 320 309 87 0 112 74,9


d1

250 100 745 81.265.20 543 32 320 569 26 0 77 89,7


B

B
250 150 1055 81.265.30 543 32 320 879 12 0 56 108

250 201 1375 81.265.40 543 32 320 1199 6,3 0 44 126

300 50 690 81.266.10 604 37 375 479 240 0 113 131


c
300 100 1100 81.266.20 604 37 375 889 70 0 74 162

300 150 1510 81.266.30 604 37 375 1299 33 0 55 194


Lo
300 200 1910 81.266.40 604 37 375 1699 19 0 44 224

350 51 570 81.267.10 673 42 410 356 115 0 161 147


Lo
350 102 870 81.267.20 673 42 410 656 34 l* 0 110 172

350 150 1170 81.267.30 673 42 410 956 17 0 83 197

s
B

350 200 1510 81.267.40 673 42 410 1296 9,2 0 66 225

D
B

Please refer to WebLink 13205 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


182

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2FT / ID no. 84
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13206

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 63 285 84.107.10 226 17 166 2,7 0 5,5 6,6

50 101 365 84.107.20 226 17 246 1,3 0 4,5 7,1

50 151 465 84.107.30 226 17 346 0,7 0 3,6 7,7

50 201 565 84.107.40 226 17 446 0,4 0 3 8,5

65 60 300 84.108.10 246 17 172 4,2 0 8,2 7,7

65 98 390 84.108.20 246 17 262 1,9 0 6,5 8,4

65 148 500 84.108.30 246 17 372 1 0 5,3 9,4

65 199 610 84.108.40 246 17 482 0,6 0 4,5 10,4

80 65 280 84.109.10 276 17 163 7,6 0 16 10,2

80 105 360 84.109.20 276 17 243 3,5 0 13 11,2

80 151 450 84.109.30 276 17 333 1,9 0 11 12,0

80 203 550 84.109.40 276 17 433 1,2 0 8,5 13,0

100 58 265 84.110.10 296 17 156 16 0 26 12,3

100 100 355 84.110.20 296 17 246 6,4 0 21 13,6

100 153 465 84.110.30 296 17 356 3,1 0 16 14,9

100 203 565 84.110.40 296 17 456 1,9 0 14 16,2

125 51 320 84.111.10 326 22 203 15 0 33 16,7

125 101 480 84.111.20 326 22 363 4,6 0 23 19,4

125 152 640 84.111.30 326 22 523 2,3 0 18 21,9

125 202 820 84.111.40 326 22 703 1,3 0 15 24,9

150 50 290 84.112.10 351 22 168 25 0 52 18,4

150 102 430 84.112.20 351 22 308 7,2 0 37 21,4

150 153 560 84.112.30 351 22 438 3,5 0 29 24,1

150 200 690 84.112.40 351 22 568 2,2 0 24 26,9

200 52 335 84.114.10 406 22 196 43 0 75 26,4

200 101 485 84.114.20 406 22 346 14 0 54 32,0

200 153 635 84.114.30 406 22 496 6,8 0 42 37,3

200 202 775 84.114.40 406 22 636 4,1 0 35 42,3

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo Lo
l* 183

LA
d1
B

B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre
diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm Lo bar
N/mm N/bar kg
l*

250 51 365 84.115.10 461 22 226 55 0 106 33,9

s
B

250 101 545 84.115.20 461 22 406 18 0 74 41,9

250 150 715 84.115.30 461 22 576 8,6 0 58 49,4

D
B
250 201 895 84.115.40 461 22 756 5 0 47 57,4

300 52 c 385 84.116.10 526 27 235 63 0 141 49,1

300 100 565 84.116.20 526 27 415 21 0 100 60,0

300 150 745 84.116.30 526 27 595 10 0 78 70,8

300 200 935 84.116.40 526 27 785 5,8 0 63 82,3

350 50 405 84.117.10 576 27 256 73 0 160 59,0

350 101 615 84.117.20 576 27 466 22 0 110 71,6

350 150 815 84.117.30 576 27 666 11 0 85 83,4

350 200 1045 84.117.40 576 27 896 6,2 0 67 97,1

400 50 405 84.118.10 642 27 246 120 0 252 70,1

400 101 605 84.118.20 642 27 446 37 0 177 84,1

400 150 795 84.118.30 642 27 636 18 0 138 97,4

400 201 995 84.118.40 642 27 836 11 0 112 112

450 51 440 84.119.10 697 27 243 130 0 292 85,7

450 102 630 84.119.20 697 27 433 43 0 212 101

450 150 800 84.119.30 697 27 603 22 0 171 114

450 201 980 84.119.40 697 27 783 14 0 141 128

500 50 505 84.120.10 747 32 336 164 0 318 109

500 101 795 84.120.20 747 32 626 47 0 211 133

500 150 1065 84.120.30 747 32 896 23 0 161 157

500 200 1345 84.120.40 747 32 1176 14 0 129 180

Please refer to WebLink 13206 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


184

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2FT / ID no. 84
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13206

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 64 280 84.157.10 251 18 162 4,5 0 5,6 8,5

50 103 360 84.157.20 251 18 242 2,1 0 4,5 9,2

50 153 460 84.157.30 251 18 342 1,1 0 3,6 9,8

50 200 550 84.157.40 251 18 432 0,7 0 3,1 10,6

65 56 320 84.158.10 271 22 178 6,7 0 7,8 11,3

65 99 430 84.158.20 271 22 288 2,7 0 6 12,3

65 149 550 84.158.30 271 22 408 1,4 0 4,8 13,4

65 200 670 84.158.40 271 22 528 0,8 0 4 14,4

80 62 300 84.159.10 286 22 168 13 0 15 13,3

80 103 390 84.159.20 286 22 258 5,3 0 12 14,1

80 151 490 84.159.30 286 22 358 2,8 0 9,2 15,2

80 205 600 84.159.40 286 22 468 1,7 0 7,6 16,1

100 49 285 84.160.10 306 22 166 18 0 25 15,6

100 101 425 84.160.20 306 22 306 5,1 0 18 17,4

100 151 555 84.160.30 306 22 436 2,5 0 14 19,0

100 198 675 84.160.40 306 22 556 1,6 0 12 20,6

125 51 335 84.161.10 336 22 220 14 0 32 18,3

125 98 505 84.161.20 336 22 390 4,4 0 22 21,2

125 146 675 84.161.30 336 22 560 2,2 0 17 24,0

125 201 885 84.161.40 336 22 770 1,2 0 14 27,4

150 51 335 84.162.10 371 27 201 32 0 46 26,1

150 101 495 84.162.20 371 27 361 9,7 0 33 29,6

150 152 655 84.162.30 371 27 521 4,7 0 26 32,9

150 201 835 84.162.40 371 27 701 2,7 0 20 36,7

200 52 340 84.164.10 426 27 203 54 0 75 36,3

200 101 500 84.164.20 426 27 363 17 0 53 42,2

200 153 660 84.164.30 426 27 523 8,1 0 41 47,9

200 200 830 84.164.40 426 27 693 4,8 0 33 54,1

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo Lo
l* 185

LA
d1
B

B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre
diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm Lo bar
N/mm N/bar kg
l*

250 52 405 84.165.10 497 27 256 48 0 116 45,9

s
B

250 101 605 84.165.20 497 27 456 16 0 81 55,2

250 154 815 84.165.30 497 27 666 7,2 0 62 65,1

D
B
250 202 1005 84.165.40 497 27 856 4,4 0 51 73,8

300 51 c 445 84.166.10 531 27 300 80 0 122 58,8

300 100 685 84.166.20 531 27 540 25 0 83 73,3

300 150 955 84.166.30 531 27 810 12 0 61 89,4

300 201 1245 84.166.40 531 27 1100 6,2 0 47 107

350 51 435 84.167.10 607 27 286 65 0 180 68,6

350 102 675 84.167.20 607 27 526 20 0 122 83,4

350 152 905 84.167.30 607 27 756 9,4 0 93 97,7

350 200 1155 84.167.40 607 27 1006 5,5 0 74 114

400 51 430 84.168.10 683 32 263 111 0 276 94,4

400 101 640 84.168.20 683 32 473 35 0 195 110

400 150 850 84.168.30 683 32 683 17 0 151 125

400 201 1110 84.168.40 683 32 943 9,2 0 118 144

450 50 490 84.169.10 733 32 298 185 0 306 115

450 100 730 84.169.20 733 32 538 58 0 215 141

450 151 970 84.169.30 733 32 778 28 0 166 167

450 201 1200 84.169.40 733 32 1008 17 0 136 191

500 50 535 84.170.10 788 37 356 155 0 350 140

500 100 835 84.170.20 788 37 656 46 0 235 176

500 150 1165 84.170.30 788 37 986 21 0 173 215

500 200 1515 84.170.40 788 37 1336 12 0 135 257

Please refer to WebLink 13206 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


186

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2FT / ID no. 84
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13206

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 50 305 84.207.10 251 18 214 8,7 0 5,1 9,2

50 100 485 84.207.20 251 18 394 2,6 0 3,4 10,6

50 150 665 84.207.30 251 18 574 1,3 0 2,6 11,9

50 201 845 84.207.40 251 18 754 0,7 0 2,1 13,0

65 50 320 84.208.10 271 22 213 14 0 7,7 12,1

65 100 500 84.208.20 271 22 393 3,9 0 5,2 13,7

65 151 680 84.208.30 271 22 573 1,9 0 3,9 15,2

65 200 850 84.208.40 271 22 743 1,1 0 3,2 16,5

80 50 320 84.209.10 286 22 208 22 0 14 13,9

80 101 500 84.209.20 286 22 388 6,4 0 9 15,7

80 151 670 84.209.30 286 22 558 3,1 0 6,9 17,5

80 201 840 84.209.40 286 22 728 1,8 0 5,6 19,0

100 50 425 84.210.10 306 22 315 24 0 17 17,2

100 101 705 84.210.20 306 22 595 6,6 0 11 20,7

100 150 975 84.210.30 306 22 865 3,2 0 7,7 24,2

100 200 1245 84.210.40 306 22 1135 1,8 0 6,1 27,8

125 51 415 84.211.10 336 22 300 39 0 25 21,9

125 100 665 84.211.20 336 22 550 12 0 17 26,1

125 150 915 84.211.30 336 22 800 5,5 0 13 30,0

125 200 1165 84.211.40 336 22 1050 3,2 0 9,6 34,2

150 50 355 84.212.10 371 27 211 40 0 44 26,7

150 100 525 84.212.20 371 27 381 13 0 31 30,1

150 150 695 84.212.30 371 27 551 5,8 0 24 33,8

150 199 855 84.212.40 371 27 711 3,5 0 20 37,3

200 51 370 84.214.10 442 27 228 70 0 81 37,9

200 101 550 84.214.20 442 27 408 22 0 57 44,6

200 152 730 84.214.30 442 27 588 11 0 44 51,4

200 201 940 84.214.40 442 27 798 5,9 0 35 59,5

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo Lo
l* 187

LA
d1
B

B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre
diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm Lo bar
N/mm N/bar kg
l*

250 51 445 84.215.10 507 27 300 88 0 104 56,9

s
B

250 101 695 84.215.20 507 27 550 27 0 70 69,3

250 150 955 84.215.30 507 27 810 13 0 52 81,9

D
B
250 200 1245 84.215.40 507 27 1100 7 0 41 96,0

300 50 c 465 84.216.10 562 32 310 78 0 141 73,6

300 99 725 84.216.20 562 32 570 24 0 95 89,8

300 150 1045 84.216.30 562 32 890 11 0 68 110

300 200 1355 84.216.40 562 32 1200 5,7 0 53 130

350 50 485 84.217.10 638 32 320 86 0 187 98,1

350 101 755 84.217.20 638 32 590 26 0 127 120

350 152 1015 84.217.30 638 32 850 13 0 97 141

350 200 1275 84.217.40 638 32 1110 7,3 0 78 161

400 51 560 84.218.10 698 37 373 190 0 213 145

400 99 780 84.218.20 698 37 548 62 0 160 165

400 149 1010 84.218.30 698 37 778 31 0 126 188

400 199 1240 84.218.40 698 37 1008 19 0 104 212

450 51 540 84.219.10 758 37 338 161 0 281 150

450 100 810 84.219.20 758 37 608 51 0 196 179

450 149 1070 84.219.30 758 37 868 25 0 152 209

450 199 1330 84.219.40 758 37 1128 15 0 124 238

Please refer to WebLink 13206 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


188

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

LA2FT / ID no. 84
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13206

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre


diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 49 315 84.257.10 251 22 215 8,8 0 5 10,8

50 101 505 84.257.20 251 22 405 2,5 0 3,3 12,5

50 150 685 84.257.30 251 22 585 1,2 0 2,5 14,1

50 200 865 84.257.40 251 22 765 0,7 0 2 15,7

65 51 330 84.258.10 271 22 223 13 0 7,5 12,5

65 101 510 84.258.20 271 22 403 3,8 0 5,1 14,3

65 149 700 84.258.30 271 22 593 1,8 0 3,8 16,3

65 201 920 84.258.40 271 22 813 1 0 3 18,7

80 51 330 84.259.10 286 22 218 21 0 13 14,2

80 102 510 84.259.20 286 22 398 6,2 0 8,9 16,3

80 150 690 84.259.30 286 22 578 3 0 6,7 18,4

80 201 900 84.259.40 286 22 788 1,7 0 5,2 20,8

100 50 445 84.260.10 321 27 325 23 0 16 21,8

100 100 725 84.260.20 321 27 605 6,5 0 11 25,6

100 150 1005 84.260.30 321 27 885 3,1 0 7,5 29,7

100 200 1285 84.260.40 321 27 1165 1,8 0 6 33,5

125 50 425 84.261.10 356 27 300 40 0 25 27,4

125 100 685 84.261.20 356 27 560 12 0 16 31,7

125 150 945 84.261.30 356 27 820 5,3 0 12 36,0

125 201 1205 84.261.40 356 27 1080 3,1 0 9,4 40,3

150 50 485 84.262.10 402 32 326 85 0 37 39,0

150 100 765 84.262.20 402 32 606 25 0 25 45,5

150 150 1035 84.262.30 402 32 876 12 0 19 51,8

150 201 1315 84.262.40 402 32 1156 6,9 0 15 58,3

200 51 545 84.264.10 478 32 400 99 0 65 58,9

200 100 885 84.264.20 478 32 740 29 0 42 72,6

200 150 1235 84.264.30 478 32 1090 14 0 31 86,5

200 200 1575 84.264.40 478 32 1430 7,7 0 25 101

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo Lo
l* 189

LA
d1
B

B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Thickness Centre
diameter length approx. distance
2λN Lo B c l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm Lo bar
N/mm N/bar kg
l*

250 50 465 84.265.10 543 32 310 86 0 115 71,8

s
B

250 100 725 84.265.20 543 32 570 26 0 78 86,6

250 150 1035 84.265.30 543 32 880 12 0 57 105

D
B
250 201 1355 84.265.40 543 32 1200 6,3 0 44 123

300 50 c 660 84.266.10 604 37 478 241 0 117 125

300 100 1070 84.266.20 604 37 888 70 0 75 157

300 150 1480 84.266.30 604 37 1298 33 0 56 188

300 200 1880 84.266.40 604 37 1698 19 0 44 218

350 50 550 84.267.10 673 42 358 115 0 165 141

350 100 850 84.267.20 673 42 658 35 0 112 166

350 150 1150 84.267.30 673 42 958 17 0 85 191

350 199 1490 84.267.40 673 42 1298 9,2 0 66 220

Please refer to WebLink 13206 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


190

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA2ST / ID no. 87
PN 6

Weblink: 13207

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 62 495 87.107.10 145 60,3 2,9 167 2,7 0 3,4 4,4

50 99 575 87.107.20 145 60,3 2,9 247 1,3 0 2,8 4,7

50 147 675 87.107.30 145 60,3 2,9 347 0,7 0 2,4 5,3

50 196 775 87.107.40 145 60,3 2,9 447 0,4 0 2,1 5,9

65 61 495 87.108.10 155 76,1 2,9 173 4,1 0 5,3 4,4

65 100 585 87.108.20 155 76,1 2,9 263 1,9 0 4,5 4,9

65 150 695 87.108.30 155 76,1 2,9 373 1 0 3,6 5,7

65 201 805 87.108.40 155 76,1 2,9 483 0,6 0 3,1 6,5

80 59 460 87.109.10 185 88,9 3,2 150 8,9 0 11 6,4

80 103 550 87.109.20 185 88,9 3,2 240 3,6 0 8,4 7,2

80 154 650 87.109.30 185 88,9 3,2 340 1,8 0 6,9 8,1

80 201 740 87.109.40 185 88,9 3,2 430 1,2 0 6 8,9

100 52 455 87.110.10 215 114,3 3,6 142 19 0 17 9,1

100 103 565 87.110.20 215 114,3 3,6 252 6,1 0 13 10,4

100 152 665 87.110.30 215 114,3 3,6 352 3,1 0 11 11,5

100 201 765 87.110.40 215 114,3 3,6 452 1,9 0 9,2 12,7

125 51 505 87.111.10 245 139,7 4 198 16 0 22 11,9

125 101 665 87.111.20 245 139,7 4 358 4,7 0 16 14,2

125 152 825 87.111.30 245 139,7 4 518 2,3 0 13 16,6

125 201 1005 87.111.40 245 139,7 4 698 1,3 0 11 19,4

150 52 495 87.112.10 290 168,3 4,5 172 23 0 41 14,9

150 100 625 87.112.20 290 168,3 4,5 302 7,4 0 32 17,7

150 150 755 87.112.30 290 168,3 4,5 432 3,6 0 26 20,4

150 201 895 87.112.40 290 168,3 4,5 572 2,1 0 22 23,4

200 50 530 87.114.10 345 219,1 6,3 190 45 0 61 25,4

200 102 690 87.114.20 345 219,1 6,3 350 14 0 46 31,1

200 150 830 87.114.30 345 219,1 6,3 490 7 0 38 36,1

200 202 980 87.114.40 345 219,1 6,3 640 4,1 0 32 41,7

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo

191
Lo
l*

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 52 590 87.115.10 405 273 6,3 230 53 0 83 37,4

250 102 770 87.115.20 405 273 6,3 410 17 0 62 45,3

250 151 940 87.115.30 405 273 6,3 580 8,4 0 50 52,9

250 200 1110 87.115.40 405 273 6,3 750 5,1 0 42 60,6

300 50 625 87.116.10 460 323,9 7,1 228 67 0 109 71,1

300 101 815 87.116.20 460 323,9 7,1 418 21 0 82 82,5

300 151 995 87.116.30 460 323,9 7,1 598 9,9 0 66 93,4

300 200 1185 87.116.40 460 323,9 7,1 788 5,8 0 55 105

350 51 645 87.117.10 500 355,6 6,3 257 72 0 125 70,3

350 101 855 87.117.20 500 355,6 6,3 467 22 0 92 82,9

350 150 1055 87.117.30 500 355,6 6,3 667 11 0 74 94,6

350 201 1285 87.117.40 500 355,6 6,3 897 6,1 0 60 109

400 52 660 87.118.10 575 406,4 6,3 250 115 0 193 92,7

400 100 850 87.118.20 575 406,4 6,3 440 38 0 147 106

400 152 1055 87.118.30 575 406,4 6,3 643 18 0 118 120

400 202 1255 87.118.40 575 406,4 6,3 843 11 0 98 134

450 51 700 87.119.10 630 457 6,3 240 132 0 225 118

450 102 890 87.119.20 630 457 6,3 430 43 0 175 133

450 152 1070 87.119.30 630 457 6,3 610 22 0 144 146

450 201 1240 87.119.40 630 457 6,3 780 14 0 124 159

500 50 755 87.120.10 685 508 6,3 338 163 0 256 139

500 100 1035 87.120.20 685 508 6,3 618 49 0 184 164

500 150 1315 87.120.30 685 508 6,3 898 23 0 143 188

500 200 1595 87.120.40 685 508 6,3 1178 14 0 117 213

For larger dimensions, we recommend to install a hinged or gimbal expansion joint.

Please refer to type LA2SH / ID no 88 or type LA2SK / ID no 89

Please refer to WebLink 13207 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


192

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA2ST / ID no. 87
PN 10

Weblink: 13207

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 63 485 87.157.10 145 60,3 2,9 162 4,6 0 3,5 4,2

50 101 565 87.157.20 145 60,3 2,9 242 2,1 0 2,9 4,7

50 151 665 87.157.30 145 60,3 2,9 342 1,1 0 2,4 5,3

50 197 755 87.157.40 145 60,3 2,9 432 0,7 0 2,1 5,9

65 57 505 87.158.10 155 76,1 2,9 178 6,6 0 5,1 4,4

65 101 615 87.158.20 155 76,1 2,9 288 2,7 0 4,1 5,2

65 151 735 87.158.30 155 76,1 2,9 408 1,4 0 3,4 6,1

65 203 855 87.158.40 155 76,1 2,9 528 0,8 0 2,9 6,9

80 55 470 87.159.10 185 88,9 3,2 155 15 0 9,6 6,6

80 100 570 87.159.20 185 88,9 3,2 255 5,5 0 7,7 7,5

80 152 680 87.159.30 185 88,9 3,2 365 2,7 0 6,3 8,4

80 200 780 87.159.40 185 88,9 3,2 465 1,7 0 5,5 9,3

100 51 485 87.160.10 215 114,3 3,6 172 16 0 16 9,4

100 99 615 87.160.20 215 114,3 3,6 302 5,2 0 12 11,0

100 149 745 87.160.30 215 114,3 3,6 432 2,6 0 9,5 12,5

100 195 865 87.160.40 215 114,3 3,6 552 1,6 0 8,1 13,9

125 51 525 87.161.10 245 139,7 4 218 14 0 21 12,2

125 99 695 87.161.20 245 139,7 4 388 4,4 0 16 14,6

125 151 875 87.161.30 245 139,7 4 568 2,1 0 12 17,4

125 201 1075 87.161.40 245 139,7 4 768 1,2 0 9,5 20,5

150 51 535 87.162.10 295 168,3 4,5 202 31 0 38 18,9

150 101 695 87.162.20 295 168,3 4,5 362 9,6 0 28 22,2

150 152 855 87.162.30 295 168,3 4,5 522 4,6 0 23 25,7

150 201 1035 87.162.40 295 168,3 4,5 702 2,7 0 19 29,6

200 52 570 87.164.10 365 219,1 6,3 205 53 0 69 35,8

200 102 730 87.164.20 365 219,1 6,3 365 17 0 53 41,9

200 150 880 87.164.30 365 219,1 6,3 515 8,4 0 43 47,4

200 201 1060 87.164.40 365 219,1 6,3 695 4,7 0 36 54,4

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo

193
Lo
l*

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 51 620 87.165.10 405 273 6,3 260 48 0 79 38,6

250 99 820 87.165.20 405 273 6,3 460 16 0 58 47,5

250 148 1020 87.165.30 405 273 6,3 660 7,5 0 46 56,4

250 197 1220 87.165.40 405 273 6,3 860 4,4 0 38 65,5

300 50 680 87.166.10 460 323,9 7,1 295 83 0 98 77,4

300 101 930 87.166.20 460 323,9 7,1 545 24 0 70 92,5

300 151 1200 87.166.30 460 323,9 7,1 815 12 0 54 109

300 200 1480 87.166.40 460 323,9 7,1 1095 6,3 0 43 126

350 51 685 87.167.10 505 355,6 6,3 287 64 0 117 82,8

350 100 915 87.167.20 505 355,6 6,3 517 20 0 86 96,9

350 150 1145 87.167.30 505 355,6 6,3 747 9,6 0 68 111

350 200 1405 87.167.40 505 355,6 6,3 1007 5,4 0 55 127

400 51 690 87.168.10 575 406,4 6,3 260 113 0 184 115

400 101 900 87.168.20 575 406,4 6,3 470 35 0 139 130

400 150 1110 87.168.30 575 406,4 6,3 680 17 0 112 144

400 201 1370 87.168.40 575 406,4 6,3 940 9,2 0 90 162

450 49 750 87.169.10 625 457 8,8 295 190 0 208 155

450 101 1000 87.169.20 625 457 8,8 545 57 0 154 182

450 151 1230 87.169.30 625 457 8,8 775 28 0 124 206

450 200 1460 87.169.40 625 457 8,8 1005 17 0 104 231

500 51 815 87.170.10 695 508 8,8 358 151 0 274 187

500 101 1115 87.170.20 695 508 8,8 658 45 0 199 223

500 150 1445 87.170.30 695 508 8,8 988 21 0 152 264

500 200 1795 87.170.40 695 508 8,8 1338 12 0 122 307

For larger dimensions, we recommend to install a hinged or gimbal expansion joint.

Please refer to type LA2SH / ID no 88 or type LA2SK / ID no 89

Please refer to WebLink 13207 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


194

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA2ST / ID no. 87
PN 16

Weblink: 13207

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 51 510 87.207.10 145 60,3 2,9 215 8,5 0 3,2 4,9

50 104 605 87.207.20 145 60,3 2,9 277 3,3 0 2,9 5,4

50 153 715 87.207.30 145 60,3 2,9 387 1,8 0 2,4 6,1

50 203 825 87.207.40 145 60,3 2,9 497 1,1 0 2,1 6,5

65 50 510 87.208.10 155 76,1 2,9 215 13 0 5 5,2

65 103 645 87.208.20 155 76,1 2,9 312 5,2 0 4 5,7

65 150 765 87.208.30 155 76,1 2,9 432 2,8 0 3,4 6,6

65 202 895 87.208.40 155 76,1 2,9 562 1,7 0 2,8 7,4

80 51 505 87.209.10 185 88,9 3,2 212 22 0 8,9 7,5

80 103 655 87.209.20 185 88,9 3,2 322 7 0 7,2 8,6

80 153 785 87.209.30 185 88,9 3,2 452 3,6 0 6 9,7

80 203 915 87.209.40 185 88,9 3,2 582 2,2 0 5 10,8

100 51 570 87.210.10 215 114,3 3,6 215 28 0 13 9,8

100 99 730 87.210.20 215 114,3 3,6 375 9,4 0 9,9 11,7

100 150 890 87.210.30 215 114,3 3,6 535 4,7 0 8 13,5

100 202 1050 87.210.40 215 114,3 3,6 695 2,8 0 6,7 15,3

125 50 600 87.211.10 245 139,7 4 295 40 0 17 15,4

125 101 770 87.211.20 245 139,7 4 395 15 0 14 17,8

125 151 930 87.211.30 245 139,7 4 555 7,3 0 12 20,2

125 202 1090 87.211.40 245 139,7 4 715 4,4 0 9,4 22,7

150 51 555 87.212.10 295 168,3 4,5 218 38 0 36 20,7

150 101 725 87.212.20 295 168,3 4,5 388 12 0 27 24,4

150 148 885 87.212.30 295 168,3 4,5 548 5,9 0 22 27,7

150 199 1055 87.212.40 295 168,3 4,5 718 3,5 0 18 31,4

200 52 600 87.214.10 365 219,1 6,3 230 68 0 63 38,2

200 101 780 87.214.20 365 219,1 6,3 410 22 0 48 45,0

200 152 960 87.214.30 365 219,1 6,3 590 11 0 39 51,7

200 202 1170 87.214.40 365 219,1 6,3 800 5,9 0 32 59,9

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo

195
Lo
l*

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 51 680 87.215.10 415 273 6,3 300 88 0 83 76,8

250 101 930 87.215.20 415 273 6,3 550 27 0 60 89,6

250 150 1190 87.215.30 415 273 6,3 810 13 0 46 103

250 200 1480 87.215.40 415 273 6,3 1100 7 0 37 118

300 51 730 87.216.10 470 323,9 7,1 315 76 0 109 92,7

300 101 990 87.216.20 470 323,9 7,1 575 23 0 79 109

300 150 1300 87.216.30 470 323,9 7,1 885 11 0 60 129

300 201 1620 87.216.40 470 323,9 7,1 1205 5,7 0 48 149

350 51 755 87.217.10 520 355,6 8 323 84 0 126 111

350 100 1015 87.217.20 520 355,6 8 583 26 0 92 131

350 150 1275 87.217.30 520 355,6 8 843 13 0 73 152

350 201 1545 87.217.40 520 355,6 8 1113 7,2 0 60 173

400 50 860 87.218.10 585 406,4 8,8 370 195 0 165 183

400 100 1075 87.218.20 585 406,4 8,8 543 62 0 131 195

400 150 1305 87.218.30 585 406,4 8,8 773 31 0 108 218

400 201 1535 87.218.40 585 406,4 8,8 1003 19 0 91 241

450 50 840 87.219.10 645 457 8,8 335 165 0 215 204

450 100 1110 87.219.20 645 457 8,8 605 51 0 161 234

450 149 1370 87.219.30 645 457 8,8 865 25 0 130 262

450 198 1630 87.219.40 645 457 8,8 1125 15 0 109 292

For larger dimensions, we recommend to install a hinged or gimbal expansion joint.

Please refer to type LA2SH / ID no 88 or type LA2SK / ID no 89

Please refer to WebLink 13207 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


196

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA2ST / ID no. 87
PN 25

Weblink: 13207

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 50 510 87.257.10 145 60,3 4 215 8,7 0 3,2 5,5

50 101 700 87.257.20 145 60,3 4 405 2,5 0 2,3 6,8

50 150 880 87.257.30 145 60,3 4 585 1,2 0 1,8 8,2

50 200 1060 87.257.40 145 60,3 4 765 0,7 0 1,5 9,6

65 52 520 87.258.10 155 76,1 4 225 12 0 5 6,0

65 101 695 87.258.20 155 76,1 4 362 4,6 0 3,7 6,9

65 150 845 87.258.30 155 76,1 4 512 2,4 0 3 8,4

65 200 995 87.258.40 155 76,1 4 662 1,4 0 2,5 9,7

80 50 505 87.259.10 185 88,9 4 212 22 0 8,9 8,2

80 100 685 87.259.20 185 88,9 4 392 6,4 0 6,2 9,9

80 151 875 87.259.30 185 88,9 4 582 3 0 4,8 11,9

80 202 1085 87.259.40 185 88,9 4 792 1,7 0 3,8 14,0

100 50 645 87.260.10 235 114,3 4 323 23 0 14 14,7

100 99 925 87.260.20 235 114,3 4 603 6,6 0 9,1 18,8

100 150 1205 87.260.30 235 114,3 4 883 3,1 0 6,9 22,6

100 200 1485 87.260.40 235 114,3 4 1163 1,8 0 5,6 26,7

125 51 640 87.261.10 260 139,7 4 305 38 0 20 29,2

125 101 900 87.261.20 260 139,7 4 565 12 0 14 33,9

125 151 1160 87.261.30 260 139,7 4 825 5,3 0 11 38,8

125 200 1410 87.261.40 260 139,7 4 1075 3,1 0 8,6 43,4

150 49 710 87.262.10 310 168,3 4,5 325 87 0 31 46,0

150 100 990 87.262.20 310 168,3 4,5 605 25 0 22 53,2

150 149 1260 87.262.30 310 168,3 4,5 875 12 0 17 60,2

150 201 1540 87.262.40 310 168,3 4,5 1155 6,9 0 14 67,4

200 50 705 87.264.10 360 219,1 6,3 257 135 0 56 63,7

200 101 915 87.264.20 360 219,1 6,3 467 44 0 42 72,1

200 150 1105 87.264.30 360 219,1 6,3 657 23 0 35 79,9

200 200 1295 87.264.40 360 219,1 6,3 847 14 0 30 87,7

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo

197
Lo
l*

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 50 690 87.265.10 415 273 7,1 310 87 0 82 80,0

250 100 950 87.265.20 415 273 7,1 570 26 0 59 94,6

250 150 1260 87.265.30 415 273 7,1 880 12 0 44 113

250 199 1570 87.265.40 415 273 7,1 1190 6,4 0 35 130

300 50 930 87.266.10 485 323,9 8 315 278 0 102 151

300 99 1180 87.266.20 485 323,9 8 565 96 0 80 170

300 151 1420 87.266.30 485 323,9 8 805 48 0 66 188

300 200 1640 87.266.40 485 323,9 8 1025 30 0 57 205

350 51 845 87.267.10 530 355,6 8 358 114 0 127 152

350 100 1135 87.267.20 530 355,6 8 647 35 0 94 176

350 150 1445 87.267.30 530 355,6 8 957 17 0 74 202

350 200 1785 87.267.40 530 355,6 8 1297 9,2 0 59 230

For larger dimensions, we recommend to install a hinged or gimbal expansion joint.

Please refer to type LA2SH / ID no 88 or type LA2SK / ID no 89

Please refer to WebLink 13207 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


198

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA2ST / ID no. 87
PN 40

Weblink: 13207

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 51 520 87.307.10 145 60,3 4 225 8,2 0 3,1 5,6

50 100 710 87.307.20 145 60,3 4 415 2,5 0 2,3 6,8

50 151 940 87.307.30 145 60,3 4 645 1,1 0 1,6 8,7

50 200 1160 87.307.40 145 60,3 4 865 0,6 0 1,3 10,1

65 50 550 87.308.10 175 76,1 4 225 13 0 5,8 8,9

65 100 740 87.308.20 175 76,1 4 415 3,7 0 4,2 10,9

65 152 970 87.308.30 175 76,1 4 645 1,6 0 3,2 13,3

65 200 1190 87.308.40 175 76,1 4 865 1 0 2,6 15,5

80 50 535 87.309.10 210 88,9 4 222 21 0 11 17,2

80 101 725 87.309.20 210 88,9 4 412 6 0 7,4 19,7

80 151 945 87.309.30 210 88,9 4 632 2,7 0 5,6 22,5

80 200 1165 87.309.40 210 88,9 4 852 1,6 0 4,5 25,5

100 50 655 87.310.10 235 114,3 4 333 23 0 14 14,9

100 100 975 87.310.20 235 114,3 4 653 6 0 8,7 19,5

100 150 1325 87.310.30 235 114,3 4 1003 2,7 0 6,3 24,3

100 200 1665 87.310.40 235 114,3 4 1343 1,5 0 5 29,0

125 50 650 87.311.10 260 139,7 4 315 38 0 20 29,6

125 100 930 87.311.20 260 139,7 4 595 11 0 14 34,6

125 151 1260 87.311.30 260 139,7 4 925 4,7 0 9,7 40,5

125 200 1570 87.311.40 260 139,7 4 1235 2,7 0 7,7 46,1

150 50 720 87.312.10 310 168,3 4,5 335 83 0 30 46,5

150 101 1010 87.312.20 310 168,3 4,5 625 24 0 21 53,9

150 149 1310 87.312.30 310 168,3 4,5 925 12 0 16 61,4

150 199 1640 87.312.40 310 168,3 4,5 1255 6,3 0 13 69,8

200 50 825 87.314.10 375 219,1 6,3 407 99 0 51 86,7

200 99 1185 87.314.20 375 219,1 6,3 767 28 0 35 103

200 150 1545 87.314.30 375 219,1 6,3 1127 13 0 27 119

200 200 1905 87.314.40 375 219,1 6,3 1487 7,4 0 22 134

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo

199
Lo
l*

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

250 50 865 87.315.10 435 273 7,1 423 169 0 74 117

250 101 1235 87.315.20 435 273 7,1 793 49 0 52 140

250 151 1595 87.315.30 435 273 7,1 1153 23 0 40 161

250 201 1955 87.315.40 435 273 7,1 1513 14 0 32 183

For larger dimensions, we recommend to install a hinged or gimbal expansion joint.

Please refer to type LA2SH / ID no 88 or type LA2SK / ID no 89

Please refer to WebLink 13207 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


200

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND TIE RODS

LA2ST / ID no. 87
PN 63

Weblink: 13207

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

50 49 540 87.357.10 145 60,3 4 245 7,7 0 3 5,7

50 100 760 87.357.20 145 60,3 4 465 2,2 0 2,1 7,3

50 151 1010 87.357.30 145 60,3 4 715 1 0 1,5 9,1

50 200 1250 87.357.40 145 60,3 4 955 0,6 0 1,2 10,8

65 49 600 87.358.10 175 76,1 4 275 12 0 5,7 9,5

65 99 840 87.358.20 175 76,1 4 515 3,5 0 4 11,8

65 150 1110 87.358.30 175 76,1 4 785 1,6 0 2,9 14,7

65 201 1390 87.358.40 175 76,1 4 1065 0,9 0 2,3 17,5

80 51 605 87.359.10 210 88,9 4 292 20 0 9,7 18,1

80 102 855 87.359.20 210 88,9 4 542 5,6 0 6,7 21,4

80 150 1125 87.359.30 210 88,9 4 812 2,6 0 5 24,9

80 201 1415 87.359.40 210 88,9 4 1102 1,5 0 3,9 28,8

100 50 685 87.360.10 230 114,3 5 353 21 0 13 25,7

100 101 1065 87.360.20 230 114,3 5 733 5,3 0 7,9 32,6

100 150 1445 87.360.30 230 114,3 5 1113 2,4 0 5,7 39,5

100 200 1825 87.360.40 230 114,3 5 1493 1,4 0 4,5 46,5

125 50 700 87.361.10 275 139,7 6,3 335 36 0 22 42,8

125 101 1040 87.361.20 275 139,7 6,3 675 9,2 0 15 52,3

125 150 1390 87.361.30 275 139,7 6,3 1025 4,2 0 11 62,2

125 200 1750 87.361.40 275 139,7 6,3 1385 2,4 0 8,4 72,4

150 51 780 87.362.10 320 168,3 6,3 355 77 0 32 62,3

150 100 1070 87.362.20 320 168,3 6,3 645 24 0 23 72,9

150 150 1420 87.362.30 320 168,3 6,3 995 11 0 18 85,3

150 200 1770 87.362.40 320 168,3 6,3 1345 5,8 0 14 98,0

200 50 875 87.364.10 380 219,1 8 437 92 0 48 113

200 100 1305 87.364.20 380 219,1 8 867 25 0 32 137

200 150 1765 87.364.30 380 219,1 8 1327 11 0 24 162

200 200 2215 87.364.40 380 219,1 8 1777 6,1 0 19 187

For larger dimensions, we recommend to install a hinged or gimbal expansion joint.

Please refer to type LA2SH / ID no 88 or type LA2SK / ID no 89

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lo

201
Lo
l*

LA
s
B

D
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13207 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


202

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES

LA2SH / ID no. 88
PN 6

Weblink: 13208

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg


For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

600 61 815 88.122.10 840 610 6 397 249 6,6 417 188

600 101 1075 88.122.20 840 610 6 657 91 2,4 252 216

600 150 1395 88.122.30 840 610 6 977 41 1,1 170 251

600 200 1715 88.122.40 840 610 6 1297 23 0,7 128 286

700 90 990 88.124.10 945 711 6 515 98 8,3 433 228

700 100 1050 88.124.20 945 711 6 575 79 6,7 388 236

700 151 1340 88.124.30 945 711 6 865 35 3 258 274

700 200 1620 88.124.40 945 711 6 1145 20 1,7 195 310

800 95 990 88.126.10 1055 813 8 535 134 8,2 783 367

800 101 1020 88.126.20 1055 813 8 565 119 7,3 742 373

800 151 1300 88.126.30 1055 813 8 845 53 3,3 496 428

800 201 1580 88.126.40 1055 813 8 1125 30 1,9 373 484

900 91 1050 88.128.10 1190 914 8 585 157 8,5 899 440

900 101 1110 88.128.20 1190 914 8 645 129 7 815 453

900 151 1430 88.128.30 1190 914 8 965 58 3,2 545 526

900 201 1750 88.128.40 1190 914 8 1285 33 1,8 410 599

1000 88 1120 88.130.10 1265 1016 8 635 182 8,9 1625 547

1000 100 1210 88.130.20 1265 1016 8 725 140 6,9 1423 570

1000 150 1570 88.130.30 1265 1016 8 1085 63 3,1 951 660

1000 200 1930 88.130.40 1265 1016 8 1445 35 1,8 714 750

1100 101 1235 88.131.10 1415 1120 8 718 181 11 1090 662

1100 101 1235 88.131.20 1415 1120 8 718 181 11 1090 662

1100 150 1585 88.131.30 1415 1120 8 1068 82 4,8 733 759

1100 200 1935 88.131.40 1415 1120 8 1418 47 2,8 552 856

1200 104 1355 88.132.10 1465 1220 8 802 176 9,6 1743 752

1200 104 1355 88.132.20 1465 1220 8 802 176 9,6 1743 752

1200 150 1705 88.132.30 1465 1220 8 1152 85 4,7 1214 858

1200 200 2085 88.132.40 1465 1220 8 1532 48 2,7 913 974

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
203
Lo
l*

LA
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
c
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre
diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm
Lo N/mm bar N/bar kg

l*

s
* 1300 67 1305 88.133.10 1580 1320 8 792 400 7,2 2087 880

1300 138 1410 88.133.20 1580 1320 8 855 158 11 1946 910
s

D
B
1300 151 1495 88.133.30 1580 1320 8 938 132 8,6 1774 937

1300 200 1795 88.133.40 1580 1320 8 1238 76 4,9 1344 1038
D

1400 67 1355 88.134.10 1700 1420 8 842 428 7,3 2271 1102

1400 136 1460 88.134.20 1700 1420 8 905 172 11 2126 1137

1400 151 1565 88.134.30 1700 1420 8 1008 139 8,6 1909 1175

1400 201 1890 88.134.40 1700 1420 8 1335 79 4,9 1441 1298

1500 66 1425 88.135.10 1840 1520 8 892 466 7,5 2455 1252

1500 132 1530 88.135.20 1840 1520 8 955 194 11 2304 1289

1500 150 1665 88.135.30 1840 1520 8 1088 150 8,4 2024 1342

1500 200 2020 88.135.40 1840 1520 8 1445 85 4,7 1523 1486

1600 65 1475 88.136.10 1945 1620 8 942 505 7,6 2639 1397

1600 126 1580 88.136.20 1945 1620 8 1005 225 11 2483 1436

1600 150 1770 88.136.30 1945 1620 8 1195 159 7,8 2088 1517

1600 200 2170 88.136.40 1945 1620 8 1595 90 4,4 1565 1685

1700 55 1560 88.137.10 2040 1720 8 995 920 7,9 3522 1691

1700 116 1640 88.137.20 2040 1720 8 1060 355 12 3322 1728

1700 150 1940 88.137.30 2040 1720 8 1360 214 7 2590 1868

1700 200 2400 88.137.40 2040 1720 8 1820 120 3,9 1935 2082

1800 55 1660 88.138.10 2145 1820 8 1045 977 8 3753 2070

1800 117 1730 88.138.20 2145 1820 8 1110 369 12 3554 2106

1800 150 2040 88.138.30 2145 1820 8 1420 225 7,2 2778 2268

1800 200 2510 88.138.40 2145 1820 8 1890 127 4,1 2087 2515

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13208 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


204

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES

LA2SH / ID no. 88
PN 6

Weblink: 13208

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

1900 64 1820 88.139.10 2245 1920 8 1095 782 8,1 5201 2368

1900 116 1890 88.139.20 2245 1920 8 1160 395 12 4917 2399

1900 150 2220 88.139.30 2245 1920 8 1490 238 7,3 3828 2578

1900 200 2720 88.139.40 2245 1920 8 1990 134 4,1 2866 2850

2000 64 1880 88.140.10 2350 2020 8 1145 825 8,2 5503 2583

2000 115 1940 88.140.20 2350 2020 8 1210 421 13 5215 2609

2000 150 2300 88.140.30 2350 2020 8 1570 249 7,3 4019 2811

2000 200 2820 88.140.40 2350 2020 8 2090 140 4,1 3019 3104

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
205
Lo
l*

LA
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
c
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre
diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm
Lo N/mm bar N/bar kg

l*

s
*
s

D
B
D

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13208 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


206

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES

LA2SH / ID no. 88
PN 10

Weblink: 13208

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

600 57 825 88.172.10 845 610 8 397 263 6,6 595 261

600 101 1125 88.172.20 845 610 8 697 85 2,2 339 309

600 150 1465 88.172.30 845 610 8 1037 39 1 228 363

600 200 1805 88.172.40 845 610 8 1377 22 0,6 172 416

700 90 960 88.174.10 980 711 8 490 179 7,8 656 365

700 100 1010 88.174.20 980 711 8 540 147 6,4 595 375

700 150 1280 88.174.30 980 711 8 810 65 2,9 397 425

700 200 1550 88.174.40 980 711 8 1080 37 1,6 298 476

800 82 1040 88.176.10 1095 813 8 540 237 8,4 780 463

800 101 1160 88.176.20 1095 813 8 660 157 5,6 638 490

800 150 1480 88.176.30 1095 813 8 980 72 2,6 430 559

800 200 1810 88.176.40 1095 813 8 1310 40 1,5 322 631

900 88 1120 88.178.10 1190 914 8 595 300 9 1425 602

900 100 1200 88.178.20 1190 914 8 675 232 7 1256 622

900 151 1540 88.178.30 1190 914 8 1015 103 3,1 835 705

900 200 1870 88.178.40 1190 914 8 1345 59 1,8 630 785

1000 86 1190 88.180.10 1320 1016 8 645 336 9,4 1612 759

1000 100 1290 88.180.20 1320 1016 8 745 250 7,1 1396 787

1000 150 1660 88.180.30 1320 1016 8 1115 112 3,2 933 889

1000 200 2030 88.180.40 1320 1016 8 1485 63 1,8 700 991

1100 67 1235 88.181.10 1430 1120 8 663 571 8,3 2395 955

1100 100 1555 88.181.20 1430 1120 8 983 258 3,8 1615 1056

1100 150 2045 88.181.30 1430 1120 8 1473 115 1,7 1078 1211

1100 200 2525 88.181.40 1430 1120 8 1953 65 1 813 1363

1200 75 1295 88.182.10 1525 1220 8 748 478 7,1 1907 1021

1200 100 1540 88.182.20 1525 1220 8 990 271 4,2 1440 1104

1200 150 2025 88.182.30 1525 1220 8 1478 121 1,9 965 1271

1200 200 2525 88.182.40 1525 1220 8 1978 68 1,1 721 1442

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
207
Lo
l*

LA
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
c
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre
diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm
Lo N/mm bar N/bar kg

l*

s
* 1300 74 1375 88.183.10 1645 1320 8 798 521 7,3 2612 1316

1300 100 1645 88.183.20 1645 1320 8 1068 288 4,1 1952 1421
s

D
B
1300 150 2185 88.183.30 1645 1320 8 1608 128 1,8 1297 1630

1300 200 2715 88.183.40 1645 1320 8 2138 72 1,1 975 1836
D

1400 71 1510 88.184.10 1745 1420 8 850 604 7,7 2839 1651

1400 154 1630 88.184.20 1745 1420 8 950 248 13 2541 1702

1400 154 1630 88.184.30 1745 1420 8 950 248 13 2541 1702

1400 199 1910 88.184.40 1745 1420 8 1230 148 7,3 1962 1826

Please refer to WebLink 13208 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


208

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES

LA2SH / ID no. 88
PN 16

Weblink: 13208

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

500 50 845 88.220.10 735 508 8,8 408 428 4 417 242

500 107 995 88.220.20 735 508 8,8 472 178 5,9 359 258

500 150 1185 88.220.30 735 508 8,8 662 91 3 256 286

500 200 1405 88.220.40 735 508 8,8 882 51 1,7 192 319

600 54 885 88.222.10 870 610 8 402 447 6,9 601 329

600 101 1225 88.222.20 870 610 8 742 129 2,1 326 386

600 150 1585 88.222.30 870 610 8 1102 59 1 220 447

600 200 1955 88.222.40 870 610 8 1472 33 0,6 165 509

700 61 985 88.224.10 985 711 8 463 472 7,1 1140 473

700 100 1085 88.224.20 985 711 8 532 263 8,9 986 488

700 151 1355 88.224.30 985 711 8 802 116 4 654 543

700 200 1615 88.224.40 985 711 8 1062 66 2,3 494 596

800 73 1085 88.226.10 1115 813 8 547 462 8,7 1234 618

800 100 1285 88.226.20 1115 813 8 747 247 4,7 904 665

800 151 1665 88.226.30 1115 813 8 1127 109 2,1 600 755

800 200 2035 88.226.40 1115 813 8 1497 62 1,2 452 843

900 65 1145 88.228.10 1250 914 8 602 756 9,3 1407 826

900 116 1285 88.228.20 1250 914 8 673 334 12 1269 874

900 151 1485 88.228.30 1250 914 8 873 198 6,7 978 931

900 199 1765 88.228.40 1250 914 8 1153 114 3,8 741 1010

1000 62 1265 88.230.10 1370 1016 8 652 890 9,7 1990 1124

1000 117 1375 88.230.20 1370 1016 8 723 370 12 1809 1171

1000 150 1575 88.230.30 1370 1016 8 923 226 7,3 1417 1236

1000 201 1885 88.230.40 1370 1016 8 1233 127 4,1 1061 1338

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
209
Lo
l*

LA
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
c
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre
diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm
Lo N/mm bar N/bar kg

l*

s
*
s

D
B
D

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13208 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


210

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES

LA2SH / ID no. 88
PN 25

Weblink: 13208

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

400 59 840 88.268.10 625 406,4 8,8 390 192 2,8 273 208

400 101 1110 88.268.20 625 406,4 8,8 660 66 1 161 242

400 150 1430 88.268.30 625 406,4 8,8 980 30 0,5 109 282

400 200 1760 88.268.40 625 406,4 8,8 1310 17 0,3 82 324

450 50 935 88.269.10 715 457 8,8 487 225 1,8 280 280

450 100 1425 88.269.20 715 457 8,8 977 56 0,5 140 352

450 149 1905 88.269.30 715 457 8,8 1457 26 0,2 94 422

450 200 2395 88.269.40 715 457 8,8 1947 14 0,2 70 494

500 50 895 88.270.10 775 508 8,8 428 405 3,7 398 316

500 100 1325 88.270.20 775 508 8,8 858 101 0,9 199 388

500 150 1745 88.270.30 775 508 8,8 1278 45 0,5 133 458

500 200 2175 88.270.40 775 508 8,8 1708 26 0,3 100 530

600 50 1015 88.272.10 890 610 10 468 693 5,4 832 491

600 100 1175 88.272.20 890 610 10 578 267 5,8 676 524

600 150 1465 88.272.30 890 610 10 868 119 2,6 450 589

600 200 1755 88.272.40 890 610 10 1158 67 1,5 338 655

700 50 1025 88.274.10 1045 711 10 468 921 7,3 1134 689

700 100 1285 88.274.20 1045 711 10 683 362 5,7 768 753

700 150 1625 88.274.30 1045 711 10 1023 161 2,6 513 847

700 201 1965 88.274.40 1045 711 10 1363 91 1,5 385 941

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
211
Lo
l*

LA
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
c
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre
diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm
Lo N/mm bar N/bar kg

l*

s
*

D
B
D

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13208 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


212

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES

LA2SH / ID no. 88
PN 40

Weblink: 13208

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

300 50 930 88.316.10 580 323,9 8 425 317 1,5 158 252

300 100 1360 88.316.20 580 323,9 8 855 79 0,4 79 304

300 150 1780 88.316.30 580 323,9 8 1275 36 0,2 53 355

300 200 2200 88.316.40 580 323,9 8 1695 20 0,1 40 406

350 60 895 88.317.10 600 355,6 8 398 197 2,3 204 216

350 100 1165 88.317.20 600 355,6 8 668 71 0,8 122 248

350 150 1495 88.317.30 600 355,6 8 998 32 0,4 82 286

350 200 1825 88.317.40 600 355,6 8 1328 18 0,2 61 325

400 69 940 88.318.10 670 406,4 10 420 248 3,3 254 295

400 100 1130 88.318.20 670 406,4 10 610 118 1,6 175 325

400 151 1440 88.318.30 670 406,4 10 920 52 0,7 116 373

400 201 1740 88.318.40 670 406,4 10 1220 30 0,4 88 420

450 50 1005 88.319.10 745 457 10 457 420 2,9 475 415

450 101 1465 88.319.20 745 457 10 917 104 0,8 237 501

450 150 1915 88.319.30 745 457 10 1367 47 0,4 159 586

450 200 2365 88.319.40 745 457 10 1817 27 0,2 120 670

500 50 1010 88.320.10 780 508 10 450 561 3,8 607 451

500 100 1460 88.320.20 780 508 10 900 141 1 304 541

500 150 1910 88.320.30 780 508 10 1350 63 0,5 203 631

500 200 2360 88.320.40 780 508 10 1800 35 0,3 152 721

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
213
Lo
l*

LA
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
c
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre
diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm
Lo N/mm bar N/bar kg

l*

s
*
s

D
B
D

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13208 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


214

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES

LA2SH / ID no. 88
PN 63

Weblink: 13208

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

250 50 855 88.365.10 510 273 10 393 214 1,2 123 193

250 100 1245 88.365.20 510 273 10 783 54 0,3 62 238

250 150 1635 88.365.30 510 273 10 1173 24 0,2 41 282

250 201 2025 88.365.40 510 273 10 1563 14 0,1 31 327

300 50 980 88.366.10 580 323,9 11 455 293 1,3 148 279

300 99 1420 88.366.20 580 323,9 11 895 76 0,4 75 343

300 150 1870 88.366.30 580 323,9 11 1345 34 0,2 50 407

300 200 2320 88.366.40 580 323,9 11 1795 19 0,1 38 472

350 52 965 88.367.10 610 355,6 12,5 407 360 2,4 317 332

350 100 1335 88.367.20 610 355,6 12,5 777 99 0,7 166 395

350 150 1725 88.367.30 610 355,6 12,5 1167 44 0,3 111 462

350 200 2115 88.367.40 610 355,6 12,5 1557 25 0,2 83 528

400 49 1015 88.368.10 675 406,4 14,2 458 603 2,5 373 438

400 100 1475 88.368.20 675 406,4 14,2 918 148 0,7 186 537

400 150 1935 88.368.30 675 406,4 14,2 1378 66 0,3 124 636

400 200 2395 88.368.40 675 406,4 14,2 1838 37 0,2 93 734

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
215
Lo
l*

LA
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
c
Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre
diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm
Lo N/mm bar N/bar kg

l*

s
*
s

D
B
D

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13208 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


216

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBALS

LA2SK / ID no. 89
PN 6

Weblink: 13209

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

600 61 815 89.122.10 840 610 6 397 249 6,6 417 196

600 101 1075 89.122.20 840 610 6 657 91 2,4 252 225

600 150 1395 89.122.30 840 610 6 977 41 1,1 170 260

600 200 1715 89.122.40 840 610 6 1297 23 0,7 128 295

700 90 990 89.124.10 950 711 6 515 98 8,3 433 237

700 100 1050 89.124.20 950 711 6 575 79 6,7 388 245

700 151 1340 89.124.30 950 711 6 865 35 3 258 282

700 200 1620 89.124.40 950 711 6 1145 20 1,7 195 318

800 95 990 89.126.10 1080 813 8 535 134 8,2 783 383

800 101 1020 89.126.20 1080 813 8 565 119 7,3 742 389

800 151 1300 89.126.30 1080 813 8 845 53 3,3 496 441

800 201 1580 89.126.40 1080 813 8 1125 30 1,9 373 494

900 91 1050 89.128.10 1210 914 8 585 157 8,5 899 469

900 101 1110 89.128.20 1210 914 8 645 129 7 815 482

900 151 1430 89.128.30 1210 914 8 965 58 3,2 545 555

900 201 1750 89.128.40 1210 914 8 1285 33 1,8 410 628

1000 88 1100 89.130.10 1300 1016 8 635 182 8,9 1625 579

1000 100 1190 89.130.20 1300 1016 8 725 140 6,9 1423 602

1000 150 1550 89.130.30 1300 1016 8 1085 63 3,1 951 691

1000 200 1910 89.130.40 1300 1016 8 1445 35 1,8 714 781

1100 101 1235 89.131.10 1440 1120 8 718 181 11 1090 695

1100 101 1235 89.131.20 1440 1120 8 718 181 11 1090 695

1100 150 1585 89.131.30 1440 1120 8 1068 82 4,8 733 790

1100 200 1935 89.131.40 1440 1120 8 1418 47 2,8 552 886

1200 104 1355 89.132.10 1495 1220 8 802 176 9,6 1743 793

1200 104 1355 89.132.20 1495 1220 8 802 176 9,6 1743 793

1200 150 1705 89.132.30 1495 1220 8 1152 85 4,7 1214 896

1200 200 2085 89.132.40 1495 1220 8 1532 48 2,7 913 1007

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c

Lo
217
l*

LA
s

D
B
D

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

1300 67 1285 89.133.10 1635 1320 8 792 400 7,2 2087 947

1300 138 1410 89.133.20 1655 1320 8 855 158 11 1946 1021

1300 151 1495 89.133.30 1655 1320 8 938 132 8,6 1774 1047

1300 200 1795 89.133.40 1655 1320 8 1238 76 4,9 1344 1144

1400 67 1355 89.134.10 1735 1420 8 842 428 7,3 2271 1163

1400 136 1480 89.134.20 1750 1420 8 905 172 11 2126 1241

1400 151 1585 89.134.30 1750 1420 8 1008 139 8,6 1909 1278

1400 201 1910 89.134.40 1750 1420 8 1335 79 4,9 1441 1397

1500 66 1405 89.135.10 1860 1520 8 892 466 7,5 2455 1366

1500 132 1530 89.135.20 1865 1520 8 955 194 11 2304 1415

1500 150 1665 89.135.30 1865 1520 8 1088 150 8,4 2024 1469

1500 200 2020 89.135.40 1865 1520 8 1445 85 4,7 1523 1617

1600 65 1455 89.136.10 1960 1620 8 942 505 7,6 2639 1514

1600 126 1600 89.136.20 1965 1620 8 1005 225 11 2483 1577

1600 150 1790 89.136.30 1965 1620 8 1195 159 7,8 2088 1659

1600 200 2190 89.136.40 1965 1620 8 1595 90 4,4 1565 1832

1700 55 1530 89.137.10 2060 1720 8 995 920 7,9 2817 1765

1700 116 1660 89.137.20 2070 1720 8 1060 355 12 2658 1857

1700 150 1960 89.137.30 2070 1720 8 1360 214 7 2072 1992

1700 200 2420 89.137.40 2070 1720 8 1820 120 3,9 1548 2200

1800 55 1590 89.138.10 2165 1820 8 1045 977 8 3003 2077

1800 117 1720 89.138.20 2170 1820 8 1110 369 12 2843 2160

1800 150 2030 89.138.30 2170 1820 8 1420 225 7,2 2222 2313

1800 200 2500 89.138.40 2170 1820 8 1890 127 4,1 1670 2545

1900 64 1740 89.139.10 2300 1920 8 1095 782 8,1 4001 2430

1900 116 1830 89.139.20 2310 1920 8 1160 395 12 3782 2495

1900 150 2160 89.139.30 2310 1920 8 1490 238 7,3 2945 2662

1900 200 2660 89.139.40 2310 1920 8 1990 134 4,1 2205 2916

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13209 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


218

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBALS

LA2SK / ID no. 89
PN 6

Weblink: 13209

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

2000 64 1790 89.140.10 2400 2020 8 1145 825 8,2 4233 2675

2000 115 1880 89.140.20 2410 2020 8 1210 421 13 4012 2752

2000 150 2240 89.140.30 2410 2020 8 1570 249 7,3 3092 2950

2000 200 2760 89.140.40 2410 2020 8 2090 140 4,1 2322 3238

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c

Lo
219
l*

LA
s

D
B
D

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13209 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


220

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBALS

LA2SK / ID no. 89
PN 10

Weblink: 13209

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

600 57 825 89.172.10 870 610 8 397 263 6,6 595 279

600 101 1125 89.172.20 870 610 8 697 85 2,2 339 323

600 150 1465 89.172.30 870 610 8 1037 39 1 228 374

600 200 1805 89.172.40 870 610 8 1377 22 0,6 172 424

700 90 960 89.174.10 1000 711 8 490 179 7,8 656 395

700 100 1010 89.174.20 1000 711 8 540 147 6,4 595 404

700 150 1280 89.174.30 1000 711 8 810 65 2,9 397 455

700 200 1550 89.174.40 1000 711 8 1080 37 1,6 298 506

800 82 1040 89.176.10 1120 813 8 540 237 8,4 780 496

800 101 1160 89.176.20 1120 813 8 660 157 5,6 638 522

800 150 1480 89.176.30 1120 813 8 980 72 2,6 430 590

800 200 1810 89.176.40 1120 813 8 1310 40 1,5 322 660

900 88 1100 89.178.10 1225 914 8 595 300 9 1425 625

900 100 1180 89.178.20 1225 914 8 675 232 7 1256 643

900 151 1520 89.178.30 1225 914 8 1015 103 3,1 835 722

900 200 1850 89.178.40 1225 914 8 1345 59 1,8 630 799

1000 86 1170 89.180.10 1365 1016 8 645 336 9,4 1612 824

1000 100 1270 89.180.20 1365 1016 8 745 250 7,1 1396 852

1000 150 1640 89.180.30 1365 1016 8 1115 112 3,2 933 957

1000 200 2010 89.180.40 1365 1016 8 1485 63 1,8 700 1062

1100 65 1195 89.181.10 1480 1120 8 663 586 8,3 2395 1046

1100 100 1515 89.181.20 1480 1120 8 983 258 3,8 1615 1151

1100 150 2005 89.181.30 1480 1120 8 1473 115 1,7 1078 1311

1100 200 2485 89.181.40 1480 1120 8 1953 65 1 813 1467

1200 75 1315 89.182.10 1570 1220 8 748 478 7,1 1907 1164

1200 100 1560 89.182.20 1570 1220 8 990 271 4,2 1440 1244

1200 150 2045 89.182.30 1570 1220 8 1478 121 1,9 965 1405

1200 200 2545 89.182.40 1570 1220 8 1978 68 1,1 721 1571

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c

Lo
221
l*

LA
s

D
B
D

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

1300 74 1375 89.183.10 1670 1320 8 798 521 7,3 2090 1418

1300 100 1645 89.183.20 1670 1320 8 1068 288 4,1 1562 1519

1300 150 2185 89.183.30 1670 1320 8 1608 128 1,8 1037 1720

1300 200 2715 89.183.40 1670 1320 8 2138 72 1,1 780 1918

1400 71 1450 89.184.10 1770 1420 8 850 604 7,7 2271 1683

1400 154 1630 89.184.20 1780 1420 8 950 248 13 2033 1783

1400 154 1630 89.184.30 1780 1420 8 950 248 13 2033 1783

1400 199 1910 89.184.40 1780 1420 8 1230 148 7,3 1570 1899

Please refer to WebLink 13209 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


222

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBALS

LA2SK / ID no. 89
PN 16

Weblink: 13209

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

500 50 845 89.220.10 765 508 8,8 408 428 4 417 256

500 107 995 89.220.20 775 508 8,8 472 178 5,9 359 276

500 150 1185 89.220.30 775 508 8,8 662 91 3 256 302

500 200 1405 89.220.40 775 508 8,8 882 51 1,7 192 332

600 54 885 89.222.10 890 610 8 402 447 6,9 601 359

600 101 1225 89.222.20 890 610 8 742 129 2,1 326 417

600 150 1585 89.222.30 890 610 8 1102 59 1 220 477

600 200 1955 89.222.40 890 610 8 1472 33 0,6 165 539

700 61 945 89.224.10 1025 711 8 463 472 7,1 1140 514

700 100 1085 89.224.20 1030 711 8 532 263 8,9 986 541

700 151 1355 89.224.30 1030 711 8 802 116 4 654 593

700 200 1615 89.224.40 1030 711 8 1062 66 2,3 494 643

800 73 1085 89.226.10 1165 813 8 547 462 8,7 1234 699

800 100 1285 89.226.20 1165 813 8 747 247 4,7 904 748

800 151 1665 89.226.30 1165 813 8 1127 109 2,1 600 841

800 200 2035 89.226.40 1165 813 8 1497 62 1,2 452 931

900 65 1165 89.228.10 1285 914 8 602 756 9,3 1407 928

900 116 1285 89.228.20 1300 914 8 673 334 12 1269 997

900 151 1485 89.228.30 1300 914 8 873 198 6,7 978 1051

900 199 1765 89.228.40 1300 914 8 1153 114 3,8 741 1127

1000 62 1235 89.230.10 1390 1016 8 652 890 9,7 1592 1208

1000 117 1375 89.230.20 1400 1016 8 723 370 12 1448 1252

1000 150 1575 89.230.30 1400 1016 8 923 226 7,3 1134 1314

1000 201 1885 89.230.40 1400 1016 8 1233 127 4,1 849 1411

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c

Lo
223
l*

LA
s

D
B
D

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13209 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


224

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBALS

LA2SK / ID no. 89
PN 25

Weblink: 13209

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87


400 59 840 89.268.10 650 406,4 8,8 390 192 2,8 273 226

400 101 1110 89.268.20 650 406,4 8,8 660 66 1 161 257

400 150 1430 89.268.30 650 406,4 8,8 980 30 0,5 109 294

400 200 1760 89.268.40 650 406,4 8,8 1310 17 0,3 82 333

450 50 935 89.269.10 735 457 8,8 487 225 1,8 280 310

450 100 1425 89.269.20 735 457 8,8 977 56 0,5 140 382

450 149 1905 89.269.30 735 457 8,8 1457 26 0,2 94 452

450 200 2395 89.269.40 735 457 8,8 1947 14 0,2 70 524

500 50 895 89.270.10 805 508 8,8 428 405 3,7 398 346

500 100 1325 89.270.20 805 508 8,8 858 101 0,9 199 416

500 150 1745 89.270.30 805 508 8,8 1278 45 0,5 133 484

500 200 2175 89.270.40 805 508 8,8 1708 26 0,3 100 554

600 50 995 89.272.10 955 610 10 468 693 5,4 832 554

600 100 1175 89.272.20 970 610 10 578 267 5,8 676 605

600 150 1465 89.272.30 970 610 10 868 119 2,6 450 667

600 200 1755 89.272.40 970 610 10 1158 67 1,5 338 728

700 50 1035 89.274.10 1090 711 10 468 921 7,3 1134 814

700 100 1285 89.274.20 1090 711 10 683 362 5,7 768 868

700 150 1625 89.274.30 1090 711 10 1023 161 2,6 513 957

700 201 1965 89.274.40 1090 711 10 1363 91 1,5 385 1047

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c

Lo
225
l*

LA
s

D
B
D

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13209 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


226

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBALS

LA2SK / ID no. 89
PN 40

Weblink: 13209

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

300 50 930 89.316.10 605 323,9 8 425 317 1,5 158 282

300 100 1360 89.316.20 605 323,9 8 855 79 0,4 79 332

300 150 1780 89.316.30 605 323,9 8 1275 36 0,2 53 381

300 200 2200 89.316.40 605 323,9 8 1695 20 0,1 40 430

350 60 895 89.317.10 620 355,6 8 398 197 2,3 204 245

350 100 1165 89.317.20 620 355,6 8 668 71 0,8 122 277

350 150 1495 89.317.30 620 355,6 8 998 32 0,4 82 316

350 200 1825 89.317.40 620 355,6 8 1328 18 0,2 61 355

400 69 940 89.318.10 700 406,4 10 420 248 3,3 254 320

400 100 1130 89.318.20 700 406,4 10 610 118 1,6 175 348

400 151 1440 89.318.30 700 406,4 10 920 52 0,7 116 396

400 201 1740 89.318.40 700 406,4 10 1220 30 0,4 88 441

450 50 975 89.319.10 785 457 10 457 420 2,9 475 475

450 101 1435 89.319.20 785 457 10 917 104 0,8 237 565

450 150 1885 89.319.30 785 457 10 1367 47 0,4 159 653

450 200 2335 89.319.40 785 457 10 1817 27 0,2 120 741

500 50 990 89.320.10 850 508 10 450 561 3,8 607 534

500 100 1440 89.320.20 850 508 10 900 141 1 304 627

500 150 1890 89.320.30 850 508 10 1350 63 0,5 203 721

500 200 2340 89.320.40 850 508 10 1800 35 0,3 152 814

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c

Lo
227
l*

LA
s

D
B
D

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13209 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


228

LATERAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBALS

LA2SK / ID no. 89
PN 63

Weblink: 13209

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

For smaller dimensions, please refer to type LA2ST / ID no 87

250 50 855 89.365.10 530 273 10 393 214 1,2 123 222

250 100 1245 89.365.20 530 273 10 783 54 0,3 62 267

250 150 1635 89.365.30 530 273 10 1173 24 0,2 41 311

250 201 2025 89.365.40 530 273 10 1563 14 0,1 31 356

300 50 980 89.366.10 605 323,9 11 455 293 1,3 148 313

300 99 1420 89.366.20 605 323,9 11 895 76 0,4 75 374

300 150 1870 89.366.30 605 323,9 11 1345 34 0,2 50 436

300 200 2320 89.366.40 605 323,9 11 1795 19 0,1 38 499

350 52 955 89.367.10 640 355,6 12,5 407 360 2,4 317 376

350 100 1325 89.367.20 640 355,6 12,5 777 99 0,7 166 435

350 150 1715 89.367.30 640 355,6 12,5 1167 44 0,3 111 497

350 200 2105 89.367.40 640 355,6 12,5 1557 25 0,2 83 560

400 49 1015 89.368.10 735 406,4 14,2 458 603 2,5 373 510

400 100 1475 89.368.20 735 406,4 14,2 918 148 0,7 186 612

400 150 1935 89.368.30 735 406,4 14,2 1378 66 0,3 124 714

400 200 2395 89.368.40 735 406,4 14,2 1838 37 0,2 93 816

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c

Lo
229
l*

LA
s

D
B
D

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal LA Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Centre


diameter length approx. diameter thickness distance
2λN Lo B D s l* Cλ Cp Cr
mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13209 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


233

AN
ANGULAR
EXPANSION JOINTS
236 Angular expansion joint types
238 Standard range design

WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND HINGES


AN1BH / ID no. 61
240 PN 6
242 PN 10
244 PN 16
246 PN 25

WITH LOOSE FLANGES AND GIMBAL


AN1BK / ID no. 62
248 PN 6
250 PN 10
252 PN 16
254 PN 25

WITH WELDED FLANGES AND HINGES


AN1FH / ID no. 63
256 PN 6
258 PN 10
260 PN 16
262 PN 25

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


234

WITH WELDED FLANGES AND GIMBALS


AN1FK / ID no. 64
264 PN 6
266 PN 10
268 PN 16
270 PN 25

WITH WELDING ENDS AND HINGES


AN1SH / ID no. 65
272 PN 2,5
274 PN 6
278 PN 10
280 PN 16
282 PN 25
284 PN 40
286 PN 63

WITH WELDING ENDS AND GIMBAL


AN1SK / ID no. 66
288 PN 2,5
290 PN 6
294 PN 10
296 PN 16
298 PN 25
300 PN 40
302 PN 63

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


236

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINT T YPES

SINGLE BELLOW

Angular Angular
with loose flanges and hinges with loose flanges and gimbal

AN1BH / ID no. 61 AN1BK / ID no. 62


DN 50 - 600 DN 50 - 800
PN 6 - 25 PN 6 - 25

Angular Angular
with welded flanges and hinges wiith welded flanges and gimbal

AN1FH / ID no. 63 AN1FK / ID no. 64

DN 50 - 800 DN 50 - 800

PN 6 - 25 PN 6 - 25

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


237

AN
Angular Angular
with welding ends and hinges with welding ends and gimbal

AN1SH / ID no. 65 AN1SK / ID no. 66


DN 50 - 2200 DN 50 - 2200
PN 2,5 - 63 PN 2,5 - 63

ANGULAR MOVEMENT MORE INFORMATION

Please refer to WebLink 13301 to: Easy access via this QR code:
l See how the angular expansion
joints absorb movement
l See accessories (e.g. inner
sleeves)
l See tables
l See installation instruction
l Access online inquiry/order form
l Download BelMaker Light®

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


238

STANDARD RANGE
DESIGN
Bellow Design condition PLEASE NOTE!
Multiply bellow in double certified l Design code: EN 14917
material. Vibrations
Material: EN 1.4541/AISI 321 or l Designed at 20°C for minimum There are many ways to absorb
EN 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti 1000 thermal load cycles vibration. To know more about it,
please contact us.
Tolerances: according to l Arranged according nominal
EN ISO 13920 Class C. pressure [PN] Misalignment
We strongly advise against the use of
Connection ends PN corresponds to the allowable
l expansion joints and bellows for
Flanges operating pressure at room misalignment.
Loose flanges, welded flanges. temperature [Rpt]
Drilling according to EN 1092. Torsion
Material: 1.0460 (C 22.8) or l Operating temperature from Torsion on bellow parts are not
1.0425 P265 GH (HII) -10°C to +400°C based on the desirable and should be set to zero (0).
reduction factor (Kpa) from the If this cannot be avoided, please
Surface treatment: primer coated. table on the next page contact us.
Stainless steel flanges are
available on request. l All expansion joints are designed
to be tested at a pressure 1,43 x
Tolerances: according to norms and the design pressure.
standards that applies. Where a higher test pressure is
Welding ends required a unit with a higher
Material: nominal pressure (PN) should be
≤ DN 500: EN 1.0345/P235 GH (HI) selected to achieve this
> DN 500: EN 1.0425/P265 GH (HII)
Surface treatment: primer coated. Accessories
Inner sleeve, cover, counter flange,
Stainless steel welding ends are
gaskets, insulation etc. are available
available on request.
on request.
Tolerances: according to norms and
standards that applies. Certificates
Material certificate 3.1 according to
Attachment plates/hinges/gimbals EN 10204 and/or ASME.
Material: EN 1.0425/P265 GH (HII)

On request
Please contact us, if you have any
special requirements for
eg. temperature down to -60°C,
a special combination of ends etc.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


239

AN
Pressure reduction factor The reduction factor is applied to Where the applied design pressure
The factor used for reduction of modify the design pressure [PS] where is lower than the nominal pressure
pressure [Kpa], is based on the bellow temperatures exceed 20°C, it com- for the standard unit an increase in
material yield strength at design pensates for the decay in material fatigue life expectancy and / or
temperature [Rp], and the yield mechanical properties at elevated increased movements can be
strength at room temperature [Rpt]. temperatures. The modified pressure achieved.
must always be lower than the nominal
pressure of the standard item.
Please refer to Belmaker Light®
Definiton: Kpa = Rp / Rpt Calculation: PS / Kpa ≤ PN to get an optimised solution.

TEMPERATURE REDUCTION FACTOR


°C Kpa

20 1,00

100 0,83

150 0,78

200 0,74

250 0,71

300 0,67

350 0,64

400 0,62

CUSTOMISED
SOLUTIONS
If the required/specified expansion We are specialised in designing and
joint is not found in this product manufacturing of customised
catalogue, please do not hesitate to solutions. See selected examples
forward your specifications to us. here: WebLink 13601

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


240

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & HINGES

AN1BH / ID no. 61
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13302

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 49 155 61.107.10 260 17 90 0,7 0,1 0,4 7,7

50 50 255 61.107.20 260 17 90 1,4 0,2 0,4 8,8

65 40 145 61.108.10 280 17 107 1,1 0,2 0,6 8,7

65 50 215 61.108.20 280 17 107 2 0,3 0,6 9,5

80 31 145 61.109.10 295 17 122 1,5 0,2 0,9 10,3

80 44 190 61.109.20 295 17 122 2,1 0,3 0,9 10,7

100 30 155 61.110.10 330 17 147 2,5 0,3 1,5 11,7

100 44 195 61.110.20 330 17 147 4,1 0,4 1,5 12,5

125 25 155 61.111.10 365 17 178 3,6 0,4 2,3 13,5

125 41 205 61.111.20 365 17 178 6,2 0,7 2,1 14,8

150 24 170 61.112.10 395 17 202 5,6 0,6 5,1 16,4

150 39 250 61.112.20 395 17 202 13 1,3 5,1 19,2

200 23 185 61.114.10 435 22 258 11 1,2 8,4 23,9

200 37 275 61.114.20 435 22 258 22 2,3 8,4 27,8

250 17 185 61.115.10 520 22 312 16 1,7 13 30,4

250 31 275 61.115.20 520 22 312 33 3,4 13 35,7

300 19 200 61.116.10 585 22 365 29 2,5 25 43,1

300 35 300 61.116.30 585 22 365 57 5,5 25 52,9

350 24 245 61.117.20 585 27 410 42 4,5 30 54,0

350 34 345 61.117.30 585 27 410 75 7,5 30 63,5

400 17 250 61.118.10 655 27 465 49 5,7 39 60,9

400 27 310 61.118.20 655 27 465 75 8,1 39 67,6

450 14 230 61.119.10 710 27 520 60 6 69 75,4

450 20 285 61.119.20 710 27 520 76 9 70 79,9

500 13 255 61.120.10 760 27 570 81 8,4 60 74,4

500 20 350 61.120.20 760 27 570 114 15 60 79,4

600 12 315 61.122.10 880 37 670 130 15 84 118

600 22 385 61.122.20 880 37 670 202 21 86 130

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
Lo Lo Lo 241
l* l*

s
Do

d1
Do

d1

AN
B
c
Lo
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE


Lb ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Lo
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.

d1
Do

2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

Do

Dt
700 18 385 61.124.20 995 37 775 269 28 114 153
c

d1
B
700 26 525 61.124.30Lo 995 37 775 412 45 113 178
Lt
800 16 395 61.126.20 1110 42 880 349 36 210 211
Lo
800 24 495 61.126.30 1110 42 l* 880 500 52 211 239
c
Do

Lo
Do

Please refer to WebLink 13302 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


242

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & HINGES

AN1BH / ID no. 61
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13302

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 38 145 61.157.10 260 22 92 1 0,1 0,4 10,8

50 50 215 61.157.20 260 22 92 1,9 0,2 0,4 11,5

65 32 145 61.158.10 280 22 107 1,7 0,2 0,6 12,0

65 49 215 61.158.20 280 22 107 3 0,2 0,6 12,7

80 27 155 61.159.10 295 22 122 2,4 0,2 0,9 13,2

80 50 240 61.159.20 295 22 122 6,4 0,4 0,9 14,8

100 29 160 61.160.10 330 22 147 5,4 0,3 1,5 15,4

100 35 195 61.160.20 330 22 147 6,5 0,4 1,5 15,9

125 30 195 61.161.20 365 22 178 9,5 0,6 2,1 18,6

125 42 280 61.161.30 365 22 178 18 1 2,1 21,6

150 19 160 61.162.10 395 22 208 12 0,5 5,1 22,2

150 33 245 61.162.20 395 22 208 19 1,2 5,1 24,6

200 27 225 61.164.20 435 22 258 29 1,7 8,4 28,7

200 39 295 61.164.30 435 22 258 49 2,4 8,2 33,3

250 23 235 61.165.20 520 27 320 45 2,5 13 42,7

250 33 325 61.165.30 520 27 320 79 4,1 13 50,6

300 14 190 61.166.10 585 27 370 51 2,3 25 52,2

300 26 275 61.166.20 585 27 370 85 4,5 25 58,9

350 23 245 61.167.20 600 27 410 93 4,5 30 63,4

350 29 320 61.167.30 600 27 410 130 6,6 29 69,2

400 13 210 61.168.10 690 32 465 105 3,4 39 84,0

400 29 400 61.168.30 690 32 465 216 12 38 106

450 16 265 61.169.10 740 37 520 150 6,6 69 114

450 22 330 61.169.20 740 37 520 202 10 69 125

500 20 315 61.170.20 805 37 570 242 11 60 128

500 26 435 61.170.30 805 37 570 345 19 60 144

600 8 275 61.172.10 945 43 670 263 9 119 178

600 19 375 61.172.20 945 43 670 376 19 120 194

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
Lo Lo Lo 243
l* l*

s
Do

d1
Do

d1

AN
B
c
Lo
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE


Lb ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Lo
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.

d1
Do

2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

Do

Dt
c

d1
B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*

c
Do

Lo
Do

n k
la
B
f t b
l y le
a l
it on
c

te n
i s in
g e
p a
h is
T

Please refer to WebLink 13302 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


244

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & HINGES

AN1BH / ID no. 61
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13302

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 34 145 61.207.10 260 22 92 1,6 0,1 0,4 10,8

50 50 225 61.207.20 260 22 92 3,4 0,2 0,4 11,8

65 28 145 61.208.10 280 22 107 2,6 0,2 0,6 12,0

65 50 220 61.208.20 280 22 107 6,4 0,3 0,6 13,4

80 23 155 61.209.10 295 22 122 3,8 0,2 0,9 13,2

80 46 240 61.209.20 295 22 122 11 0,4 0,9 14,8

100 24 160 61.210.10 330 22 147 8,5 0,3 1,5 15,4

100 37 210 61.210.20 330 22 147 15 0,5 1,4 16,7

125 26 190 61.211.20 365 22 178 17 0,6 2,3 19,1

125 32 225 61.211.30 365 22 178 24 0,7 2,1 20,6

150 23 195 61.212.20 395 22 208 25 0,8 5,2 23,6

150 35 265 61.212.30 395 22 208 44 1,3 5 26,8

200 25 245 61.214.20 435 27 258 57 1,7 8,4 34,5

200 33 340 61.214.30 435 27 258 93 2,8 8,1 41,6

250 14 225 61.215.10 560 32 320 61 1,9 18 59,6

250 21 265 61.215.20 560 32 320 87 2,6 18 63,3

300 20 255 61.216.20 585 32 375 138 3,3 25 69,0

300 26 345 61.216.30 585 32 375 199 5,8 25 81,2

350 11 215 61.217.10 655 37 410 123 2,8 29 91,5

350 18 255 61.217.20 655 37 410 165 3,8 30 96,4

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
Lo Lo Lo 245
l* l*

s
Do

d1
Do

d1

AN
B
c
Lo
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE


Lb ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Lo
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.

d1
Do

2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

Do

Dt
c

d1
B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*

c
Do

Lo
Do

n k
la
B
f t b
l y le
a l
it on
c

te n
i s in
g e
p a
h is
T

Please refer to WebLink 13302 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


246

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & HINGES

AN1BH / ID no. 61
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13302

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 26 140 61.257.10 260 22 92 2,4 0,1 0,4 10,7

50 43 195 61.257.20 260 22 92 4,7 0,2 0,4 11,4

65 24 140 61.258.10 280 22 107 3,7 0,2 0,5 11,9

65 43 235 61.258.20 280 22 107 9,7 0,3 0,5 13,4

80 23 165 61.259.10 295 22 122 8,3 0,2 0,9 13,5

80 36 215 61.259.20 295 22 122 15 0,3 0,9 14,6

100 20 155 61.260.10 330 22 147 16 0,3 1,5 16,6

100 30 210 61.260.20 330 22 147 23 0,5 1,4 17,7

125 19 180 61.261.10 365 22 178 25 0,5 2,1 20,3

125 29 220 61.261.20 365 22 178 42 0,7 2,1 22,6

150 16 190 61.262.10 395 27 208 43 0,6 5,1 29,5

150 27 255 61.262.20 395 27 208 63 1,2 5 32,4

200 14 195 61.264.10 485 32 258 86 0,9 12 51,7

200 21 250 61.264.20 485 32 258 100 1,6 12 55,3

250 17 260 61.265.20 560 37 320 154 2,4 18 76,1

250 22 330 61.265.30 560 37 320 203 3,5 18 82,0

300 15 290 61.266.20 650 43 375 224 3,8 24 108

300 19 315 61.266.30 650 43 375 274 4,5 25 114

350 14 285 61.267.20 690 42 410 268 4,5 29 125

350 18 315 61.267.30 690 42 410 331 5,3 29 131

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


c
Lo Lo Lo 247
l* l*

s
Do

d1
Do

d1

AN
B
c
Lo
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE


Lb ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Lo
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.

d1
Do

2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

Do

Dt
c

d1
B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*

c
Do

Lo
Do

n k
la
B
f t b
l y le
a l
it on
c

te n
i s in
g e
p a
h is
T

Please refer to WebLink 13302 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


248

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1BK / ID no. 62
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13304

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 49 155 62.107.10 260 17 90 0,7 0,1 0,4 10,1

50 50 255 62.107.20 260 17 90 1,4 0,2 0,4 11,1

65 40 145 62.108.10 280 17 107 1,1 0,2 0,6 11,5

65 50 215 62.108.20 280 17 107 2 0,3 0,6 12,3

80 31 145 62.109.10 295 17 122 1,5 0,2 0,9 14,3

80 44 190 62.109.20 295 17 122 2,1 0,3 0,9 14,8

100 30 155 62.110.10 330 17 147 2,5 0,3 1,5 16,5

100 44 195 62.110.20 330 17 147 4,1 0,4 1,5 17,3

125 25 155 62.111.10 365 17 178 3,6 0,4 2,3 20,2

125 41 205 62.111.20 365 17 178 6,2 0,7 2,1 21,5

150 24 170 62.112.10 395 17 202 5,6 0,6 5,1 23,5

150 39 250 62.112.20 395 17 202 13 1,3 5,1 26,2

200 23 185 62.114.10 435 22 258 11 1,2 8,4 34,8

200 37 275 62.114.20 435 22 258 22 2,3 8,4 38,7

250 17 185 62.115.10 520 22 312 16 1,7 13 48,1

250 31 275 62.115.20 520 22 312 33 3,4 13 53,6

300 32 300 62.116.30 585 22 365 57 5,5 25 85,9

350 34 345 62.117.30 595 27 410 75 7,5 30 86,4

400 27 310 62.118.20 670 27 465 75 8,1 39 107

450 19 285 62.119.20 730 27 520 76 9 70 125

500 20 350 62.120.20 780 27 570 114 15 60 138

600 21 385 62.122.20 895 37 670 202 21 86 211

700 26 525 62.124.30 1005 37 775 412 45 113 300

800 19 495 62.126.30 1120 42 880 492 52 211 405

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lb
Lo 249

d1
Do

Do

Dt
c

AN
d1
B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH Do ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo

Do
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm c mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

B
c

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13304 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


250

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1BK / ID no. 62
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13304

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 32 145 62.157.10 260 22 92 1 0,1 0,4 13,1

50 50 215 62.157.20 260 22 92 1,9 0,2 0,4 13,9

65 31 145 62.158.10 280 22 107 1,7 0,2 0,6 14,7

65 49 215 62.158.20 280 22 107 3 0,2 0,6 15,5

80 27 155 62.159.10 295 22 122 2,4 0,2 0,9 17,2

80 50 240 62.159.20 295 22 122 6,4 0,4 0,9 18,8

100 29 160 62.160.10 330 22 147 5,4 0,3 1,5 20,1

100 35 195 62.160.20 330 22 147 6,5 0,4 1,5 20,6

125 30 195 62.161.20 365 22 178 9,5 0,6 2,1 25,3

125 42 280 62.161.30 365 22 178 18 1 2,1 28,4

150 19 160 62.162.10 395 22 208 12 0,5 5,1 29,3

150 33 245 62.162.20 395 22 208 19 1,2 5,1 31,7

200 25 225 62.164.20 435 22 258 29 1,7 8,4 39,7

200 39 295 62.164.30 435 22 258 49 2,4 8,2 44,2

250 23 235 62.165.20 520 27 320 45 2,5 13 60,4

250 33 325 62.165.30 520 27 320 79 4,1 13 68,6

300 26 275 62.166.20 585 27 370 85 4,5 25 91,8

350 29 325 62.167.30 610 27 410 132 6,8 29 101

400 29 400 62.168.30 695 32 465 216 12 38 151

450 21 330 62.169.20 750 37 520 201 10 69 189

500 26 435 62.170.30 805 37 570 345 19 60 217

600 19 375 62.172.20 955 43 670 376 19 120 336

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lb
Lo 251

d1
Do

Do

Dt
c

AN
d1
B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH Do ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo

Do
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm c mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

B
c

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13304 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


252

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1BK / ID no. 62
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13304

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 32 145 62.207.10 260 22 92 1,6 0,1 0,4 13,1

50 50 225 62.207.20 260 22 92 3,4 0,2 0,4 14,2

65 28 145 62.208.10 280 22 107 2,6 0,2 0,6 14,7

65 50 220 62.208.20 280 22 107 6,4 0,3 0,6 16,1

80 23 155 62.209.10 295 22 122 3,8 0,2 0,9 17,2

80 46 240 62.209.20 295 22 122 11 0,4 0,9 18,8

100 24 160 62.210.10 330 22 147 8,5 0,3 1,5 20,1

100 37 210 62.210.20 330 22 147 15 0,5 1,4 21,5

125 26 190 62.211.20 365 22 178 17 0,6 2,3 25,9

125 32 225 62.211.30 365 22 178 24 0,7 2,1 27,4

150 23 195 62.212.20 395 22 208 25 0,8 5,2 33,2

150 35 265 62.212.30 395 22 208 44 1,3 5 36,4

200 25 245 62.214.20 435 27 258 57 1,7 8,4 45,6

200 33 340 62.214.30 435 27 258 93 2,8 8,1 52,7

250 14 225 62.215.10 560 32 320 61 1,9 18 96,3

250 21 265 62.215.20 560 32 320 87 2,6 18 100

300 26 345 62.216.30 585 32 375 199 5,8 25 115

350 18 255 62.217.20 660 37 410 165 3,8 30 145

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lb
Lo 253

d1
Do

Do

Dt
c

AN
d1
B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH Do ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo

Do
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm c mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

B
c

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13304 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


254

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1BK / ID no. 62
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13304

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 26 140 62.257.10 260 22 92 2,4 0,1 0,4 13,1

50 43 195 62.257.20 260 22 92 4,7 0,2 0,4 13,8

65 24 140 62.258.10 280 22 107 3,7 0,2 0,5 14,7

65 43 235 62.258.20 280 22 107 9,7 0,3 0,5 16,2

80 23 165 62.259.10 295 22 122 8,3 0,2 0,9 17,5

80 36 215 62.259.20 295 22 122 15 0,3 0,9 18,7

100 20 155 62.260.10 330 22 147 16 0,3 1,5 21,3

100 30 210 62.260.20 330 22 147 23 0,5 1,4 22,4

125 19 180 62.261.10 365 22 178 25 0,5 2,1 27,0

125 29 220 62.261.20 365 22 178 42 0,7 2,1 29,4

150 16 190 62.262.10 395 27 208 43 0,6 5,1 39,2

150 27 255 62.262.20 395 27 208 63 1,2 5 42,1

200 21 250 62.264.20 485 32 258 100 1,6 12 77,0

250 22 330 62.265.30 560 37 320 203 3,5 18 119

300 19 315 62.266.30 650 43 375 274 4,5 25 175

350 18 315 62.267.30 690 42 410 331 5,3 29 198

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Lb
Lo 255

d1
Do

Do

Dt
c

AN
d1
B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH Do ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lo

Do
Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness OFD*
diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c d1 Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm c mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

B
c

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13304 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


256

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & HINGES

AN1FH / ID no. 63
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13303

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 48 150 63.107.10 260 17 0,8 0,1 0,4 7,7

50 50 245 63.107.20 260 17 1,4 0,2 0,4 8,6

65 40 140 63.108.10 280 17 1,1 0,2 0,6 8,6

65 50 205 63.108.20 280 17 1,9 0,3 0,6 9,5

80 31 125 63.109.10 295 17 1,5 0,2 0,9 10,2

80 43 170 63.109.20 295 17 2,1 0,3 0,9 10,6

100 30 135 63.110.10 330 17 2,5 0,3 1,5 11,6

100 44 175 63.110.20 330 17 4,1 0,4 1,5 12,4

125 25 135 63.111.10 365 17 3,6 0,4 2,3 13,4

125 41 185 63.111.20 365 17 6,3 0,7 2,1 14,3

150 24 150 63.112.10 395 17 5,6 0,6 5,1 16,3

150 39 230 63.112.20 395 17 13 1,3 5,1 19,0

200 23 165 63.114.10 435 22 11 1,2 8,4 23,4

200 37 250 63.114.20 435 22 21 2,3 8,4 27,6

250 17 165 63.115.10 520 22 16 1,8 13 30,2

250 31 250 63.115.20 520 22 32 3,4 13 35,4

300 19 180 63.116.10 585 22 29 2,6 25 42,2

300 35 275 63.116.30 585 22 57 5,3 25 52,4

350 24 225 63.117.20 585 27 42 4,5 30 53,8

350 34 320 63.117.30 585 27 74 7,4 30 61,3

400 17 225 63.118.10 655 27 47 5,5 39 60,4

400 26 290 63.118.20 655 27 76 8,4 39 65,8

450 14 210 63.119.10 710 27 61 6,1 69 74,9

450 20 265 63.119.20 710 27 77 9,1 70 79,4

500 13 230 63.120.10 760 27 79 8,1 60 72,3

500 20 330 63.120.20 760 27 115 15 60 79,1

600 12 295 63.122.10 880 37 130 15 84 118

600 22 360 63.122.20 880 37 201 21 86 130

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Do
Lo 257

Do
c

AN
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

700 18 360 63.124.20 995 37 267 28 114 149

700 26 500 63.124.30 995 37 412 45 113 177

800 16 370 63.126.20 1110 42 347 36 210 211

800 24 475 63.126.30 1110 42 504 53 211 239

Please refer to WebLink 13303 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


258

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & HINGES

AN1FH / ID no. 63
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13303

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 38 140 63.157.10 260 22 1 0,1 0,4 10,7

50 50 205 63.157.20 260 22 1,8 0,2 0,4 11,5

65 31 140 63.158.10 280 22 1,7 0,2 0,6 11,9

65 49 205 63.158.20 280 22 3 0,2 0,6 12,7

80 26 135 63.159.10 295 22 2,5 0,2 0,9 13,1

80 50 215 63.159.20 295 22 6,4 0,4 0,9 14,6

100 28 140 63.160.10 330 22 5,5 0,3 1,5 15,1

100 35 175 63.160.20 330 22 6,6 0,4 1,5 15,8

125 30 175 63.161.20 365 22 9,6 0,6 2,1 18,3

125 42 255 63.161.30 365 22 18 1 2,1 20,8

150 19 140 63.162.10 395 22 12 0,5 5,1 22,1

150 33 220 63.162.20 395 22 19 1,2 5,1 24,4

200 27 205 63.164.20 435 22 30 1,7 8,4 28,6

200 38 275 63.164.30 435 22 50 2,5 8,2 33,1

250 23 215 63.165.20 520 27 45 2,5 13 42,4

250 33 300 63.165.30 520 27 78 4 13 50,3

300 14 165 63.166.10 585 27 51 2,1 25 51,7

300 26 255 63.166.20 585 27 85 4,5 25 58,5

350 23 220 63.167.20 600 27 93 4,3 30 61,3

350 29 300 63.167.30 600 27 131 6,7 29 69,0

400 13 190 63.168.10 690 32 107 3,5 39 83,7

400 29 375 63.168.30 690 32 216 12 38 106

450 16 240 63.169.10 740 37 149 6,5 69 113

450 23 305 63.169.20 740 37 201 9,9 69 124

500 20 290 63.170.20 805 37 241 11 60 127

500 26 410 63.170.30 805 37 345 19 60 143

600 8 250 63.172.10 945 43 261 8,9 119 177

600 19 350 63.172.20 945 43 375 18 120 193

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Do
Lo 259

Do
c

AN
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13303 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


260

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & HINGES

AN1FH / ID no. 63
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13303

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 34 140 63.207.10 260 22 1,6 0,1 0,4 10,7

50 50 215 63.207.20 260 22 3,4 0,2 0,4 11,8

65 27 140 63.208.10 280 22 2,7 0,2 0,6 11,9

65 50 215 63.208.20 280 22 6,4 0,3 0,6 13,4

80 23 135 63.209.10 295 22 3,8 0,2 0,9 13,1

80 46 215 63.209.20 295 22 10 0,4 0,9 14,6

100 24 140 63.210.10 330 22 8,6 0,3 1,5 15,1

100 37 190 63.210.20 330 22 16 0,5 1,4 16,3

125 26 165 63.211.20 365 22 17 0,6 2,3 18,7

125 32 200 63.211.30 365 22 24 0,7 2,1 20,5

150 23 175 63.212.20 395 22 25 0,8 5,2 23,1

150 35 240 63.212.30 395 22 44 1,3 5 26,6

200 25 225 63.214.20 435 27 58 1,8 8,4 34,4

200 33 315 63.214.30 435 27 93 2,8 8,1 41,4

250 14 205 63.215.10 560 32 62 1,9 18 58,4

250 21 245 63.215.20 560 32 88 2,8 18 62,9

300 20 230 63.216.20 585 32 138 3,2 25 68,5

300 26 320 63.216.30 585 32 199 5,8 25 80,7

350 11 195 63.217.10 655 37 125 2,8 29 91,0

350 18 230 63.217.20 655 37 165 3,8 30 95,9

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Do
Lo 261

Do
c

AN
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13303 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


262

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & HINGES

AN1FH / ID no. 63
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13303

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 27 130 63.257.10 260 22 2,3 0,1 0,4 10,7

50 43 185 63.257.20 260 22 4,7 0,2 0,4 11,3

65 24 135 63.258.10 280 22 3,7 0,2 0,5 11,9

65 43 230 63.258.20 280 22 9,7 0,3 0,5 13,4

80 23 140 63.259.10 295 22 8,1 0,2 0,9 13,3

80 36 190 63.259.20 295 22 15 0,3 0,9 14,5

100 21 130 63.260.10 330 22 16 0,3 1,5 16,5

100 30 190 63.260.20 330 22 23 0,5 1,4 17,6

125 19 155 63.261.10 365 22 25 0,5 2,1 20,2

125 28 200 63.261.20 365 22 42 0,7 2,1 22,5

150 16 165 63.262.10 395 27 42 0,6 5,1 28,8

150 27 235 63.262.20 395 27 64 1,2 5 31,3

200 14 175 63.264.10 485 32 88 1 12 51,3

200 21 225 63.264.20 485 32 100 1,6 12 53,4

250 17 235 63.265.20 560 37 153 2,4 18 75,5

250 22 305 63.265.30 560 37 203 3,5 18 81,5

300 15 265 63.266.20 650 43 223 3,7 24 105

300 19 290 63.266.30 650 43 274 4,5 25 113

350 14 265 63.267.20 690 42 271 4,5 29 123

350 18 290 63.267.30 690 42 331 5,3 29 128

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Do
Lo 263

Do
c

AN
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13303 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


264

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1FK / ID no. 64
PN 6 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13305

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 48 150 64.107.10 260 17 0,8 0,1 0,4 10,1

50 50 245 64.107.20 260 17 1,4 0,2 0,4 11,0

65 40 140 64.108.10 280 17 1,1 0,2 0,6 11,4

65 50 205 64.108.20 280 17 1,9 0,3 0,6 12,3

80 31 125 64.109.10 295 17 1,5 0,2 0,9 14,2

80 43 170 64.109.20 295 17 2,1 0,3 0,9 14,7

100 30 135 64.110.10 330 17 2,5 0,3 1,5 16,4

100 44 175 64.110.20 330 17 4,1 0,4 1,5 17,2

125 25 135 64.111.10 365 17 3,6 0,4 2,3 20,1

125 41 185 64.111.20 365 17 6,3 0,7 2,1 21,0

150 24 150 64.112.10 395 17 5,6 0,6 5,1 23,3

150 39 230 64.112.20 395 17 13 1,3 5,1 26,1

200 21 170 64.114.10 435 22 11 1,3 8,4 34,4

200 36 250 64.114.20 435 22 21 2,3 8,4 38,5

250 17 165 64.115.10 520 22 16 1,8 13 47,8

250 31 250 64.115.20 520 22 32 3,4 13 53,2

300 32 275 64.116.30 585 22 57 5,3 25 85,3

350 34 320 64.117.30 595 27 74 7,4 30 84,2

400 26 290 64.118.20 670 27 76 8,4 39 105

450 19 265 64.119.20 730 27 77 9,1 70 125

500 20 330 64.120.20 780 27 115 15 60 138

600 21 360 64.122.20 895 37 201 21 86 211

700 26 500 64.124.30 1005 37 412 45 113 300

800 21 505 64.126.30 1120 42 530 58 211 405

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


265
Lo

AN
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Lo Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

s
D
B
Lo

n k
b la
le f t

d1
B

a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
ei
Lo

a g
is p
T h
B

Please refer to WebLink 13305 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


266

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1FK / ID no. 64
PN 10 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13305

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 32 140 64.157.10 260 22 1 0,1 0,4 13,1

50 50 205 64.157.20 260 22 1,8 0,2 0,4 13,9

65 31 140 64.158.10 280 22 1,7 0,2 0,6 14,7

65 49 205 64.158.20 280 22 3 0,2 0,6 15,5

80 26 135 64.159.10 295 22 2,5 0,2 0,9 17,1

80 50 215 64.159.20 295 22 6,4 0,4 0,9 18,7

100 28 140 64.160.10 330 22 5,5 0,3 1,5 19,8

100 35 175 64.160.20 330 22 6,6 0,4 1,5 20,5

125 30 175 64.161.20 365 22 9,6 0,6 2,1 25,0

125 42 255 64.161.30 365 22 18 1 2,1 27,6

150 19 140 64.162.10 395 22 12 0,5 5,1 29,2

150 33 220 64.162.20 395 22 19 1,2 5,1 31,5

200 25 205 64.164.20 435 22 29 1,7 8,4 39,5

200 38 275 64.164.30 435 22 50 2,5 8,2 44,1

250 23 215 64.165.20 520 27 45 2,5 13 60,2

250 33 300 64.165.30 520 27 78 4 13 68,2

300 26 255 64.166.20 585 27 85 4,5 25 91,3

350 24 300 64.167.30 610 27 129 6,7 29 99,8

400 29 385 64.168.30 695 32 220 12 38 150

450 17 305 64.169.20 750 37 197 9,9 69 188

500 26 415 64.170.30 805 37 348 19 60 217

600 18 350 64.172.20 955 43 374 18 120 335

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


267
Lo

AN
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Lo Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

s
D
B
Lo

n k
b la
le f t

d1
B

a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
ei
Lo

a g
is p
T h
B

Please refer to WebLink 13305 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


268

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1FK / ID no. 64
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13305

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 32 140 64.207.10 260 22 1,6 0,1 0,4 13,1

50 50 215 64.207.20 260 22 3,4 0,2 0,4 14,1

65 27 140 64.208.10 280 22 2,7 0,2 0,6 14,7

65 50 215 64.208.20 280 22 6,4 0,3 0,6 16,1

80 23 135 64.209.10 295 22 3,8 0,2 0,9 17,1

80 46 215 64.209.20 295 22 10 0,4 0,9 18,7

100 24 140 64.210.10 330 22 8,6 0,3 1,5 19,8

100 37 190 64.210.20 330 22 16 0,5 1,4 21,1

125 26 165 64.211.20 365 22 17 0,6 2,3 25,5

125 32 200 64.211.30 365 22 24 0,7 2,1 27,2

150 23 175 64.212.20 395 22 25 0,8 5,2 32,7

150 35 240 64.212.30 395 22 44 1,3 5 36,2

200 25 225 64.214.20 435 27 58 1,8 8,4 45,5

200 33 315 64.214.30 435 27 93 2,8 8,1 52,5

250 14 215 64.215.10 560 32 65 2,1 18 95,4

250 21 245 64.215.20 560 32 88 2,8 18 99,6

300 26 325 64.216.30 585 32 200 6 25 114

350 18 245 64.217.20 660 37 173 4,3 30 145

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


269
Lo

AN
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Lo Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

s
D
B
Lo

n k
b la
le f t

d1
B

a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
ei
Lo

a g
is p
T h
B

Please refer to WebLink 13305 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


270

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES & GIMBAL

AN1FK / ID no. 64
PN 25 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13305

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 27 130 64.257.10 260 22 2,3 0,1 0,4 13,0

50 43 185 64.257.20 260 22 4,7 0,2 0,4 13,6

65 24 135 64.258.10 280 22 3,7 0,2 0,5 14,7

65 43 230 64.258.20 280 22 9,7 0,3 0,5 16,2

80 23 140 64.259.10 295 22 8,1 0,2 0,9 17,4

80 36 190 64.259.20 295 22 15 0,3 0,9 18,5

100 21 130 64.260.10 330 22 16 0,3 1,5 21,2

100 30 190 64.260.20 330 22 23 0,5 1,4 22,3

125 19 155 64.261.10 365 22 25 0,5 2,1 26,9

125 28 200 64.261.20 365 22 42 0,7 2,1 29,3

150 16 170 64.262.10 395 27 44 0,6 5,1 38,6

150 27 235 64.262.20 395 27 64 1,2 5 41,0

200 18 225 64.264.20 485 32 98 1,6 12 75,1

250 22 305 64.265.30 560 37 203 3,5 18 119

300 19 290 64.266.30 650 43 274 4,5 25 174

350 17 305 64.267.30 690 42 342 6 29 195

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


271
Lo

AN
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Thickness


diameter length approx.
2αN Lo B c Cα Cp Lo Cr
deg. mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

s
D
B
Lo

n k
b la
le f t

d1
B

a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
ei
Lo

a g
is p
T h
B

Please refer to WebLink 13305 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


272

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 2,5

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

400 22 400 65.068.10 610 406,4 6,3 20 4,8 39 52,8

400 32 475 65.068.20 610 406,4 6,3 27 8 39 56,3

450 19 400 65.069.10 660 457 6,3 25 6 49 61,2

450 29 475 65.069.20 660 457 6,3 33 10 49 65,0

500 18 410 65.070.10 715 508 6,3 33 7,9 60 73,4

500 28 510 65.070.20 715 508 6,3 46 15 60 77,9

500 39 615 65.070.30 715 508 6,3 71 22 59 90,1

600 14 420 65.072.10 830 610 6 56 12 86 93,5

600 24 510 65.072.20 830 610 6 70 20 86 102

600 32 630 65.072.30 830 610 6 95 32 86 107

700 12 420 65.074.10 930 711 6 75 16 114 125

700 20 510 65.074.20 930 711 6 93 27 114 131

700 29 630 65.074.30 930 711 6 128 42 115 140

800 9 400 65.076.10 1045 813 6 100 15 149 145

800 17 490 65.076.20 1045 813 6 111 30 149 147

800 26 640 65.076.30 1045 813 6 165 55 149 163

900 8 410 65.078.10 1140 914 6 126 19 267 180

900 16 500 65.078.20 1140 914 6 139 38 267 194

900 24 620 65.078.30 1140 914 6 193 62 267 201

1000 8 410 65.080.10 1255 1016 6 155 23 329 224

1000 13 470 65.080.20 1255 1016 6 158 39 329 233

1000 22 620 65.080.30 1255 1016 6 237 76 328 241

1100 9 440 65.081.10 1360 1120 8 182 37 396 291

1100 15 530 65.081.20 1360 1120 8 225 65 394 301

1100 21 645 65.081.30 1360 1120 8 305 100 395 315

1200 8 475 65.082.10 1425 1220 8 207 42 443 305

1200 14 560 65.082.20 1425 1220 8 250 71 443 315

1200 20 715 65.082.30 1425 1220 8 372 124 442 332

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


273
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

1300 6 465 65.083.10 1535 1320 8 250 37 830 367

1300 9 525 65.083.20 1535 1320 8 255 61 830 373

d1
B
1300 16 640 65.083.30 1535 1320 8 346 108 828 391

1400 5 495 65.084.10 1635 1420 8 289 42 959 427

1400 9 525 65.084.20 1635 1420 8 295 71 959 424

1400 15 640 65.084.30 1635 1420 8 400 124 958 442

1500 5 495 65.085.10 1755 1520 8 332 48 1098 503

1500 8 525 65.085.20 1755 1520 8 339 Lo81 1098 500

1500 14 640 65.085.30 1755 1520 8 459 142 1097 520

1600 5 495 65.086.10 1860 1620 8 375 54 1245 568

1600 7 525 65.086.20 1860 1620 8 386 92 1247 564


B

1600 13 640 65.086.30 1860 1620 8 522 162 1245 587

1700 4 500 65.087.10 1945 1720 8 434 63 1403 638

1700 7 525 65.087.20 1945 1720 8 436 104 1405 633

1700 12 640 65.087.30 1945 1720 8 589 182 1403 656


c
1800 4 530 65.088.10 2060 1820 8 487 70 1961 767

1800 7 525 65.088.20 2060 1820 8 488 116 1965 751

1800 12 640 65.088.30 2060 1820 8 661 204 1961 778

1900 3 500 65.089.10 2175 1920 8 546 76 2184 894

1900 6 525 65.089.20 2175 1920 8 546 129 1748 890

1900 11 645 65.089.30 2175 1920 8 747 231 1748 919

2000 3 550 65.090.10 2290 2020 8 611 85 2416 975

2000 6 545 65.090.20 2290 2020 8 607 143 2416 955

2000 10 665 65.090.30 2290 2020 8 827 255 2416 987

2100 4 525 65.091.10 2400 2120 8 804 95 2127 1071

2100 6 545 65.091.20 2400 2120 8 776 157 2128 1068

2100 12 665 65.091.30 2400 2120 8 1020 281 2129 1106

2200 3 540 65.092.10 2500 2220 8 885 102 2332 1251

2200 6 545 65.092.20 2500 2220 8 854 172 2332 1240

2200 11 670 65.092.30 2500 2220 8 1130 313 2332 1283

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


274

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 6

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 48 355 65.107.10 190 60,3 2,9 0,7 0,1 0,4 6,2

50 50 455 65.107.20 190 60,3 2,9 1,4 0,2 0,4 7,1

65 40 345 65.108.10 205 76,1 2,9 1,1 0,2 0,6 7,4

65 50 410 65.108.20 205 76,1 2,9 1,9 0,3 0,6 8,2

80 31 305 65.109.10 235 88,9 3,2 1,5 0,2 0,9 8,0

80 44 350 65.109.20 235 88,9 3,2 2,1 0,3 0,9 8,4

100 30 315 65.110.10 265 114,3 3,6 2,5 0,3 1,5 10,7

100 44 355 65.110.20 265 114,3 3,6 4,1 0,4 1,5 11,3

125 25 325 65.111.10 290 139,7 4 3,5 0,4 3,6 16,7

125 41 375 65.111.20 290 139,7 4 6,3 0,7 3,5 18,1

150 24 335 65.112.10 325 168,3 4,5 5,7 0,6 5,1 20,1

150 39 420 65.112.20 325 168,3 4,5 13 1,3 5,1 23,1

200 23 360 65.114.10 380 219,1 6,3 11 1,2 12 35,8

200 37 445 65.114.20 380 219,1 6,3 22 2,3 12 39,8

250 17 350 65.115.10 440 273 6,3 16 1,8 18 37,2

250 31 435 65.115.20 440 273 6,3 33 3,5 18 41,3

300 19 390 65.116.10 495 323,9 7,1 28 2,5 25 53,7

300 25 435 65.116.20 495 323,9 7,1 35 3,7 25 55,2

300 35 495 65.116.30 495 323,9 7,1 57 5,3 25 61,0

350 17 390 65.117.10 530 355,6 6,3 34 2,9 29 47,6

350 24 435 65.117.20 530 355,6 6,3 42 4,5 30 51,2

350 34 530 65.117.30 530 355,6 6,3 75 7,5 30 60,6

400 17 430 65.118.10 605 406,4 6,3 47 5,5 39 66,3

400 26 495 65.118.20 605 406,4 6,3 77 8,4 39 73,1

400 35 635 65.118.30 605 406,4 6,3 132 15 38 90,6

450 14 425 65.119.10 665 457 6,3 61 6,2 49 81,0

450 20 480 65.119.20 665 457 6,3 77 9,1 49 84,9

450 33 600 65.119.30 665 457 6,3 154 16 49 101

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


275
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

500 13 435 65.120.10 730 508 6,3 81 8,4 60 101

500 20 530 65.120.20 730 508 6,3 114 15 60 107

d1
B
500 32 630 65.120.30 730 508 6,3 202 22 60 130

600 12 475 65.122.10 840 610 6 130 15 84 136

600 22 540 65.122.20 840 610 6 202 21 86 148

600 29 640 65.122.30 840 610 6 290 31 85 169

700 10 475 65.124.10 945 711 6 175 20 112 165

700 18 540 65.124.20 945 711 6 269 Lo28 114 182

700 26 675 65.124.30 945 711 6 411 45 113 207

800 10 455 65.126.10 1055 813 8 279 21 210 253

800 16 550 65.126.20 1055 813 8 349 36 210 265


B

800 24 650 65.126.30 1055 813 8 504 53 211 293

900 8 465 65.128.10 1190 914 8 351 26 263 305

900 14 560 65.128.20 1190 914 8 439 45 264 326

900 22 660 65.128.30 1190 914 8 634 66 265 358


c
1000 7 500 65.130.10 1265 1016 8 436 32 516 383

1000 13 560 65.130.20 1265 1016 8 542 56 516 397

1000 21 660 65.130.30 1265 1016 8 780 81 521 419

1100 8 520 65.131.10 1415 1120 8 573 49 391 463

1100 12 615 65.131.20 1415 1120 8 719 78 391 479

1100 19 680 65.131.30 1415 1120 8 955 99 397 508

1200 7 550 65.132.10 1465 1220 8 633 53 700 504

1200 12 645 65.132.20 1465 1220 8 796 86 701 522

1200 19 745 65.132.30 1465 1220 8 1130 120 707 565

1300 4 520 65.133.10 1580 1320 8 891 38 827 598

1300 9 555 65.133.20 1580 1320 8 928 65 832 607

1300 12 655 65.133.30 1580 1320 8 1130 105 828 631

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


276

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 6

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

1400 4 525 65.134.10 1700 1420 8 1040 45 957 758

1400 8 555 65.134.20 1700 1420 8 1080 75 962 767

1400 11 655 65.134.30 1700 1420 8 1300 121 958 795

1500 4 545 65.135.10 1840 1520 8 1200 52 1096 872

1500 7 575 65.135.20 1840 1520 8 1230 86 1101 882

1500 11 675 65.135.30 1840 1520 8 1500 138 1097 913

1600 3 545 65.136.10 1945 1620 8 1370 58 1244 981

1600 7 575 65.136.20 1945 1620 8 1410 97 1248 990

1600 10 675 65.136.30 1945 1620 8 1700 157 1246 1022

1700 3 580 65.137.10 2040 1720 8 1840 69 1752 1183

1700 6 580 65.137.20 2040 1720 8 1810 113 1761 1184

1700 9 680 65.137.30 2040 1720 8 2120 181 1760 1223

1800 3 630 65.138.10 2145 1820 8 2060 78 1961 1452

1800 6 630 65.138.20 2145 1820 8 2030 127 1972 1452

1800 9 690 65.138.30 2145 1820 8 2380 202 1970 1476

1900 3 745 65.139.10 2245 1920 8 2270 86 2848 1683

1900 5 745 65.139.20 2245 1920 8 2260 141 2851 1679

1900 8 730 65.139.30 2245 1920 8 2640 225 2848 1662

2000 3 745 65.140.10 2350 2020 8 2510 95 3151 1842

2000 5 745 65.140.20 2350 2020 8 2500 155 3154 1839

2000 8 730 65.140.30 2350 2020 8 2930 249 3151 1820

2100 3 745 65.141.10 2490 2120 8 2720 102 3476 2170

2100 5 745 65.141.20 2490 2120 8 2750 170 3473 2159

2100 9 770 65.141.30 2490 2120 8 3390 306 3476 2168

2200 3 750 65.142.10 2595 2220 8 3660 115 3809 2480

2200 5 750 65.142.20 2595 2220 8 3680 194 3809 2470

2200 9 745 65.142.30 2595 2220 8 4100 304 3810 2488

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


277
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

d1
B
Lo

n k
b la
f t
B

l y le
a l
i o n
nt
c

n te
e i si
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


278

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 10

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 38 335 65.157.10 190 60,3 2,9 1 0,1 0,4 6,1

50 50 405 65.157.20 190 60,3 2,9 1,9 0,2 0,4 6,9

65 32 335 65.158.10 205 76,1 2,9 1,7 0,2 0,6 7,4

65 49 400 65.158.20 205 76,1 2,9 3 0,2 0,6 8,1

80 26 310 65.159.10 235 88,9 3,2 2,6 0,2 0,9 8,0

80 50 385 65.159.20 235 88,9 3,2 6,4 0,4 0,9 9,5

100 28 320 65.160.10 265 114,3 3,6 5,5 0,3 1,5 11,1

100 35 355 65.160.20 265 114,3 3,6 6,6 0,4 1,5 11,6

125 21 325 65.161.10 290 139,7 4 5,7 0,4 3,5 16,4

125 30 365 65.161.20 290 139,7 4 9,6 0,6 3,5 17,6

150 19 320 65.162.10 325 168,3 4,5 12 0,5 5,1 20,5

150 33 405 65.162.20 325 168,3 4,5 20 1,2 5,1 22,3

200 18 350 65.164.10 380 219,1 6,3 25 1,2 12 37,3

200 27 395 65.164.20 380 219,1 6,3 30 1,7 12 38,3

200 39 460 65.164.30 380 219,1 6,3 49 2,4 12 44,0

250 15 340 65.165.10 440 273 6,3 37 1,6 18 37,8

250 23 385 65.165.20 440 273 6,3 45 2,5 18 39,7

250 33 470 65.165.30 440 273 6,3 79 4,1 18 48,5

300 14 380 65.166.10 495 323,9 7,1 52 2,3 25 54,8

300 26 465 65.166.20 495 323,9 7,1 86 4,5 25 59,1

300 34 535 65.166.30 495 323,9 7,1 131 6,4 25 69,4

350 12 390 65.167.10 535 355,6 6,3 62 2,6 30 58,5

350 23 440 65.167.20 535 355,6 6,3 93 4,3 30 64,4

350 29 515 65.167.30 535 355,6 6,3 130 6,6 29 70,2

400 13 400 65.168.10 590 406,4 6,3 106 3,5 55 83,2

400 22 520 65.168.20 590 406,4 6,3 139 8,5 55 90,6

400 29 585 65.168.30 590 406,4 6,3 217 12 55 104

450 16 440 65.169.10 675 457 8,8 147 6,3 48 113

450 23 505 65.169.20 675 457 8,8 201 9,9 49 123

450 31 635 65.169.30 675 457 8,8 327 17 48 149

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


279
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

500 9 400 65.170.10 740 508 8,8 173 5,2 59 137

500 20 480 65.170.20 740 508 8,8 242 11 60 148

d1
B
500 27 595 65.170.30 740 508 8,8 345 18 60 163

600 8 425 65.172.10 845 610 8 261 8,9 119 189

600 19 525 65.172.20 845 610 8 376 19 120 204

600 27 705 65.172.30 845 610 8 631 35 121 245

700 10 470 65.174.10 980 711 8 430 17 161 267

700 16 565 65.174.20 980 711 8 524 Lo28 161 289

700 24 680 65.174.30 980 711 8 807 43 163 317

800 8 500 65.176.10 1095 813 8 569 22 211 337

800 15 630 65.176.20 1095 813 8 745 43 211 358


B

800 20 700 65.176.30 1095 813 8 959 55 213 383

900 8 530 65.178.10 1190 914 8 866 28 424 439

900 13 570 65.178.20 1190 914 8 966 42 427 449

900 19 735 65.178.30 1190 914 8 1280 76 425 482


c
1000 7 550 65.180.10 1320 1016 8 1070 34 520 556

1000 11 590 65.180.20 1320 1016 8 1190 51 522 567

1000 17 755 65.180.30 1320 1016 8 1570 93 521 606

1100 5 585 65.181.10 1430 1120 8 1470 31 794 695

1100 12 630 65.181.20 1430 1120 8 1730 75 794 711

1100 15 695 65.181.30 1430 1120 8 1900 94 794 739

1200 5 555 65.182.10 1525 1220 8 1660 36 713 721

1200 12 665 65.182.20 1525 1220 8 1930 83 713 760

1200 15 730 65.182.30 1525 1220 8 2150 106 715 779

1300 5 585 65.183.10 1645 1320 8 1940 41 1042 944

1300 11 675 65.183.20 1645 1320 8 2260 97 1042 981

1300 14 740 65.183.30 1645 1320 8 2510 123 1044 1004

1400 4 670 65.184.10 1745 1420 8 2270 49 1207 1182

1400 9 680 65.184.20 1745 1420 8 2490 95 1207 1185

1400 13 780 65.184.30 1745 1420 8 2910 143 1207 1231

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


280

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 16

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 34 335 65.207.10 190 60,3 2,9 1,6 0,1 0,4 6,1

50 50 415 65.207.20 190 60,3 2,9 3,5 0,2 0,4 7,1

65 28 335 65.208.10 205 76,1 2,9 2,6 0,2 0,6 7,4

65 50 410 65.208.20 205 76,1 2,9 6,4 0,3 0,6 8,5

80 22 310 65.209.10 235 88,9 3,2 4 0,2 0,9 8,0

80 46 385 65.209.20 235 88,9 3,2 11 0,4 0,9 9,5

100 24 320 65.210.10 265 114,3 3,6 8,5 0,3 1,5 11,1

100 37 365 65.210.20 265 114,3 3,6 15 0,5 1,4 12,4

125 15 315 65.211.10 290 139,7 4 9,4 0,4 3,5 16,7

125 26 355 65.211.20 290 139,7 4 17 0,6 3,6 17,7

125 32 390 65.211.30 290 139,7 4 24 0,7 3,5 19,7

150 16 325 65.212.10 325 168,3 4,5 22 0,6 5,1 21,1

150 23 355 65.212.20 325 168,3 4,5 25 0,8 5,2 21,3

150 35 415 65.212.30 325 168,3 4,5 43 1,2 5 25,0

200 16 335 65.214.10 380 219,1 6,3 46 0,9 12 37,9

200 25 400 65.214.20 380 219,1 6,3 57 1,7 12 40,5

200 33 490 65.214.30 380 219,1 6,3 93 2,8 12 48,0

250 14 375 65.215.10 465 273 6,3 61 1,9 18 57,9

250 21 410 65.215.20 465 273 6,3 87 2,6 18 61,4

250 28 520 65.215.30 465 273 6,3 148 4,6 18 71,9

300 10 385 65.216.10 530 323,9 7,1 98 1,8 25 88,7

300 20 440 65.216.20 530 323,9 7,1 139 3,3 25 94,5

300 26 540 65.216.30 530 323,9 7,1 200 6 25 103

350 11 415 65.217.10 565 355,6 8 125 2,8 29 83,3

350 18 450 65.217.20 565 355,6 8 167 3,9 30 90,3

350 25 545 65.217.30 565 355,6 8 238 6,9 29 104

400 13 445 65.218.10 620 406,4 8,8 204 4,5 55 123

400 18 510 65.218.20 620 406,4 8,8 242 7,2 55 127

400 22 535 65.218.30 620 406,4 8,8 298 8,4 55 135

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


281
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

450 11 455 65.219.10 715 457 8,8 257 5,6 48 152

450 16 520 65.219.20 715 457 8,8 304 9 48 157

d1
B
450 20 545 65.219.30 715 457 8,8 375 11 48 166

500 11 485 65.220.10 735 508 8,8 346 8,9 84 169

500 14 540 65.220.20 735 508 8,8 394 13 84 180

500 20 570 65.220.30 735 508 8,8 491 15 85 189

600 7 480 65.222.10 870 610 8 582 9,5 121 248

600 12 550 65.222.20 870 610 8 652 Lo16 121 258

600 18 685 65.222.30 870 610 8 833 29 121 275

700 7 530 65.224.10 985 711 8 912 13 264 354

700 11 550 65.224.20 985 711 8 996 22 263 356


B

700 16 655 65.224.30 985 711 8 1190 35 263 376

800 7 540 65.226.10 1115 813 8 1240 24 338 458

800 11 605 65.226.20 1115 813 8 1370 34 339 477

800 16 745 65.226.30 1115 813 8 1710 57 338 505


c
900 6 545 65.228.10 1250 914 8 1770 30 424 616

900 10 610 65.228.20 1250 914 8 1930 44 427 639

900 16 750 65.228.30 1250 914 8 2350 73 429 684

1000 5 630 65.230.10 1370 1016 8 2180 36 649 855

1000 9 650 65.230.20 1370 1016 8 2370 54 654 867

1000 14 790 65.230.30 1370 1016 8 2890 89 656 921

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


282

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 25

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 27 325 65.257.10 190 60,3 4 2,3 0,1 0,4 6,4

50 44 380 65.257.20 190 60,3 4 4,7 0,2 0,4 7,0

65 24 335 65.258.10 205 76,1 4 3,8 0,2 0,5 7,8

65 43 425 65.258.20 205 76,1 4 9,7 0,3 0,5 9,3

80 23 310 65.259.10 235 88,9 4 8,1 0,2 0,9 8,6

80 36 360 65.259.20 235 88,9 4 15 0,3 0,9 9,8

100 21 310 65.260.10 265 114,3 4 16 0,3 1,5 11,6

100 30 365 65.260.20 265 114,3 4 23 0,5 1,4 12,2

125 19 345 65.261.10 290 139,7 4 25 0,5 3,5 18,1

125 28 385 65.261.20 290 139,7 4 42 0,7 3,4 20,5

150 16 335 65.262.10 325 168,3 4,5 43 0,6 5,1 22,1

150 27 410 65.262.20 325 168,3 4,5 64 1,2 5 25,1

200 14 350 65.264.10 380 219,1 6,3 86 0,9 12 39,5

200 22 400 65.264.20 380 219,1 6,3 99 1,6 12 42,5

250 10 370 65.265.10 465 273 7,1 132 1,4 18 62,3

250 17 425 65.265.20 465 273 7,1 154 2,4 18 66,4

250 22 485 65.265.30 465 273 7,1 206 3,6 18 71,9

300 11 430 65.266.10 530 323,9 8 195 2,4 24 96,3

300 15 480 65.266.20 530 323,9 8 223 3,7 24 99,7

300 19 505 65.266.30 530 323,9 8 275 4,5 25 106

350 9 440 65.267.10 560 355,6 8 233 2,9 41 112

350 14 490 65.267.20 560 355,6 8 269 4,5 41 116

350 18 515 65.267.30 560 355,6 8 330 5,3 42 122

400 8 450 65.268.10 625 406,4 8,8 365 3,8 54 146

400 13 495 65.268.20 625 406,4 8,8 405 5,7 54 146

400 19 590 65.268.30 625 406,4 8,8 548 9,7 55 161

450 5 445 65.269.10 715 457 8,8 451 3,5 69 193

450 11 515 65.269.20 715 457 8,8 522 7,2 69 200

450 17 610 65.269.30 715 457 8,8 711 13 70 218

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


283
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

500 6 465 65.270.10 775 508 8,8 683 5,7 85 228

500 12 555 65.270.20 775 508 8,8 794 12 85 240

d1
B
500 16 640 65.270.30 775 508 8,8 922 18 85 254

600 6 560 65.272.10 890 610 10 1170 10 195 361

600 10 600 65.272.20 890 610 10 1300 18 196 368

600 15 705 65.272.30 890 610 10 1520 28 196 390

700 6 565 65.274.10 1045 711 10 1780 15 266 520

700 8 605 65.274.20 1045 711 10 1940 Lo24 262 527

700 14 710 65.274.30 1045 711 10 2240 38 266 565

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


284

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 40

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 26 320 65.307.10 190 60,3 4 4,5 0,1 0,4 6,3

50 32 360 65.307.20 190 60,3 4 7,5 0,1 0,4 6,9

65 25 335 65.308.10 205 76,1 4 7,8 0,2 0,5 7,8

65 35 385 65.308.20 205 76,1 4 15 0,2 0,6 8,7

80 21 345 65.309.10 235 88,9 4 16 0,2 1,5 14,8

80 29 390 65.309.20 235 88,9 4 30 0,3 1,6 16,4

100 17 365 65.310.10 265 114,3 4 26 0,4 2,3 17,4

100 24 415 65.310.20 265 114,3 4 48 0,5 2,5 19,3

125 17 380 65.311.10 320 139,7 4 49 0,5 3,4 29,2

125 21 425 65.311.20 320 139,7 4 70 0,7 3,6 31,0

150 18 405 65.312.10 355 168,3 4,5 90 0,8 6,8 44,7

150 22 470 65.312.20 355 168,3 4,5 131 1,4 7,3 48,5

200 17 450 65.314.10 415 219,1 6,3 185 1,6 16 77,4

200 19 485 65.314.20 415 219,1 6,3 214 2,3 17 80,2

250 14 470 65.315.10 510 273 7,1 285 2,5 25 127

250 18 555 65.315.20 510 273 7,1 393 4 26 138

300 13 555 65.316.10 580 323,9 8 460 3,6 35 187

300 16 635 65.316.20 580 323,9 8 561 6 36 198

350 8 495 65.317.10 600 355,6 8 507 3,1 41 156

350 14 595 65.317.20 600 355,6 8 647 6,4 43 169

400 9 520 65.318.10 670 406,4 10 790 5 54 214

400 13 620 65.318.20 670 406,4 10 975 9,4 55 228

450 6 515 65.319.10 745 457 10 976 5,1 109 287

450 13 660 65.319.20 745 457 10 1270 13 110 317

500 6 575 65.320.10 780 508 10 1380 6,8 137 331

500 12 665 65.320.20 780 508 10 1670 15 137 353

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


285
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

d1
B
Lo

n k
b la
f t
B

l y le
a l
i o n
nt
c

n te
e i si
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


286

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & HINGES

AN1SH / ID no. 65
PN 63

Weblink: 13306

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 13 305 65.357.10 190 60,3 4 7 0,1 0,4 6,3

50 20 345 65.357.20 190 60,3 4 9,4 0,1 0,4 6,7

65 13 315 65.358.10 205 76,1 4 12 0,1 0,5 8,0

65 18 365 65.358.20 205 76,1 4 16 0,2 0,6 8,3

80 13 335 65.359.10 235 88,9 4 28 0,2 1,4 14,9

80 18 375 65.359.20 235 88,9 4 35 0,3 1,6 15,4

100 8 340 65.360.10 265 114,3 5 39 0,2 2,3 18,1

100 14 390 65.360.20 265 114,3 5 52 0,4 2,4 18,8

125 9 365 65.361.10 320 139,7 6,3 78 0,3 3,4 31,9

125 16 445 65.361.20 320 139,7 6,3 106 0,7 3,6 34,1

150 9 385 65.362.10 355 168,3 6,3 148 0,6 6,5 45,9

150 16 450 65.362.20 355 168,3 6,3 185 1,2 7,2 50,2

200 7 430 65.364.10 415 219,1 8 281 0,8 16 81,7

200 13 490 65.364.20 415 219,1 8 359 1,9 17 85,5

250 7 460 65.365.10 510 273 10 514 1,6 25 137

250 12 545 65.365.20 510 273 10 642 3,3 26 147

300 6 525 65.366.10 580 323,9 11 810 2,3 34 198

300 12 655 65.366.20 580 323,9 11 1070 6 36 215

350 7 570 65.367.10 610 355,6 12,5 1010 3,3 65 242

350 12 630 65.367.20 610 355,6 12,5 1240 6,4 69 254

400 6 575 65.368.10 675 406,4 14,2 1630 4,6 86 312

400 10 650 65.368.20 675 406,4 14,2 1910 8,4 90 327

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


287
Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness Lo
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

d1
B
Lo

n k
b la
f t
B

l y le
a l
i o n
nt
c

n te
e i si
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13306 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


288

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 2,5

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

400 22 400 66.068.10 610 406,4 6,3 20 4,8 39 72,7

400 32 475 66.068.20 610 406,4 6,3 27 8 39 76,7

450 19 400 66.069.10 680 457 6,3 25 6 49 93,4

450 29 475 66.069.20 680 457 6,3 33 10 49 97,7

500 18 410 66.070.10 735 508 6,3 33 7,9 60 111

500 28 510 66.070.20 735 508 6,3 46 15 60 116

500 34 615 66.070.30 735 508 6,3 71 22 59 129

600 14 420 66.072.10 850 610 6 56 12 86 147

600 24 510 66.072.20 850 610 6 70 20 86 156

600 32 630 66.072.30 850 610 6 95 32 86 161

700 12 420 66.074.10 950 711 6 75 16 114 194

700 20 510 66.074.20 950 711 6 93 27 114 200

700 29 630 66.074.30 950 711 6 128 42 115 210

800 9 400 66.076.10 1055 813 6 100 15 149 237

800 17 490 66.076.20 1055 813 6 111 30 149 239

800 26 640 66.076.30 1055 813 6 165 55 149 256

900 8 410 66.078.10 1180 914 6 126 19 267 330

900 16 500 66.078.20 1180 914 6 139 38 267 345

900 24 620 66.078.30 1180 914 6 193 62 267 353

1000 8 410 66.080.10 1285 1016 6 155 23 329 409

1000 13 470 66.080.20 1285 1016 6 158 39 329 418

1000 22 620 66.080.30 1285 1016 6 237 76 328 427

1100 9 440 66.081.10 1390 1120 8 182 37 396 521

1100 15 530 66.081.20 1390 1120 8 225 65 394 531

1100 21 645 66.081.30 1390 1120 8 305 100 395 546

1200 8 495 66.082.10 1455 1220 8 207 42 443 572

1200 14 580 66.082.20 1455 1220 8 250 71 443 583

1200 20 715 66.082.30 1455 1220 8 372 124 442 595

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


289

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

1300 6 525 66.083.10 1565 1320 8 250 37 830 734

1300 9 545 66.083.20 1565 1320 8 255 61 830 728

B
1300 16 700 66.083.30 1565 1320 8 346 108 828 759

1400 9 545 66.084.20 1705 1420 8 295 71 959 897

1400 15 640 66.084.30 1705 1420 8 400 124 c 958 912

1500 8 525 66.085.20 1805 1520 8 339 81 1098 1023

1500 14 640 66.085.30 1805 1520 8 459 142 1097 1046

1600 7 525 66.086.20 1900 1620 8 386 92 Lo 1247 1135

1600 13 640 66.086.30 1900 1620 8 522 162 1245 1159

s
1700 12 720 66.087.30 2005 1720 8 589 182 1403 1400

1800 12 820 66.088.30 2100 1820 8 661 204 1569 1737

D
1900 11 745 66.089.30 2225 1920 8 747 231 1748 1964
B

2000 10 765 66.090.30 2340 2020 8 827 255 1933 2143

2100 12 845 66.091.30 2440 2120 8 1020 281 2129 2433

2200 11 890 66.092.30 2540 2220 8 1130 313 2332 2835

Lo
d1
B

Lo

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
290

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 6

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 48 355 66.107.10 190 60,3 2,9 0,7 0,1 0,4 7,9

50 50 455 66.107.20 190 60,3 2,9 1,4 0,2 0,4 8,9

65 40 345 66.108.10 205 76,1 2,9 1,1 0,2 0,6 9,7

65 50 410 66.108.20 205 76,1 2,9 1,9 0,3 0,6 10,5

80 31 305 66.109.10 235 88,9 3,2 1,5 0,2 0,9 10,2

80 44 350 66.109.20 235 88,9 3,2 2,1 0,3 0,9 10,7

100 30 315 66.110.10 265 114,3 3,6 2,5 0,3 1,5 14,2

100 44 355 66.110.20 265 114,3 3,6 4,1 0,4 1,5 14,8

125 25 325 66.111.10 290 139,7 4 3,5 0,4 3,6 21,7

125 41 375 66.111.20 290 139,7 4 6,3 0,7 3,5 23,1

150 24 335 66.112.10 325 168,3 4,5 5,7 0,6 5,1 27,4

150 39 420 66.112.20 325 168,3 4,5 13 1,3 5,1 30,4

200 23 360 66.114.10 380 219,1 6,3 11 1,2 12 48,5

200 36 445 66.114.20 380 219,1 6,3 22 2,3 12 52,4

250 17 350 66.115.10 440 273 6,3 16 1,8 18 48,9

250 31 435 66.115.20 440 273 6,3 33 3,5 18 53,0

300 19 390 66.116.10 495 323,9 7,1 28 2,5 25 67,1

300 25 435 66.116.20 495 323,9 7,1 35 3,7 25 68,6

300 35 495 66.116.30 495 323,9 7,1 57 5,3 25 74,4

350 17 390 66.117.10 530 355,6 6,3 34 2,9 29 68,0

350 24 435 66.117.20 530 355,6 6,3 42 4,5 30 71,7

350 33 530 66.117.30 530 355,6 6,3 74 7,5 30 81,2

400 17 430 66.118.10 625 406,4 6,3 47 5,5 39 104

400 26 495 66.118.20 625 406,4 6,3 77 8,4 39 111

400 35 635 66.118.30 625 406,4 6,3 132 15 38 129

450 14 425 66.119.10 685 457 6,3 61 6,2 49 126

450 20 480 66.119.20 685 457 6,3 77 9,1 49 130

450 33 600 66.119.30 685 457 6,3 154 16 49 146

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


291

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

500 13 435 66.120.10 740 508 6,3 81 8,4 60 154

500 20 530 66.120.20 740 508 6,3 114 15 60 160

B
500 32 630 66.120.30 740 508 6,3 202 22 60 183

600 12 475 66.122.10 850 610 6 130 15 84 211

600 22 540 66.122.20 850 610 6 202 21 c 86 223

600 29 640 66.122.30 850 610 6 290 31 85 244

700 18 560 66.124.20 945 711 6 269 28 114 300

700 26 675 66.124.30 945 711 6 411 45 Lo 113 320

800 16 550 66.126.20 1075 813 8 349 36 210 441

s
800 22 650 66.126.30 1075 813 8 502 53 211 469

900 14 560 66.128.20 1200 914 8 439 45 264 549

D
900 22 660 66.128.30 1200 914 8 634 66 265 582
B

1000 13 620 66.130.20 1305 1016 8 542 56 323 703

1000 21 700 66.130.30 1305 1016 8 780 81 326 722

1100 12 675 66.131.20 1415 1120 8 719 78 626 936

1100 19 840 66.131.30 1415 1120 8 955 99 635 1000

1200 12 665 66.132.20 1495 1220 8 796 86 701 1005


Lo
1200 19 745 66.132.30 1495 1220 8 1130 120 707 1043

1300 9 675 66.133.20 1600 1320 8 928 65 832 1221

1300 12 715 66.133.30 1600 1320 8 1130 105 828 1219

1400 8 715 66.134.20 1720 1420 8 1080 75 962 1495


d1
B

1400 11 755 66.134.30 1720 1420 8 1300 121 958 1500

1500 7 815 66.135.20 1840 1520 8 1230 86 1101 1822

1500 11 875 66.135.30 1840 1520 8 1500 138 1097 1836

1600 7 755 66.136.20 1965 1620 8 1410 97 1248 2123

1600 10 815 66.136.30 1965 1620 8 1700 157 1246 2134

1700 6 810 66.137.20 2065 1720 8 1810 113Lo 1409 2491

1700 9 840 66.137.30 2065 1720 8 2120 181 1408 2498

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
292

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 6

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

1800 6 850 66.138.20 2170 1820 8 2030 126 1972 2927

1800 9 910 66.138.30 2170 1820 8 2380 202 1970 2945

1900 5 950 66.139.20 2270 1920 8 2260 141 2193 3393

1900 8 1010 66.139.30 2270 1920 8 2640 225 2191 3416

2000 5 910 66.140.20 2410 2020 8 2500 155 1941 3931

2000 8 970 66.140.30 2410 2020 8 2930 249 1939 3957

2100 5 950 66.141.20 2510 2120 8 2770 173 2671 4473

2100 9 1030 66.141.30 2510 2120 8 3390 306 2674 4522

2200 5 990 66.142.20 2615 2220 8 3680 194 2930 5077

2200 9 1085 66.142.30 2615 2220 8 4100 304 2931 5163

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


293

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

B
c

Lo

s
la n
f t b

D
le
B

a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
i
Lo

g e
p a
is
Th
d1
B

Lo

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
294

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 10

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 38 335 66.157.10 190 60,3 2,9 1 0,1 0,4 7,8

50 50 405 66.157.20 190 60,3 2,9 1,9 0,2 0,4 8,6

65 32 335 66.158.10 205 76,1 2,9 1,7 0,2 0,6 9,7

65 49 400 66.158.20 205 76,1 2,9 3 0,2 0,6 10,4

80 26 310 66.159.10 235 88,9 3,2 2,6 0,2 0,9 10,3

80 50 385 66.159.20 235 88,9 3,2 6,4 0,4 0,9 11,8

100 28 320 66.160.10 265 114,3 3,6 5,5 0,3 1,5 14,6

100 35 355 66.160.20 265 114,3 3,6 6,6 0,4 1,5 15,1

125 21 325 66.161.10 290 139,7 4 5,7 0,4 3,5 21,4

125 30 365 66.161.20 290 139,7 4 9,6 0,6 3,5 22,6

150 19 320 66.162.10 325 168,3 4,5 12 0,5 5,1 27,9

150 33 405 66.162.20 325 168,3 4,5 20 1,2 5,1 29,7

200 18 350 66.164.10 380 219,1 6,3 25 1,2 12 50,0

200 27 395 66.164.20 380 219,1 6,3 30 1,7 12 50,9

200 36 460 66.164.30 380 219,1 6,3 49 2,4 12 56,6

250 15 340 66.165.10 440 273 6,3 37 1,6 18 49,4

250 23 385 66.165.20 440 273 6,3 45 2,5 18 51,3

250 33 470 66.165.30 440 273 6,3 79 4,1 18 60,1

300 14 420 66.166.10 495 323,9 7,1 52 2,3 25 81,1

300 26 465 66.166.20 495 323,9 7,1 86 4,5 25 82,6

300 28 535 66.166.30 495 323,9 7,1 131 6,4 25 92,9

350 12 390 66.167.10 545 355,6 6,3 62 2,6 30 84,9

350 23 440 66.167.20 545 355,6 6,3 93 4,3 30 91,8

350 29 515 66.167.30 545 355,6 6,3 130 6,6 29 96,6

400 13 400 66.168.10 630 406,4 6,3 106 3,5 39 129

400 22 520 66.168.20 630 406,4 6,3 139 8,5 39 137

400 29 585 66.168.30 630 406,4 6,3 217 12 38 151

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


295

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

450 16 440 66.169.10 685 457 8,8 147 6,3 48 170

450 23 505 66.169.20 685 457 8,8 201 9,9 49 180

B
450 31 635 66.169.30 685 457 8,8 327 17 48 206

500 9 400 66.170.10 740 508 8,8 173 5,2 59 203

500 20 480 66.170.20 740 508 8,8 242 11 c 60 214

500 27 595 66.170.30 740 508 8,8 345 18 60 230

600 19 545 66.172.20 845 610 8 376 19 120 305

600 23 705 66.172.30 845 610 8 624 35 Lo 121 344

700 16 565 66.174.20 980 711 8 524 28 161 442

s
700 24 680 66.174.30 980 711 8 807 43 163 471

800 15 630 66.176.20 1095 813 8 745 43 211 584

D
800 20 700 66.176.30 1095 813 8 959 55 213 611
B

900 13 670 66.178.20 1200 914 8 966 42 427 781

900 19 735 66.178.30 1200 914 8 1280 76 425 786

1000 11 590 66.180.20 1340 1016 8 1190 51 522 1017

1000 17 755 66.180.30 1340 1016 8 1570 93 521 1058

1100 12 750 66.181.20 1455 1120 8 1730 75 635 1294


Lo
1100 15 795 66.181.30 1455 1120 8 1900 94 635 1316

1200 12 785 66.182.20 1525 1220 8 1930 83 713 1429

1200 15 830 66.182.30 1525 1220 8 2150 106 715 1440

1300 11 855 66.183.20 1645 1320 8 2260 97 1042 1824


d1
B

1300 14 880 66.183.30 1645 1320 8 2510 123 1044 1831

1400 9 860 66.184.20 1770 1420 8 2490 95 1207 2283

1400 13 920 66.184.30 1770 1420 8 2910 143 1207 2309

Lo

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
296

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 16

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 34 335 66.207.10 190 60,3 2,9 1,6 0,1 0,4 7,8

50 50 415 66.207.20 190 60,3 2,9 3,5 0,2 0,4 8,8

65 28 335 66.208.10 205 76,1 2,9 2,6 0,2 0,6 9,7

65 50 410 66.208.20 205 76,1 2,9 6,4 0,3 0,6 10,8

80 22 310 66.209.10 235 88,9 3,2 4 0,2 0,9 10,3

80 46 385 66.209.20 235 88,9 3,2 11 0,4 0,9 11,8

100 24 320 66.210.10 265 114,3 3,6 8,5 0,3 1,5 14,6

100 37 365 66.210.20 265 114,3 3,6 15 0,5 1,4 15,9

125 15 315 66.211.10 290 139,7 4 9,4 0,4 3,5 21,7

125 26 355 66.211.20 290 139,7 4 17 0,6 3,6 22,7

125 32 390 66.211.30 290 139,7 4 24 0,7 3,5 24,7

150 16 325 66.212.10 325 168,3 4,5 22 0,6 5,1 28,4

150 23 355 66.212.20 325 168,3 4,5 25 0,8 5,2 28,7

150 35 415 66.212.30 325 168,3 4,5 43 1,2 5 32,3

200 16 335 66.214.10 380 219,1 6,3 46 0,9 12 50,5

200 25 400 66.214.20 380 219,1 6,3 57 1,7 12 53,1

200 33 490 66.214.30 380 219,1 6,3 93 2,8 12 60,6

250 14 375 66.215.10 465 273 6,3 61 1,9 18 83,6

250 21 410 66.215.20 465 273 6,3 87 2,6 18 87,2

250 28 520 66.215.30 465 273 6,3 148 4,6 18 98,1

300 10 385 66.216.10 530 323,9 7,1 98 1,8 25 131

300 20 440 66.216.20 530 323,9 7,1 139 3,3 25 137

300 26 540 66.216.30 530 323,9 7,1 200 6 25 144

350 11 415 66.217.10 565 355,6 8 125 2,8 29 118

350 18 450 66.217.20 565 355,6 8 167 3,9 30 125

350 25 545 66.217.30 565 355,6 8 238 6,9 29 139

400 18 510 66.218.20 620 406,4 8,8 242 7,2 55 174

400 22 535 66.218.30 620 406,4 8,8 298 8,4 55 182

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


297

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

450 16 520 66.219.20 715 457 8,8 304 9 48 236

450 20 545 66.219.30 715 457 8,8 375 11 48 244

B
500 14 540 66.220.20 735 508 8,8 394 13 84 265

500 20 570 66.220.30 735 508 8,8 491 15 85 275

600 12 550 66.222.20 880 610 8 652 16 c 121 423

600 18 685 66.222.30 880 610 8 833 29 121 441

700 11 610 66.224.20 990 711 8 996 22 263 602

700 16 655 66.224.30 990 711 8 1190 35 Lo 263 610

800 11 645 66.226.20 1115 813 8 1370 34 339 795

s
800 16 745 66.226.30 1115 813 8 1710 57 338 814

900 10 690 66.228.20 1250 914 8 1930 44 427 1123

D
900 16 750 66.228.30 1250 914 8 2350 73 429 1146
B

1000 9 790 66.230.20 1370 1016 8 2370 54 654 1515

1000 14 850 66.230.30 1370 1016 8 2890 89 656 1543

Lo
d1
B

Lo

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
298

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 25

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 27 325 66.257.10 190 60,3 4 2,3 0,1 0,4 8,1

50 44 380 66.257.20 190 60,3 4 4,7 0,2 0,4 8,7

65 24 335 66.258.10 205 76,1 4 3,8 0,2 0,5 10,1

65 43 425 66.258.20 205 76,1 4 9,7 0,3 0,5 11,6

80 23 310 66.259.10 235 88,9 4 8,1 0,2 0,9 10,9

80 36 360 66.259.20 235 88,9 4 15 0,3 0,9 12,0

100 21 310 66.260.10 265 114,3 4 16 0,3 1,5 15,1

100 30 365 66.260.20 265 114,3 4 23 0,5 1,4 15,7

125 19 345 66.261.10 290 139,7 4 25 0,5 3,5 23,0

125 28 385 66.261.20 290 139,7 4 42 0,7 3,4 25,5

150 16 335 66.262.10 325 168,3 4,5 43 0,6 5,1 29,5

150 27 410 66.262.20 325 168,3 4,5 64 1,2 5 32,6

200 14 350 66.264.10 380 219,1 6,3 86 0,9 12 52,2

200 22 400 66.264.20 380 219,1 6,3 99 1,6 12 55,2

250 10 370 66.265.10 465 273 7,1 132 1,4 18 87,1

250 17 425 66.265.20 465 273 7,1 154 2,4 18 91,4

250 22 485 66.265.30 465 273 7,1 206 3,6 18 97,1

300 11 430 66.266.10 530 323,9 8 195 2,4 24 138

300 15 480 66.266.20 530 323,9 8 223 3,7 24 142

300 19 505 66.266.30 530 323,9 8 275 4,5 25 148

350 14 490 66.267.20 560 355,6 8 269 4,5 41 160

350 18 515 66.267.30 560 355,6 8 330 5,3 42 167

400 13 495 66.268.20 625 406,4 8,8 405 5,7 54 214

400 19 590 66.268.30 625 406,4 8,8 548 9,7 55 230

450 11 515 66.269.20 705 457 8,8 522 7,2 110 314

450 17 610 66.269.30 705 457 8,8 711 13 112 335

500 12 555 66.270.20 775 508 8,8 794 12 85 379

500 16 640 66.270.30 775 508 8,8 922 18 85 393

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


299

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

600 10 600 66.272.20 890 610 10 1300 18 196 580

600 15 705 66.272.30 890 610 10 1520 28 196 605

B
700 8 645 66.274.20 1045 711 10 1940 24 262 889

700 14 710 66.274.30 1045 711 10 2240 38 266 920


c

Lo

s
D
B

Lo
d1
B

Lo

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
300

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 40

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 26 320 66.307.10 190 60,3 4 4,5 0,1 0,4 8,1

50 32 360 66.307.20 190 60,3 4 7,5 0,1 0,4 8,6

65 25 335 66.308.10 205 76,1 4 7,8 0,2 0,5 10,1

65 35 385 66.308.20 205 76,1 4 15 0,2 0,6 11,0

80 21 345 66.309.10 235 88,9 4 16 0,2 1,5 18,8

80 29 390 66.309.20 235 88,9 4 30 0,3 1,6 20,3

100 17 365 66.310.10 265 114,3 4 26 0,4 2,3 23,5

100 24 415 66.310.20 265 114,3 4 48 0,5 2,5 25,3

125 17 380 66.311.10 320 139,7 4 49 0,5 3,4 41,3

125 21 425 66.311.20 320 139,7 4 70 0,7 3,6 43,3

150 18 405 66.312.10 355 168,3 4,5 90 0,8 6,8 63,2

150 22 470 66.312.20 355 168,3 4,5 131 1,4 7,3 67,2

200 17 450 66.314.10 415 219,1 6,3 185 1,6 16 109

200 19 485 66.314.20 415 219,1 6,3 214 2,3 17 112

250 14 470 66.315.10 510 273 7,1 285 2,5 25 190

250 18 555 66.315.20 510 273 7,1 393 4 26 201

300 13 555 66.316.10 580 323,9 8 460 3,6 35 283

300 16 635 66.316.20 580 323,9 8 561 6 36 294

350 8 495 66.317.10 600 355,6 8 507 3,1 41 233

350 14 595 66.317.20 600 355,6 8 647 6,4 43 251

400 9 520 66.318.10 670 406,4 10 790 5 54 327

400 13 620 66.318.20 670 406,4 10 975 9,4 55 343

450 6 535 66.319.10 745 457 10 976 5,1 109 452

450 13 660 66.319.20 745 457 10 1270 13 110 480

500 6 610 66.320.10 780 508 10 1380 6,8 137 527

500 12 665 66.320.20 780 508 10 1670 15 137 542

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


301

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

B
c

Lo

s
la n
f t b

D
le
B

a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
i
Lo

g e
p a
is
Th
d1
B

Lo

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
302

ANGULAR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS & GIMBAL

AN1SK / ID no. 66
PN 63

Weblink: 13307

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

50 13 305 66.357.10 190 60,3 4 7 0,1 0,4 8,1

50 20 345 66.357.20 190 60,3 4 9,4 0,1 0,4 8,5

65 13 315 66.358.10 205 76,1 4 12 0,1 0,5 10,3

65 18 365 66.358.20 205 76,1 4 16 0,2 0,6 10,6

80 13 335 66.359.10 235 88,9 4 28 0,2 1,4 18,8

80 18 375 66.359.20 235 88,9 4 35 0,3 1,6 19,4

100 8 343 66.360.10 265 114,3 5 39 0,2 2,3 24,3

100 14 390 66.360.20 265 114,3 5 52 0,4 2,4 25,0

125 9 365 66.361.10 320 139,7 6,3 78 0,3 3,4 43,7

125 16 445 66.361.20 320 139,7 6,3 106 0,7 3,6 46,1

150 9 385 66.362.10 355 168,3 6,3 148 0,6 6,5 64,3

150 16 450 66.362.20 355 168,3 6,3 185 1,2 7,2 68,0

200 7 400 66.364.10 415 219,1 8 281 0,8 16 109

200 13 490 66.364.20 415 219,1 8 359 1,9 17 118

250 7 460 66.365.10 510 273 10 514 1,6 25 197

250 12 545 66.365.20 510 273 10 642 3,3 26 207

300 6 525 66.366.10 580 323,9 11 810 2,3 34 294

300 12 655 66.366.20 580 323,9 11 1070 6 36 311

350 7 545 66.367.10 620 355,6 12,5 1010 3,3 65 358

350 12 630 66.367.20 620 355,6 12,5 1240 6,4 69 379

400 6 570 66.368.10 675 406,4 14,2 1630 4,6 86 463

400 10 650 66.368.20 675 406,4 14,2 1910 8,4 90 485

Design code: EN 14917


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333)
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


303

Lo

AN
D
B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH WELDING ENDS ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AN Built-in Max. width Outside Wall Lo


diameter length approx. diameter thickness
2αN Lo B D s Cα Cp Cr
deg. mm mm mm mm Nm/deg. Nm/deg. bar Nm/bar kg

B
c

Lo

s
la n
f t b

D
le
B

a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
i
Lo

g e
p a
is
Th
d1
B

Lo

Please refer to WebLink 13307 or the information about: Primer, connection


B

QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


c
307

UN
UNIVERSAL
EXPANSION JOINTS
309 Universal expansion joints types
310 Standard range design

WITH LOOSE FLANGES


UN2BU / ID no. 51
312 PN 2,5

WITH WELDED FLANGES


UN2FU / ID no. 52
314 PN 2,5

WITH WELDING ENDS


UN2SU / ID no. 53
316 PN 2,5

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


309

UN
UNIVERSAL
EXPANSION JOINT T YPES
DOUBLE BELLOW

Universal Universal Universal


with loose flanges with welded flanges with welding ends

UN2BU / ID no. 51 UN2FU / ID no. 52 UN2SU / ID no. 53


DN 50 - 2200 DN 50 - 2200 DN 50 - 2200
PN 2,5 PN 2,5 PN 2,5

UNIVERSAL MOVEMENT MORE INFORMATION

Please refer to WebLink 13401 to: Easy access via this QR code:
l See how the universal expansion
joints absorb movement
l See accessories (e.g. inner
sleeves)
l See tables
l See installation instruction
l Access online inquiry/order form
l Download BelMaker Light®

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


310

STANDARD RANGE
DESIGN
Bellow Design condition Accessories
Multiply bellow in double certified l Design code: EN 14917 Inner sleeve, cover, counter flange,
material. gaskets, insulation etc. are available
l Designed at 20°C for minimum on request.
Material: EN 1.4541/AISI 321 or 1000 thermal load cycles
EN 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti Certificates
Tolerances: according to l Arranged according nominal Material certificate 3.1 according to
EN ISO 13920 Class C. pressure [PN] EN 10204 and/or ASME.
Connection ends l PN corresponds to the allowable
Flanges operating pressure at room
Loose flanges, welded flanges. temperature [Rpt]
Drilling according to EN 1092.
l Operating temperature from
Material: 1.0460 (C 22.8) or -10°C to +400°C based on the
1.0425 P265 GH (HII) reduction factor (Kpa) from the
Surface treatment: primer coated. table on the next page PLEASE NOTE!
Stainless steel flanges are All expansion joints are designed
l Vibrations
available on request. to be tested at a pressure 1,43 x There are many ways to absorb
Tolerances: according to norms and the design pressure. vibration. To know more about it,
standards that applies. Where a higher test pressure is please contact us.
required a unit with a higher
Welding ends
nominal pressure (PN) should be Misalignment
Material:
selected to achieve this We strongly advise against the use of
≤ DN 500: EN 1.0345/P235 GH (HI)
expansion joints and bellows for
> DN 500: EN 1.0425/P265 GH (HII)
misalignment.
Surface treatment: primer coated. Movements
Movements are considered alternatives. Torsion
Stainless steel welding ends are The total accumulated coefficient of Torsion on bellow parts are not
available on request. utilisation cannot exceed 1. desirable and should be set to zero (0).
Tolerances: according to norms and A 100% AX utilisation allows no lateral If this cannot be avoided, please
standards that applies. movements. contact us.

On request
Please contact us, if you have any
special requirements for
eg. temperature down to -60°C,
a special combination of ends etc.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


311

UN
Pressure reduction factor The reduction factor is applied to Where the applied design pressure
The factor used for reduction of modify the design pressure [PS] where is lower than the nominal pressure
pressure [Kpa], is based on the bellow temperatures exceed 20°C, it com- for the standard unit an increase in
material yield strength at design pensates for the decay in material fatigue life expectancy and / or
temperature [Rp], and the yield mechanical properties at elevated increased movements can be
strength at room temperature [Rpt]. temperatures. The modified pressure achieved.
must always be lower than the nominal
pressure of the standard item.
Please refer to Belmaker Light®
Definiton: Kpa = Rp / Rpt Calculation: PS / Kpa ≤ PN to get an optimised solution.

TEMPERATURE REDUCTION FACTOR


°C Kpa

20 1,00

100 0,83

150 0,78

200 0,74

250 0,71

300 0,67

350 0,64

400 0,62

CUSTOMISED
SOLUTIONS
If the required/specified expansion We are specialised in designing and
joint is not found in this product manufacturing of customised
catalogue, please do not hesitate to solutions. See selected examples
forward your specifications to us. here: WebLink 13601

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


312

UNIVERSAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

UN2BU / ID no. 51
PN 2,5 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13402

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness OFD* Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c d1 Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

50 47 123 350 51.057.10 16 90 69 27,9 196 80 1,2 3,9

65 54 122 360 51.058.10 16 107 87 46,0 215 73 1,5 5,1

80 52 124 385 51.059.10 18 122 114 79,4 249 86 1,8 8,0

100 75 119 395 51.060.10 18 147 145 131 254 67 2,1 9,6

125 76 123 415 51.061.10 20 178 171 188 272 69 2,8 13,0

150 83 120 440 51.062.10 20 202 204 271 284 82 4 15,0

200 77 81 440 51.064.10 22 258 257 437 277 200 21 25,3

250 101 80 440 51.065.10 24 312 309 663 266 76 14 28,5

300 127 81 440 51.066.10 24 365 365 927 255 97 24 38,8

350 120 82 470 51.067.10 26 410 396 1104 288 105 26 51,2

400 142 81 540 51.068.10 28 465 453 1451 312 95 30 59,6

450 149 80 525 51.069.10 30 520 511 1842 312 89 33 72,9

500 164 81 555 51.070.10 30 570 566 2263 326 101 39 79,4

600 150 82 645 51.072.10 32 670 679 3257 395 170 65 109

700 146 79 700 51.074.10 40 775 777 4335 444 184 80 156

800 124 80 785 51.076.10 44 880 886 5654 553 215 78 218

900 126 80 850 51.078.10 48 980 990 7110 596 215 86 261

1000 230 76 740 51.080.10 52 1080 1098 8765 422 118 119 278

1200 161 61 720 51.082.10 60 1280 1264 11794 473 185 205 361

1400 192 60 715 51.084.10 42 1466 1464 15980 474 176 269 320

1600 191 61 785 51.086.10 47 1666 1664 20776 534 195 310 439

1800 189 40 675 51.088.10 52 1866 1864 26199 414 215 718 497

2000 177 40 735 51.090.10 52 2066 2061 32204 473 261 827 565

2200 218 40 715 51.092.10 57 2266 2260 38865 439 236 1040 710

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c 313
Lo Lo
l* l*

UN
Do

d1
Do

B
c
Lo

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lb
Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness OFD* Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA
diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c d1 Do A l* Cδ Cλ

d1
Do
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

Do

Dt
c

B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*
Do

Do k
c

la n c

t b

B
le f
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13402 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


314

UNIVERSAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDED FLANGES

UN2FU / ID no. 52
PN 2,5 - with flange drilling according to EN1092-1

Weblink: 13403

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

50 47 124 340 52.057.10 16 69 27,9 194 80 1,2 3,9

65 54 123 350 52.058.10 16 87 46,0 214 73 1,5 4,9

80 52 125 365 52.059.10 18 114 79,4 250 86 1,8 8,0

100 75 123 370 52.060.10 18 145 131 252 67 2,1 9,4

125 76 123 395 52.061.10 20 171 188 273 69 2,8 12,6

150 83 119 420 52.062.10 20 204 271 285 82 4 14,6

200 77 81 415 52.064.10 22 257 437 276 200 21 25,3

250 101 79 415 52.065.10 24 309 663 264 76 14 27,5

300 127 81 420 52.066.10 24 365 927 256 97 24 38,8

350 120 82 450 52.067.10 26 396 1104 289 105 26 51,2

400 142 80 520 52.068.10 28 453 1451 312 95 30 59,6

450 149 81 500 52.069.10 30 511 1842 310 89 33 70,7

500 164 81 535 52.070.10 30 566 2263 328 101 39 79,4

600 150 82 620 52.072.10 32 679 3257 393 170 66 109

700 146 79 680 52.074.10 40 777 4335 445 184 80 156

800 124 80 765 52.076.10 44 886 5654 554 215 78 218

900 126 80 825 52.078.10 48 990 7110 594 215 87 251

1000 230 78 720 52.080.10 52 1098 8765 423 118 116 265

1200 161 60 745 52.082.10 60 1264 11794 472 185 208 361

1400 192 60 740 52.084.10 42 1464 15980 473 176 270 320

1600 190 61 810 52.086.10 47 1664 20776 533 195 311 438

1800 189 40 700 52.088.10 52 1864 26199 413 215 719 494

2000 177 40 760 52.090.10 52 2061 32204 473 261 828 565

2200 218 40 740 52.092.10 57 2260 38865 438 236 1050 707

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c

B
Lo Lt 315
Lo
l*

Do

UN
Do
c

B
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13403 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


316

UNIVERSAL EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

UN2SU / ID no. 53
PN 2,5

Weblink: 13404

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCE RATE WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo D s Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

50 47 122 410 53.057.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 195 80 1,2 1,3

65 54 123 420 53.058.10 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 215 73 1,5 1,7

80 52 123 415 53.059.10 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 248 86 1,8 2,9

100 75 123 420 53.060.10 114,3 3,6 145 131 255 67 2,1 4,2

125 76 124 440 53.061.10 139,7 4 171 188 275 69 2,8 6,0

150 83 121 470 53.062.10 168,3 4,5 204 271 294 82 3,8 7,4

200 151 84 430 53.064.10 219,1 6,3 262 446 205 103 19 12,3

250 101 81 455 53.065.10 273 6,3 309 663 268 76 13 15,6

300 127 80 445 53.066.10 323,9 7,1 365 927 253 97 25 21,6

350 120 80 495 53.067.10 355,6 6,3 396 1104 283 105 27 22,8

400 142 80 560 53.068.10 406,4 6,3 453 1451 310 95 30 28,6

450 149 81 540 53.069.10 457 6,3 511 1842 310 89 33 33,6

500 164 82 570 53.070.10 508 6,3 566 2263 330 101 39 38,3

600 150 81 630 53.072.10 610 6 679 3257 390 170 67 48,1

700 146 81 710 53.074.10 711 6 777 4335 450 184 78 70,8

800 124 79 780 53.076.10 813 6 886 5654 550 215 80 96,6

900 126 81 830 53.078.10 914 6 990 7110 600 215 85 105

1000 230 80 710 53.080.10 1016 6 1098 8765 420 118 115 106

1100 169 61 720 53.081.10 1120 6 1198 10540 440 170 191 114

1200 161 60 785 53.082.10 1220 6 1264 11794 472 185 208 124

1300 193 60 785 53.083.10 1320 6 1364 13818 442 166 247 123

1400 192 60 815 53.084.10 1420 6 1464 15980 472 176 270 138

1500 191 60 845 53.085.10 1520 6 1564 18299 502 185 293 155

1600 190 61 875 53.086.10 1620 6 1664 20776 532 195 312 172

1700 189 40 735 53.087.10 1720 6 1764 23409 392 205 671 147

1800 189 40 755 53.088.10 1820 6 1864 26199 412 215 721 161

1900 185 40 785 53.089.10 1920 6 1963 29132 442 233 767 179

2000 177 40 815 53.090.10 2020 6 2061 32204 473 261 829 197

2100 223 39 755 53.091.10 2120 6 2161 35466 407 219 1020 198

2200 218 40 785 53.092.10 2220 6 2260 38865 437 236 1050 217

Design code: EN 14917 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
317
Lo
Lo Lo l*
l*

UN
Do

Do
D

D
d1
Do

c
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH Lo ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCE RATE WEIGHT
Lo Lo
l* l*
Nominal AX LA Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA

s
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo D s Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg
Do

d1
Do

d1
B
c
Lo
c

Lb
Lo
d1
Do

Do

Dt

n k
la
c

d1
B

b
Lo Lt

Lo
l*
le f t
a l l y c

o n
Do

nt i Lo
Do

n te
i si
c

g e c

p a
B

is
Th c

Please refer to WebLink 13404 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


321

US
EXHAUST
EXPANSION JOINTS
324 Exhaust expansion joint types
326 Standard range design

WITH LOOSE FLANGES


US1BU / ID no. 11
328 PN 1

WITH WELDING ENDS


US1SU / ID no. 13
332 PN 1

WITH LOOSE FLANGES


US2BU / ID no. 21
336 PN 1

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


322

EXHAUST
EXPANSION JOINTS

WITH WELDING ENDS


US2SU / ID no. 23
338 PN 1

WITH LOOSE FLANGES


US3BU / ID no. 31
340 PN 1

WITH WELDING ENDS


US3SU / ID no. 33
342 PN 1

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


324

EXHAUST
EXPANSION JOINT T YPES
SINGLE BELLOW DOUBLE BELLOW

Exhaust Exhaust Exhaust


with loose flanges with welding ends with loose flanges

US1BU / ID no. 11 US1SU / ID no. 13 US2BU / ID no. 21


DN 50 - 2200 DN 50 - 2200 DN 50 - 2200
PN 1 PN 1 PN 1

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


325

US
EXHAUST
EXPANSION JOINT T YPES

Exhaust Exhaust Exhaust


with welding ends with loose flanges with welding ends

US2SU / ID no. 23 US3BU / ID no. 31 US3SU / ID no. 33

DN 50 - 2200 DN 50 - 2200 DN 50 - 2200

PN 1 PN 1 PN 1

MORE INFORMATION

Please refer to WebLink 13501 to: Easy access via this QR code:
l See how the exhaust expansion
joints absorb movement
l See accessories (e.g. inner
sleeves)
l See tables
l See installation instruction
l Access online inquiry/order form
l Download BelMaker Light®

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


326

STANDARD RANGE
DESIGN
Bellow Design condition PLEASE NOTE!
Multiply bellow in double certified l Design code: EJMA 9
material. Vibrations
l Designed at 550°C for minimum There are many ways to absorb
Material: EN 1.4541/AISI 321 or 1000 thermal load cycles vibration. To know more about it,
EN 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti please contact us.
Tolerances: according to
Movements Misalignment
EN ISO 13920 Class C.
Movements are considered alternatives. We strongly advise against the use of
Connection ends The total accumulated coefficient of expansion joints and bellows for
Flanges utilisation cannot exceed 1. misalignment.
Loose flanges. A 100% AX utilisation allows no lateral
Drilling according to DIN 86044. movements. Torsion
Torsion on bellow parts are not
Material: 1.0038 (S235JRG2). desirable and should be set to zero (0).
Accessories
Surface treatment: on request. Inner sleeve, cover, counter flange, If this cannot be avoided, please
Stainless steel flanges are gaskets, insulation etc. are available contact us.
available on request. on request.
Tolerances: according to norms and Certificates
standards that applies. Available on request.
Welding ends
Material:
≤ DN 500: EN 1.0345/P235 GH (HI)
> DN 500: EN 1.0425/P265 GH (HII)
Surface treatment: on request.
Stainless steel welding ends are
available on request.
Tolerances: according to norms and
standards that applies.

On request
Please contact us, if you have any
special requirements for
eg. temperature down to -60°C,
a special combination of ends etc.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


327

US

CUSTOMISED
SOLUTIONS
If the required/specified expansion We are specialised in designing and
joint is not found in this product manufacturing of customised
catalogue, please do not hesitate to solutions. See selected examples
forward your specifications to us. here: WebLink 13601

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


328

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

US1BU / ID no. 11
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13502

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 30 18 50 140 11.007.10 20 80 69 27,9 73 36 0,6 5,8

50 49 50 50 210 11.007.20 20 80 69 27,9 45 8,1 0,4 5,9

65 34 15 50 130 11.008.10 20 98 87 46,0 64 65 0,9 6,7

65 55 39 50 190 11.008.20 20 98 87 46,0 40 16 0,6 6,9

65 73 68 50 235 11.008.30 20 98 87 46,0 31 7 0,4 7,0

80 34 8 38 135 11.009.10 20 113 114 79,4 64 233 1,4 7,6

80 56 22 50 180 11.009.20 20 113 114 79,4 38 51 0,9 7,9

80 85 51 50 235 11.009.30 20 113 114 79,4 26 15 0,6 8,0

100 49 9 43 145 11.010.10 22 141 145 131 40 274 1,5 9,5

100 70 19 50 180 11.010.20 22 141 144 130 29 87 1,1 9,6

100 119 59 50 255 11.010.30 22 141 144 129 27 26 1 10,7

125 49 7 36 145 11.011.10 22 170 171 188 46 459 2,4 11,7

125 84 23 50 195 11.011.20 22 170 171 187 42 135 2,2 12,7

125 125 65 50 290 11.011.30 22 170 172 186 47 39 2,4 14,4

150 54 7 33 165 11.012.10 24 201 204 271 51 598 3,8 15,3

150 109 31 50 240 11.012.20 24 201 204 271 26 75 1,9 15,9

150 158 94 50 390 11.012.30 24 201 203 266 48 29 3,5 19,3

200 76 10 36 155 11.014.10 16 252 257 442 40 578 4,9 11,4

200 130 32 50 225 11.014.20 16 252 256 440 24 97 2,9 12,4

200 149 48 50 275 11.014.30 16 252 259 444 32 74 4 13,8

250 67 7 26 155 11.015.10 16 306 309 663 59 1210 11 13,6

250 144 38 50 275 11.015.20 16 306 314 673 39 134 7,3 16,6

250 194 73 50 370 11.015.30 16 305 313 667 47 76 8,6 22,1

300 77 7 25 170 11.016.10 16 357 365 927 70 1980 18 19,6

300 118 18 39 220 11.016.20 16 357 370 943 21 217 5,3 19,6

300 207 70 50 385 11.016.30 16 356 365 923 48 98 13 28,1

350 54 3 16 135 11.017.10 16 391 404 1132 39 1900 13 23,1

350 118 16 35 210 11.017.20 16 391 402 1126 22 281 6,9 24,8

350 219 64 50 365 11.017.30 16 390 400 1113 45 129 14 34,0

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
329
Lo

Lb

US
d1
Do

Do

Dt
c
Lo Lt
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN l*
diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
400 90 8 23 185 11.018.10 16 442 461 1478 59 1710 25 27,8

400 151 23 39 260 11.018.20 16 442 461 1478 36 371 15 29,8


c
400 226 56 50 365 11.018.30 16 441 457 1459 44 184 18 38,0

450 91 7 21 185 11.019.10 16 493 511 1842 69 2510 36 32,0

450 152 21 35 260 11.019.20 16 493 511 1842 42 543 22 34,3

450 223 49 50 365 11.019.30 16 492 510 1832 44 227 23 43,5

500 108 8 23 210 11.020.10 16 544 566 2263 72 2960 46 34,7

500 184 27 39 305 11.020.20 16 544 564 2254 45 540 28 37,2

500 270 59 50 415 11.020.30 16 543 564 2248 47 253 29 47,3

600 101 6 17 250 11.022.10 20 643 679 3257 129 7410 116 54,2

600 177 21 31 340 11.022.20 20 643 679 3257 74 1390 67 58,0

600 279 52 49 460 11.022.30 20 643 679 3257 47 358 43 63,8

700 98 5 15 230 11.024.10 20 745 777 4335 150 11300 180 62,3

700 176 18 27 320 11.024.20 20 745 778 4341 82 2060 99 66,7

700 283 45 43 460 11.024.30 20 745 781 4358 47 478 56 73,4

800 80 3 10 200 11.026.10 20 847 886 5654 169 31200 265 71,0

800 156 12 21 290 11.026.20 20 847 886 5654 85 3830 133 76,0

800 282 40 38 440 11.026.30 20 847 884 5640 50 663 78 83,7

900 79 2 9 220 11.028.10 20 949 990 7110 173 39900 342 76,3

900 144 9 17 305 11.028.20 20 949 990 7110 87 4710 171 81,9

900 247 28 29 425 11.028.30 20 949 990 7110 52 1040 103 93,4

1000 71 2 7 215 11.030.10 20 1051 1096 8749 165 43700 399 84,1

1000 120 6 13 275 11.030.20 20 1051 1098 8765 92 8890 224 93,5

1000 246 25 26 425 11.030.30 20 1051 1093 8724 55 1340 133 104

1100 95 3 9 225 11.031.10 20 1155 1198 10540 144 26000 421 96,0

1100 170 11 16 315 11.031.20 20 1155 1194 10503 95 5650 278 103

1100 274 28 27 435 11.031.30 20 1155 1197 10531 55 1330 159 114

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13502 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


330

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

US1BU / ID no. 11
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13502

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

1200 101 3 9 195 11.032.10 20 1255 1264 11794 163 34100 533 104

1200 178 11 16 285 11.032.20 20 1255 1264 11813 101 6890 329 112

1200 286 30 26 435 11.032.30 20 1255 1259 11765 71 1590 232 124

1300 75 1 6 165 11.033.10 20 1355 1366 13818 218 94300 835 108

1300 127 5 10 225 11.033.20 20 1355 1364 13818 151 23800 580 112

1300 227 16 19 345 11.033.30 20 1355 1364 13797 78 3770 299 125

1400 75 1 6 165 11.034.10 20 1455 1466 15980 234 117000 1040 116

1400 127 4 10 225 11.034.20 20 1455 1464 15980 162 29600 719 121

1400 227 15 18 345 11.034.30 20 1455 1464 15958 84 4680 371 134

1500 75 1 5 165 11.035.10 20 1555 1565 18287 259 148200 1320 124

1500 127 4 9 225 11.035.20 20 1555 1564 18299 173 36100 879 129

1500 227 14 17 345 11.035.30 20 1555 1564 18275 90 5720 453 143

1600 75 1 5 165 11.036.10 20 1655 1664 20750 285 185300 1650 132

1600 127 4 8 225 11.036.20 20 1655 1664 20776 184 43600 1070 137

1600 227 13 16 345 11.036.30 20 1655 1664 20750 95 6900 547 152

1700 76 1 5 165 11.037.10 20 1755 1763 23368 313 231100 2030 140

1700 127 4 8 225 11.037.20 20 1755 1764 23409 195 52100 1270 145

1700 228 13 15 345 11.037.30 20 1755 1763 23368 105 8560 677 161

1800 76 1 4 165 11.038.10 20 1855 1864 26142 343 283300 2490 145

1800 127 3 7 225 11.038.20 20 1855 1864 26199 206 61500 1500 153

1800 229 12 14 345 11.038.30 20 1855 1864 26142 115 10600 830 170

1900 74 1 4 165 11.039.10 20 1955 1962 29117 390 352600 3150 152

1900 126 3 7 225 11.039.20 20 1955 1963 29132 225 74400 1820 161

1900 228 11 13 345 11.039.30 20 1955 1963 29132 125 12800 1020 179

2000 72 1 4 165 11.040.10 20 2055 2061 32204 425 418800 3800 163

2000 121 3 6 225 11.040.20 20 2055 2061 32204 255 90900 2280 170

2000 144 0 0 344 11.040.30 20 2055 2061 32204 142 13100 1270 189

2100 80 1 4 170 11.041.10 20 2155 2160 35449 359 402800 3540 172

2100 131 3 7 230 11.041.20 20 2155 2161 35466 208 82800 2040 184

2100 231 10 12 350 11.041.30 20 2155 2162 35483 111 13500 1100 208

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
331
Lo

Lb

US
d1
Do

Do

Dt
c
Lo Lt
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Thickness OFD * Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN l*
diameter length diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo c d1 Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

Do
2200 80 1 4 170 11.042.10 20 2255 2260 38865 375 461300 4050 180

2200 131 3 6 230 11.042.20 20 2255 2260 38865 225 98500 2430 192
c
2200 229 10 11 350 11.042.30 20 2255 2260 38865 125 16600 1350 217

Please refer to WebLink 13502 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


332

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

US1SU / ID no. 13
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13503

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

50 30 18 50 215 13.007.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 73 36 0,6 0,7

50 49 50 50 280 13.007.20 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 45 8,1 0,4 0,8

65 34 15 50 205 13.008.10 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 64 65 0,9 0,8

65 56 42 50 270 13.008.20 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 63 23 0,9 1,3

80 34 8 38 165 13.009.10 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 64 233 1,4 1,2

80 56 22 50 210 13.009.20 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 38 51 0,9 1,4

80 85 51 50 270 13.009.30 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 26 15 0,6 1,5

100 49 9 43 165 13.010.10 114,3 3,6 145 131 40 274 1,5 1,7

100 70 19 50 200 13.010.20 114,3 3,6 144 130 29 87 1,1 1,7

100 119 59 50 275 13.010.30 114,3 3,6 144 129 27 26 1 2,6

125 49 7 36 165 13.011.10 139,7 4 171 188 46 459 2,4 2,2

125 84 23 50 215 13.011.20 139,7 4 171 187 42 135 2,2 3,2

125 125 65 50 315 13.011.30 139,7 4 172 186 47 39 2,4 4,9

150 54 7 33 175 13.012.10 168,3 4,5 204 271 51 598 3,8 2,6

150 109 31 50 250 13.012.20 168,3 4,5 204 271 26 75 1,9 3,4

150 158 94 50 405 13.012.30 168,3 4,5 203 266 48 29 3,5 6,8

200 76 10 36 190 13.014.10 219,1 6,3 257 442 40 578 4,9 4,5

200 120 32 50 275 13.014.20 219,1 6,3 259 441 62 206 7,6 7,3

200 149 48 50 310 13.014.30 219,1 6,3 259 444 32 74 4 7,1

250 67 7 26 190 13.015.10 273 6,3 309 663 59 1210 11 6,1

250 144 38 50 310 13.015.20 273 6,3 314 673 39 134 7,3 8,8

250 194 73 50 400 13.015.30 273 6,3 313 667 47 76 8,6 14,3

300 69 6 23 190 13.016.10 323,9 7,1 365 927 70 1860 18 9,1

300 121 18 40 245 13.016.20 323,9 7,1 370 943 21 220 5,3 8,5

300 207 70 50 415 13.016.30 323,9 7,1 365 923 48 98 13 17,6

350 54 3 16 190 13.017.10 355,6 6,3 404 1132 39 1900 13 8,5

350 121 17 36 265 13.017.20 355,6 6,3 402 1126 22 285 6,9 9,8

350 219 64 50 415 13.017.30 355,6 6,3 400 1113 45 129 14 19,7

Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
333

Lo Lo
l*

US
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

D
400 90 8 23 230 13.018.10 406,4 6,3 461 1478 59 1710 25 12,5

d1
Do

B
400 151 23 39 305 13.018.20 406,4 6,3 461 1478 36 371 15 14,5

400 229 56 50 410 13.018.30 406,4 6,3 457 1459 44 185 18 22,7

450 88 7 20 230 13.019.10 457 6,3 511 1842 69 2470 c 36 14,0


Lo
450 152 21 35 305 13.019.20 457 6,3 511 1842 42 543 22 16,3

450 229 50 50 410 13.019.30 457 6,3 510 1832 44 Lb 230 23 22,1

500 99 8 21 240 13.020.10 508 6,3 566 2263 72 2800 46 15,7

d1
Do

500 188 28 40 340 13.020.20 508 6,3 564 2254 45 547 28 18,2

Do

Dt
500 266 59 50 445 13.020.30 508 6,3 564 2248 47 250 29 28,3

600 101 6 17 240 13.022.10 610 4 679 3257 129 7410 116 13,8
c
600 177 21 31 330 13.022.20 610 4 679 3257 74 1390 67 20,4

B
Lo Lt
600 279 52 49 450 13.022.30 610 4 679 3257 47 358 43 22,4
Lo
700 98 5 15 260 13.024.10 711 4 777 4335 150 l* 11300 180 20,7

700 176 18 27 350 13.024.20 711 4 778 4341 82 2060 99 25,1


Do

700 280 45 43 470 13.024.30 711 4 781 4358 47 475 56 31,8

800 76 2 10 230 13.026.10 813 4 886 5654 169 30200 265 23,7
Do

800 153 11 20 320 13.026.20 813 4 886 5654 85 3780 133 23,7

800 279 39 37 470 13.026.30 813 4 884 c 5640 50 659 78 36,4

900 75 2 9 230 13.028.10 914 4 990 7110 173 38600 c 342 21,0

B
900 151 10 18 320 13.028.20 914 4 990 7110 87 4840 171 32,3

900 253 29 30 440 13.028.30 914 4 990 7110 52 1050 103 35,3

1000 75 2 8 230 13.030.10 1016 4 1096 8749 165 45100 399 29,6

1000 127 6 13 290 13.030.20 1016 4 1098 8765 92 9190 224 35,9

1000 252 26 27 440 13.030.30 1016 4 1093 8724 55 1360 133 39,2

1100 100 3 9 280 13.031.10 1120 4 1198 10540 144 26800 421 34,8

1100 178 11 17 370 13.031.20 1120 4 1194 10503 95 5810 278 41,7

1100 270 28 26 485 13.031.30 1120 4 1197 10531 55 1320 159 52,4

To be continued...

Please refer to WebLink 13503 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


334

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

US1SU / ID no. 13
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13503

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- AX LA AN


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

1200 106 3 9 315 13.032.10 1220 4 1264 11794 163 35200 533 38,0

1200 170 10 15 400 13.032.20 1220 4 1264 11813 101 6700 329 45,5

1200 286 30 26 555 13.032.30 1220 4 1259 11765 71 1590 232 57,1

1300 79 1 6 285 13.033.10 1320 4 1366 13818 218 97500 835 37,1

1300 130 5 11 345 13.033.20 1320 4 1364 13818 151 24200 580 41,1

1300 222 16 19 460 13.033.30 1320 4 1364 13797 78 3720 299 53,6

1400 79 1 6 285 13.034.10 1420 4 1466 15980 234 120900 1040 39,8

1400 130 5 10 345 13.034.20 1420 4 1464 15980 162 30000 719 44,2

1400 222 15 17 460 13.034.30 1420 4 1464 15958 84 4610 371 57,6

1500 79 1 5 285 13.035.10 1520 4 1565 18287 259 153200 1320 42,6

1500 130 4 9 345 13.035.20 1520 4 1564 18299 173 36700 879 47,3

1500 224 14 16 460 13.035.30 1520 4 1564 18275 90 5670 453 61,6

1600 79 1 5 285 13.036.10 1620 4 1664 20750 285 191500 1650 45,5

1600 130 4 9 345 13.036.20 1620 4 1664 20776 184 44300 1070 50,4

1600 222 13 15 460 13.036.30 1620 4 1664 20750 95 6810 547 65,7

1700 79 1 5 285 13.037.10 1720 4 1763 23368 313 236900 2030 48,3

1700 130 4 8 345 13.037.20 1720 4 1764 23409 195 52800 1270 53,6

1700 223 12 14 460 13.037.30 1720 4 1763 23368 105 8450 677 69,8

1800 78 1 4 285 13.038.10 1820 4 1864 26142 343 288000 2490 48,3

1800 130 3 8 345 13.038.20 1820 4 1864 26199 206 62500 1500 56,7

1800 224 12 14 460 13.038.30 1820 4 1864 26142 115 10400 830 73,9

1900 74 1 4 285 13.039.10 1920 4 1962 29117 390 352600 3150 50,8

1900 126 3 7 345 13.039.20 1920 4 1963 29132 225 74400 1820 59,8

1900 228 11 13 465 13.039.30 1920 4 1963 29132 125 12800 1020 77,9

2000 72 1 4 285 13.040.10 2020 4 2061 32204 425 418800 3800 56,7

2000 121 3 6 345 13.040.20 2020 4 2061 32204 255 90900 2280 62,9

2000 217 10 12 465 13.040.30 2020 4 2061 32204 142 15600 1270 82,0

2100 77 1 4 285 13.041.10 2120 4 2160 35449 359 393000 3540 60,7

2100 125 3 6 345 13.041.20 2120 4 2161 35466 208 80400 2040 72,6

2100 225 10 12 465 13.041.30 2120 4 2162 35483 111 13300 1100 96,5

Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
335

Lo Lo
l*

US
Do

Do
D
d1
Do
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS c
BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
Nominal AX LA AN Built-in Outside Wall l*Outside Eff. cross- AX l* LA AN
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section

s
2δN 2λN 2αN Lo D s Do A Cδ Cλ Cα
mm mm deg. mm mm mm mm cm2 N/mm N/mm Nm/deg. kg

Do

D
2200 77 1 3 285 13.042.10 2220 4 2260 38865 375 450100 4050 63,6

d1
Do

B
2200 126 3 6 345 13.042.20 2220 4 2260 38865 225 96200 2430 76,0

2200 234 10 12 470 13.042.30 2220 4 2260 38865 125 16900 1350 102

c
Lo

Lb

d1
Do

Do

Dt
c

B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*
Do

Do

Please refer to WebLink 13503 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


336

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

US2BU / ID no. 21
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13504

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness OFD* Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c d1 Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

50 60 146 335 21.007.10 20 80 69 27,9 194 37 1,5 6,4

65 69 125 315 21.008.10 20 98 87 46,0 184 32 2,4 7,5

80 64 124 360 21.009.10 20 113 114 79,4 239 32 2,9 9,3

100 92 126 355 21.010.10 22 141 145 131 225 20 3,5 11,4

125 94 124 385 21.011.10 22 170 171 188 255 23 4,5 14,7

150 101 121 420 21.012.10 24 201 204 271 276 26 6,2 19,4

200 135 80 325 21.014.10 16 252 257 442 186 20 17 15,2

250 122 81 385 21.015.10 16 306 309 663 246 30 21 21,7

300 153 83 395 21.016.10 16 357 365 927 245 35 37 30,4

350 126 64 365 21.017.10 16 391 404 1132 241 20 25 33,3

400 187 80 410 21.018.10 16 442 461 1478 243 30 47 39,7

450 184 80 440 21.019.10 16 493 511 1842 274 35 55 47,4

500 199 82 475 21.020.10 16 544 566 2263 291 36 65 49,4

600 180 81 580 21.022.10 20 643 679 3257 374 65 109 76,2

700 177 80 610 21.024.10 20 745 777 4335 414 75 130 86,9

800 300 82 570 21.026.10 20 847 886 5654 314 43 149 102

900 306 80 610 21.028.10 20 949 990 7110 344 44 172 116

1000 255 72 630 21.030.10 20 1051 1098 8765 394 46 181 136

1100 204 59 610 21.031.10 20 1155 1198 10540 414 72 303 142

1200 204 56 610 21.032.10 20 1255 1264 11794 414 82 328 154

1300 255 59 620 21.033.10 20 1355 1364 13818 394 76 379 160

1400 255 58 640 21.034.10 20 1455 1464 15980 414 81 429 175

1500 256 59 670 21.035.10 20 1555 1564 18299 444 87 461 191

1600 257 60 700 21.036.10 20 1655 1664 20776 474 92 492 208

1700 254 40 580 21.037.10 20 1755 1764 23409 354 98 1010 200

1800 253 40 600 21.038.10 20 1855 1864 26199 374 103 1080 215

1900 251 40 620 21.039.10 20 1955 1963 29132 394 113 1190 230

2000 236 40 660 21.040.10 20 2055 2061 32204 434 128 1250 250

2100 264 35 600 21.041.10 20 2155 2161 35466 368 104 1520 261

2200 267 36 620 21.042.10 20 2255 2260 38865 388 113 1650 277

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c 337
Lo Lo
l* l*

US
Do

d1
Do

B
c
Lo

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT


Lb
Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness OFD* Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA
diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c d1 Do A l* Cδ Cλ

d1
Do
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

Do

Dt
c

B
Lo Lt

Lo
l*
Do

Do k
c

la n c

t b

B
le f
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13504 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


338

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

US2SU / ID no. 23
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13505

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo D s Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

50 60 146 410 23.007.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 195 37 1,5 1,3

65 69 125 390 23.008.10 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 185 32 2,4 1,5

80 64 124 395 23.009.10 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 228 32 2,9 2,8

100 92 126 375 23.010.10 114,3 3,6 145 131 208 20 3,5 3,8

125 94 124 405 23.011.10 139,7 4 171 188 238 23 4,5 5,4

150 101 121 430 23.012.10 168,3 4,5 204 271 255 26 6,2 6,7

200 135 80 360 23.014.10 219,1 6,3 257 442 170 20 17 8,3

250 122 81 415 23.015.10 273 6,3 309 663 228 30 21 13,9

300 149 81 415 23.016.10 323,9 7,1 365 927 223 35 37 20,0

350 120 61 415 23.017.10 355,6 6,3 404 1132 222 20 25 18,7

400 185 79 455 23.018.10 406,4 6,3 461 1478 223 30 47 24,3

450 184 80 485 23.019.10 457 6,3 511 1842 253 35 55 29,4

500 199 82 505 23.020.10 508 6,3 566 2263 262 36 65 32,9

600 180 81 570 23.022.10 610 4 679 3257 330 65 109 32,9

700 177 80 640 23.024.10 711 4 777 4335 380 75 130 49,7

800 300 82 605 23.026.10 813 4 886 5654 283 43 149 44,2

900 310 81 625 23.028.10 914 4 990 7110 302 44 172 62,7

1000 252 71 640 23.030.10 1016 4 1098 8765 350 46 181 77,7

1100 211 61 665 23.031.10 1120 4 1198 10540 383 72 303 80,6

1200 212 58 730 23.032.10 1220 4 1264 11794 415 82 328 88,0

1300 259 60 740 23.033.10 1320 4 1364 13818 395 76 379 88,6

1400 259 59 760 23.034.10 1420 4 1464 15980 415 81 429 98,3

1500 260 60 790 23.035.10 1520 4 1564 18299 445 87 461 110

1600 257 60 820 23.036.10 1620 4 1664 20776 475 92 492 122

1700 254 40 700 23.037.10 1720 4 1764 23409 355 98 1010 109

1800 259 41 720 23.038.10 1820 4 1864 26199 375 103 1080 119

1900 251 40 740 23.039.10 1920 4 1963 29132 395 113 1190 130

2000 236 40 775 23.040.10 2020 4 2061 32204 433 128 1250 144

2100 256 34 715 23.041.10 2120 4 2161 35466 367 104 1520 150

2200 260 35 735 23.042.10 2220 4 2260 38865 387 113 1650 161

Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
339
Lo
Lo Lo l*
l*

US
Do

Do
D

D
d1
Do

c
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH Lo ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
Lo Lo
l* l*
Nominal AX LA Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA

s
diameter length diameter thickness diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo D s Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg
Do

d1
Do

d1
B
c
Lo
c

Lb
Lo
d1
Do

Do

Dt

n k
la
c

d1
B

b
Lo Lt

Lo
l*
le f t
a l l y c

o n
Do

nt i Lo
Do

n te
i si
c

g e c

p a
B

is
Th c

Please refer to WebLink 13505 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


340

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LOOSE FLANGES

US3BU / ID no. 31
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13506

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness OFD* Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c d1 Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

50 38 64 235 31.007.10 20 80 69 27,9 132 57 4,9 5,9

65 41 63 245 31.008.10 20 98 87 46,0 150 53 6,2 6,9

80 61 69 270 31.009.10 20 113 114 79,4 137 32 7,2 8,0

100 72 55 240 31.010.10 22 141 145 131 116 24 13 9,9

125 69 46 245 31.011.10 22 170 170 187 120 31 21 12,1

150 97 68 310 31.012.10 24 201 204 271 154 26 16 16,2

200 90 47 285 31.014.10 16 252 258 444 144 49 53 13,2

250 85 36 285 31.015.10 16 306 312 669 144 59 97 15,9

300 83 30 285 31.016.10 16 357 363 923 144 68 155 20,8

350 86 34 295 31.017.10 16 391 401 1121 169 62 136 26,1

400 116 46 345 31.018.10 16 442 458 1464 195 50 106 29,8

450 113 40 345 31.019.10 16 493 509 1830 195 55 147 34,3

500 94 31 355 31.020.10 16 544 560 2238 194 82 278 35,9

550 90 27 360 31.021.10 20 595 609 2676 192 98 396 49,6

600 114 34 410 31.022.10 20 643 672 3211 211 102 404 57,9

700 139 45 465 31.024.10 20 745 781 4358 266 85 300 69,0

800 137 39 465 31.026.10 20 847 883 5634 266 95 433 78,7

900 134 34 465 31.028.10 20 949 985 7072 266 105 600 87,7

1000 131 30 465 31.030.10 20 1051 1087 8674 266 115 805 96,8

1100 129 27 465 31.031.10 20 1155 1191 10476 266 125 1060 107

1200 148 31 480 31.032.10 20 1255 1263 11784 315 113 780 116

1300 150 29 480 31.033.10 20 1355 1363 13787 315 122 982 125

1400 150 27 480 31.034.10 20 1455 1463 15947 315 130 1220 134

1500 148 25 480 31.035.10 20 1555 1563 18264 315 139 1500 143

1600 152 24 480 31.036.10 20 1655 1663 20737 315 148 1800 152

1700 148 22 480 31.037.10 20 1755 1763 23368 315 157 2150 161

1800 149 21 480 31.038.10 20 1855 1863 26156 315 166 2540 170

1900 150 20 480 31.039.10 20 1955 1963 29101 315 174 2980 179

2000 150 19 480 31.040.10 20 2055 2063 32204 315 183 3460 189

* OFD= Outside face diameter Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be
Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
341
Lo Lo
l*

Do

US
d1
Do
c
Lo Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. FLANGE BELLOW l* ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT
l*

s
Nominal AX LA Built-in Thickness OFD* Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA
diameter length diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo c d1 Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

Do

Do
2100 149 18 480 31.041.10 20 2155 2163 35463 315 192 4000 198

2200 147 17 480 31.042.10 20 2255 2263 38879 315 201 4580 206

Lo

Lb

d1
Do

Do
c
Lo

Lo
l*
Do

Do
c

Please refer to WebLink 13506 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


342

EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINTS WITH WELDING ENDS

US3SU / ID no. 33
PN 1 - with flange drilling according to DIN 86044

Weblink: 13507

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section distance
2δN 2λN Lo D s Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

50 38 63 310 33.007.10 60,3 2,9 69 27,9 133 57 5,3 0,8

65 41 62 315 33.008.10 76,1 2,9 87 46,0 149 53 6,7 1,1

80 68 76 305 33.009.10 88,9 3,2 114 79,4 138 32 8,2 1,5

100 82 62 270 33.010.10 114,3 3,6 145 131 115 24 15 2,1

125 78 51 275 33.011.10 139,7 4 170 187 120 31 25 2,6

150 109 76 330 33.012.10 168,3 4,5 204 271 155 26 19 3,7

200 102 52 320 33.014.10 219,1 6,3 258 444 145 49 64 6,5

250 98 41 320 33.015.10 273 6,3 312 669 145 59 115 8,1

300 95 34 320 33.016.10 323,9 7,1 363 923 145 68 184 10,3

350 96 37 350 33.017.10 355,6 6,3 401 1121 170 62 157 11,8

400 125 49 390 33.018.10 406,4 6,3 458 1464 195 50 126 14,5

450 125 44 390 33.019.10 457 6,3 509 1830 195 55 174 16,3

500 112 36 385 33.020.10 508 6,3 560 2238 193 82 323 16,9

550 104 31 385 33.021.10 559 4 609 2676 192 98 456 14,9

600 137 40 420 33.022.10 610 4 672 3211 210 102 479 18,4

700 151 48 495 33.024.10 711 4 781 4358 265 85 348 25,1

800 151 42 495 33.026.10 813 4 883 5634 265 95 502 28,7

900 151 38 495 33.028.10 914 4 985 7072 265 105 696 32,3

1000 151 34 495 33.030.10 1016 4 1087 8674 265 115 934 35,9

1100 151 31 515 33.031.10 1120 4 1191 10476 265 125 1230 41,7

1200 145 30 595 33.032.10 1220 4 1263 11784 314 113 878 49,5

1300 145 28 595 33.033.10 1320 4 1363 13787 314 122 1110 53,6

1400 145 26 595 33.034.10 1420 4 1463 15947 314 130 1380 57,6

1500 145 24 595 33.035.10 1520 4 1563 18264 314 139 1680 61,6

1600 145 22 595 33.036.10 1620 4 1663 20737 314 148 2030 65,7

1700 145 21 595 33.037.10 1720 4 1763 23368 314 157 2420 69,8

1800 145 20 595 33.038.10 1820 4 1863 26156 314 166 2860 73,9

1900 145 19 595 33.039.10 1920 4 1963 29101 314 174 3360 77,9

2000 145 18 595 33.040.10 2020 4 2063 32204 314 183 3900 82,0

Design code: EJMA 9 Important: The movements should be


Temperature: Calculated at 550°C considered alternatives. The total accumu-
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles lated coefficient of utilisation cannot
exceed 1.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
343
c
Lo Lo
l* l*

US
Do

Do
Lo
DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WELDING ENDS BELLOW ADJUSTING FORCES WEIGHT

Nominal AX LA Built-in Outside Wall Outside Eff. cross- Centre AX LA


diameter length diameter thickness diameter section distance Lb
2δN 2λN Lo D s Do A l* Cδ Cλ
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm2 mm N/mm N/mm kg

d1
Do
2100 145 17 595 33.041.10 2120 4 2163 35463 314 192 4500 86,0

Do
2200 145 16 595 33.042.10 2220 4 2263 38879 314 201 5160 90,1
c
Lo

Lo
l*

Do

Do
c

Please refer to WebLink 13507 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


347

VA
VIBRATION
ABSORBERS
348 About vibration absorbers
349 Vibration absorber types
350 Standard range design

WITH WELDED FLANGES


VI1FT / ID no. 90
352 PN 16

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


348

ABOUT
VIBRATION ABSORBERS
Belman has developed a series of springs holding the tie rods. The tie l House installations, industrial
vibration absorbers, which are rods ensure that pressure thrust forces installations etc.
designed for versatile usage in any from the pump are not transferred to
l Heating, climate, ventilation and
system where pump vibrations occur. the adjacent pipe system.
heat recovery installations
The standard range is made from l Compensate for installation
multi-ply bellows with several very thin misalignments between pipe l Gas, water and sewage treatment
layers of stainless steel. This delivers systems and pumps, and plants
maximum performance regarding: thermal growth
pressure and temperature bearing Advantages
l Eliminates pressure thrust forces
capacity, noise and vibration absorp- l Unlike rubber expansion joints, the
and torques on pumps and other
tion and overall cyclic service life. vibration absorbers are resistant
equipment
against ageing, high temperatures
The vibration absorbers have a l Reduces vibrations, oscillations, and UV-radiation
standard overall length of 130 mm for and noise (sound and vibration)
l Reduction of long-term operation
the easy replacement of any rubber from pumps into pipe systems
and maintenance costs
expansion joint. The range of vibration l The multi-ply bellow ensures
absorbers can resolve any problems l Increased reliability and
maximum performance regarding
related to mechanical vibration and prolongation of the service life of
pressure, temperature and service
have a higher pressure and the pipe system and connected
life
temperature capacity than rubber equipment
bellows. Unlike rubber expansion l Standard design is: 16 BarG, and
overall length of 130 mm for easy l Tie rods as standard for minimum
joints, stainless steel bellows do not fixation of pipe system (available
suffer from atmospheric damage replacement of rubber bellows
without tie rods, on request)
when used in an outdoor installation. l Special designs are available to
any specification
Properties
The vibration absorbers feature Applications
rubber bushes for the tie rods for l In pipe systems and installations
maximum noise and vibration where vibrations and stresses
reduction. The vibration absorbers occur
can withstand high pressure at l Pumps, compressors, engines,
elevated temperatures, with flat steel burners etc.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


349

VA
VIBRATION
ABSORBER T YPES

Vibration absorbers
with welded flanges and tie rods

VI1FT / ID no. 90

DN 50 - 300

PN 16

MORE INFORMATION

Please refer to WebLink 13001 to: Easy access via this QR code:
l See how the vibration absorbers
absorb movement
l See accessories ( e.g. inner
sleeve)
l See tables
l See installation instruction
l Access online inquiry/order form
l Download BelMaker Light®

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


350

STANDARD RANGE
DESIGN
Bellow Design condition Accessories
Multiply bellow in double certified l Design code: EN 14917 Inner sleeve, cover, counter flange,
material. gaskets, insulation etc. are available
l Designed at 20°C for minimum on request.
Material: EN 1.4541/AISI 321 or 1000 thermal load cycles (2λN) and
EN 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti vibrations (+/- 0,5 mm in all Certificates
Tolerances: according to planes). Material certificate 3.1 according to
EN ISO 13920 Class C. EN 10204 and/or ASME.
l Arranged according nominal
Connection ends pressure [PN]
Flanges
PN corresponds to the allowable PLEASE NOTE!
Welded flanges. l
Drilling according to EN 1092. operating pressure at room Natural frequencies
temperature [Rpt] To avoid resonant response, following
Material: 1.0460 (C 22.8) or
1.0425 P265 GH (HII) relation between the bellows natural
l Operating temperature from
frequency (fn) and system frequency
Surface treatment: primer coated. -10°C to +400°C based on the
(fs) must be fulfilled:
reduction factor (Kpa) from the
Stainless steel flanges are fn < 2/3 x fs
table on the next page
available on request. or
Tolerances: according to norms and l All expansion joints are designed fn > 2 x fs
standards that applies. to be tested at a pressure 1,43 x
the design pressure. Misalignment
Tie rods Where a higher test pressure is We strongly advise against the use of
Material: 1.7225 (42CrMo4) required a unit with a higher expansion joints and bellows for
The design of the tie rods and the nominal pressure (PN) should be misalignment.
number of them are determined by selected to achieve this Torsion
diameter and pressure. Torsion on bellow parts are not
Rubber bushes: NBR (to max. 120ºC, desirable and should be set to zero (0).
at higher temperatures metallic If this cannot be avoided, please
springs are used). contact us.

On request
Please contact us, if you have any
special requirements for
eg. temperature down to -60°C,
a special combination of ends etc.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


351

VA
Pressure reduction factor The reduction factor is applied to Where the applied design pressure
The factor used for reduction of modify the design pressure [PS] where is lower than the nominal pressure
pressure [Kpa], is based on the bellow temperatures exceed 20°C, it com- for the standard unit an increase in
material yield strength at design pensates for the decay in material fatigue life expectancy and / or
temperature [Rp], and the yield mechanical properties at elevated increased movements can be
strength at room temperature [Rpt]. temperatures. The modified pressure achieved.
must always be lower than the nominal
pressure of the standard item.
Please refer to Belmaker Light®
Definiton: Kpa = Rp / Rpt Calculation: PS / Kpa ≤ PN to get an optimised solution.

TEMPERATURE REDUCTION FACTOR


°C Kpa

20 1,00

100 0,83

150 0,78

200 0,74

250 0,71

300 0,67

350 0,64

400 0,62

CUSTOMISED
SOLUTIONS
If the required/specified expansion We are specialised in designing and
joint is not found in this product manufacturing of customised
catalogue, please do not hesitate to solutions. See selected examples
forward your specifications to us. here: WebLink 13601

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


352

VIBRATION ABSORBERS WITH WELDED FLANGES AND TIE RODS

VI1FT / ID no. 90
PN 16 - with flange drilling according to EN 1092-1

Weblink: 13002

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES NATURAL FREQUENCY WEIGHT

Nominal LA Vibrations Built-in Max. width Thickness Gaseous media Liquid media
diameter in all planes length approx. axial lateral axial lateral
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr ωa ωI ωa ωI
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar Hz Hz Hz Hz kg

50 11 0,5 130 90.207.10 251 18 69 0 9,9 410 659 376 517 7,6

65 7 0,5 130 90.208.10 271 22 163 0 17 418 947 376 680 9,9

80 9 0,5 130 90.209.10 286 22 163 0 28 239 700 215 502 11,3

100 7 0,5 130 90.210.10 306 22 285 0 45 212 776 190 525 12,4

125 8 0,5 130 90.211.10 336 22 417 0 66 165 733 150 512 15,2

150 5 0,5 130 90.212.10 371 27 1050 0 83 182 1033 163 705 21,0

200 5 0,5 130 90.214.10 442 27 1980 0 161 143 1055 130 725 28,1

250 4 0,5 130 90.215.10 507 27 4270 0 250 137 1267 127 869 38,9

300 2 0,5 130 90.216.10 562 32 13300 0 350 159 2011 147 1324 52,0

Design code: EN 14917 Natural frequency


Temperature: Calculated at 20°C (EN 1333) Density for media is set to
Minimum fatigue life: 1000 cycles (2λN). Gaseous media: 2 kg/m3.
Vibrations: 0,5 mm in all planes. Liquid media: 1000 kg/m3.
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
353
Lo

VA
B
c

DN MOVEMENT LENGTH ID no. WIDTH FLANGE ADJUSTING FORCES NATURAL FREQUENCY WEIGHT

Nominal LA Vibrations Built-in Max. width Thickness Gaseous media Liquid media
diameter in all planes length approx. axial lateral axial lateral
2λN Lo B c Cλ Cp Cr ωa ωI ωa ωI
mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm bar N/bar Hz Hz Hz Hz kg

n k
b la
le f t
a l l y
i o n
te nt
si n
e i
a g
is p
Th

Please refer to WebLink 13002 or the information about: Primer, connection


QR code to access online tools and ends, inner sleeve, cover etc.
online inquiry/order form and more

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


357

SPECIAL
EXPANSION JOINTS

359 Pressure balanced expansion joints


361 Pressure balanced expansion joints - compact design
363 Pressure balanced expansion joints - Elbow
365 Chamber expansion joints
367 Rectangular expansion joints
369 Externally pressurised expansion joints
371 FCCU expansion joints
373 Crossover bellows
375 Expansion joints for LNG/LPG
377 Pantographic linkage
379 Equalizing ring reinforced expansion joints
381 Clamshell bellows
383 Expansion joints supplied in segments
385 Lens expansion joints

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

359

PRESSURE BALANCED
EXPANSION JOINTS
Pressure balanced expansion joints load on the surrounding equipment is the pipe system. This also reduces
are designed to absorb movements the total sum of the spring rates of the required space for structures that
from a pipe system. They can both the flow bellows and balancing carry fix points and guides.
accommodate axial and lateral bellows. The movement absorbed by Pipe engineers are often faced with
movements where anchoring of the a pressure balanced expansion joint the challenge of limited space due to
pipe system is difficult or impractical should be understood as follows: the surrounding environment. It may
due to structural or economic if the thermal movement in the not be possible to include a number
considerations. Pressure balanced connected pipe is 20 mm, the flow of fix points and guides that are
expansion joints do not transfer the bellows of the pressure balanced unit normally required at high pressures.
internal pressure thrust on to the fix will contract by 20 mm and the The pressure balanced expansion
points, adjacent equipment, or balancing bellows, with twice the joint is the optimum solution for
structures. Fix points are usually not effective area of the flow bellows, will additional scenarios such as a short
required, only guides can ensure the expand by 20 mm. pipe run connecting two vessels, that
turning of thermal expansion into a Pressure balanced expansion joints are unable to withstand the pressure
controlled movement. can be designed to any specific thrust loads or at heights, where
Therefore, pressure balanced requirement with tie rods, with cover, additional structures would significantly
expansion joints can offer significant and also for the absorption of lateral increase costs. Pressure balanced
advantages, where pipe systems are and or angular movements (universal expansion joints are available in
connected with turbines, pumps, type). various types as shown below.
valves or other equipment, that are
unable to withstand pressure thrust Advantages Application
loads. The advantage of a pressure Pressure balanced expansion joints
balanced expansion joint is that it are used with low pressure turbines,
Although pressure balanced expan- reduces the complexity and size of fix with condensers and also with pumps
sion joints eliminate pressure thrust, points by eliminating the pressure and other equipment, that may be
it’s important to note that the existing thrust, thereby delivering stability to susceptible to pressure loads.

PRODUCT RANGE
Universal pressure balanced expan-
sion joints are available in all sizes and
materials.

With external limiters With internal limiters


Pressure balanced expansion joint Pressure balanced expansion joint
with external limiters. with internal limiters.
Available in all sizes and materials. Available in all sizes and materials.
B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com
S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

361

PRESSURE BALANCED
EXPANSION JOINTS
COMPACT DESIGN
Pressure balanced expansion joints elements in the expansion joint achieve a space saving of approxi-
are expansion joints incorporating a are high, and the provision of the mately one-third in comparison with
balancing chamber. This creates a necessary guides and fix points are the conventional simple unit.
balancing pressure thrust, which difficult.
opposes the internal pressure thrust The inclusion of a hidden balance A further advantage of this arrange-
force from the flow bellows. chamber can sometimes be the most ment is that it usually leaves space
Pressure balanced expansion joints appropriate answer when the for longer bellows elements with
can be the perfect solution in available space in the system is more convolutions while providing
situations where a fix point cannot be limited, and conventional pressure less stiffness and minimising
installed such as a pipe system balanced units cannot be used. deflection forces.
between two vessels/equipment (e.g. All pressure balanced expansion joints Pressure equalisation is achieved by
turbines, pumps etc.) or elevated pipe works by eliminating the force providing the medium access to the
systems without structural support. generated by the bellows when balance chamber, which has an
subjected to pressure. This force is effective area equal to that of the
In many applications, the design usually the highest force acting on the flow bellows and using mechanical
parameters lead to the requirement connected equipment and pipe restraints to contain the pressure
for a customised expansion joint type. system. However, additional forces force whist allowing deflection.
This can be especially challenging due to deflection and resulting
when the desired expansion joint type movements while designing pipe Drainable solution
requires more space than the pipe system should still be considered. A commonly requested feature of
system dimensions permit. This can pressure balanced expansion joints
sometimes be resolved by the use of Hidden balance chamber is the provision of a drain connection
a pressure balanced expansion joint The simple inline pressure balanced for the balance chamber. This is a
with a compact design and a hidden expansion joint consists of a balance simple connection with a plug,
balance chamber. In many cases, this bellow with a flow bellow positioned located at the position of the lowest
can deliver positive economic at either side. The balance bellow has point of the chamber where the
advantages as well as providing a an effective area exactly twice the expansion joint is installed.
good technical solution. area of each flow bellows and The drain is closed and sealed with
Pressure balanced expansion joints mechanical connections across the the plug when the unit is in service,
can deliver significant advantages bellows contain the pressure force. but can be opened to allow
over unrestrained expansion joints. By using an arrangement where one drainage when the operation is
Especially in the cases, where the flow bellow is placed inside the shutdown or interrupted for routine
pressure forces from the bellow balance bellow, it is often possible to maintenance.

APPLICATIONS PRODUCT RANGE


Pressure balanced expansion joints Pressure balanced expansion joints
with compact design are used with with short built-in lengths are available
low pressure turbines, condensers in all sizes and materials.
and also with pumps and other
susceptible equipments.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

363

PRESSURE BALANCED
EXPANSION JOINTS
ELBOW
used for supporting/fixing the pipe bellows, similar to a tied universal unit.
system. The balancing bellows are connected
to the flow bellows and pipe system
By installing a pressure balanced through tie rods so the balancing
expansion joint, the pressure thrust bellow lengthens when the line
force is balanced internally within the bellows are compressed axially and
expansion joint and only the spring thereby creates a constant volume.
rate force, which is needed to move That is why pressure balanced
the expansion joint is transmitted to expansion joints are also known as
the pipe system. constant volume expansion joints.
This reduces the load acting on the
guides/fix points, which further The pressure thrust force is absorbed
reduces the need for supporting as a pulling force in the tie rods,
Elbow pressure balanced expansion structures. This enables the use of whereby the section between the tie
joints or corner relief expansion joints lighter guides that can deliver rods including the bend acts as a
are the types of pressure balanced significant savings, especially where balancing chamber. The balancing
expansion joints which are used structural and foundation work is bellows and the flow bellows have
where pressure thrust forces on impractical. This feature makes the inside the chamber exactly the same
equipment or piping is unacceptable elbow pressure balanced expansion cross-sectional area and this creates
and the direction of the pipe system joint the preferred choice for pipe a balance in the pressure thrust
also changes. In order to understand systems, where pressure thrust loads forces. Thereby the bend/pipe system
the primary advantage of an elbow acting on flanges and/or connected corner is freed from any stresses.
pressure balanced expansion joint, it’s equipment such as turbines is This type of expansion joint is used
important to understand how an avoided. when there is a change in the
ordinary expansion joint influences the direction of the pipe system and is
pipe system, in which it is installed. How does it work? considered the ideal solution on cross
When a pipe system with an ordinary Elbow pressure balanced expansion over piping on turbines.
axial expansion joint installed is joints can be designed for absorption
pressurised, the pressure reaction of axial and lateral movement. Advantages
force as well as the force needed to If only axial movement is required, the l Reduces / eliminates costs for
move the expansion joint is transmit- expansion joint is designed with only fix points
ted to the pipe system. The pressure one flow bellow and one balancing l Balance the system
thrust force can be considerable, bellow after the bend. l Reduces piping costs
generating high demands and If lateral movement occurs the unit l Reduces external loads on
stresses on the guides and fix points generally is designed with two flow connected equipment

PRODUCT RANGE
The corner relief expansion joints are
customised solutions designed to fit
the application. They are available in
all designs, all sizes and all materials.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

365

CHAMBER
EXPANSION JOINTS
with higher temperatures. When the heat loss. But the chamber
designing such solution, a chamber expansion joint supplies heat to the
expansion joint can be used to make medium, which is not possible
it possible to increase the temperature through insulation alone, as the
of the media in the expansion joint insulation only retains the existing
and thus improve the flow. heat. This heat is not sufficient to
minimise the viscosity, nor is it
Usually, a chamber expansion joint is sufficient to avoid a cooling and
an expansion joint with another larger settling of the medium in the
expansion joint mounted around it, convolutions of the expansion joint.
whereby a chamber is formed Therefore, the chamber expansion
between the two. The medium flows joint is preferred over insulation for
through the inner expansion joint, sluggish mediums.
while a heating medium, e.g. oil, flows
in the chamber between the expan- Chamber expansion joints
sion joints. The oil is heated and flows and materials
The design of expansion joints for through the chamber via an inlet and Chamber expansion joints can be
operational plants, where the medium an outlet respectively. On its way used in diverse applications and are
has a relatively high viscosity (i.e. a through the chamber, the oil emits manufactured in all types of materials
very thick medium, such as asphalt), heat to the inner expansion joint, thus according to the intended use.
poses a special challenge. The flow is maintaining/increasing the tempera- Usually the material is determined by
more sluggish with a thick medium ture of the medium. This increases the temperature as well as the type
due to its inner friction. This creates the fluidity of the medium and and consistency of the medium. If the
the risk of the medium settling in the eliminates the risk of ”packing up”. medium is very corrosive, usually
convolutions of the expansion joint high-alloy materials are used. The
and blocking the flow and the worst Is it possible to solve the surroundings of the expansion joint
case, the flow can be completely cut problem through insulation? may also influence the choice of
off. This phenomenon is often referred Insulation around the expansion joint material. The chamber expansion
to as "packing up", "cooking" or would merely postpone the problem joints can be designed and manufac-
"caking". The fluidity of the liquid, i.e. of flow cut-off/”packing up”. The tured from all kind of materials and
its ability to flow generally increases insulation would reduce the speed of also completely in stainless steel.

PRODUCT RANGE
Chamber expansion joints are
customised solutions tailored for the
application. They are available in all
designs, all sizes and all materials

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

367

RECTANGULAR
EXPANSION JOINTS
In addition to our core product range purpose-designed and manufactured segments of 2 or 4-sections with butt
containing a wide selection of circular to match the customer's unique joints in the frames on the long sides
expansion joints, Belman also requirements. of the unit. On installation the sections
provides rectangular expansion joints. of the bellows and flow liner are fitted
Insulation of and welded into position by the
Many design options rectangular expansion joints installer. The unit is fitted with
We design and manufacture rectan- To withstand conditions that have a shipping bars temporarily welded to
gular expansion joints with single and high internal temperature (e.g. the flange edges to protect the unit,
multi-convolution bellows. These units 1000°C) and low external temperature preventing damage during transit and
can be made with no size limitation (e.g. 90°C), a special flow liner can be assist with its handling into the final
since they can be supplied in sections fitted (for example made from position at the jobsite.
for transport and reassembly on site. 1.4845). The liner is made with
Rectangular expansion joints can be expansion gaps to enable it to expand Variety of materials
designed to accept a combination of at the operating temperature without The bellows can be manufactured in a
axial and lateral movement. When generating unacceptable buckling at variety of materials (the same as for
significant lateral movement is to be the hot face of the liner. round expansion joints), including
absorbed, a twin-bellows As part of the installation, the void in austenitic stainless steels (300 series),
arrangement is usually required. the flow liner is filled with an insulation duplex, aluminium, titanium, and
Alternative corner arrangements can bolster comprising high-temperature high-nickel alloys such as Inconel,
be supplied including single and insulating materials. This reduces the Incoloy, Hastelloy and Monel.
double mitre and when necessary temperature across the insulation to
with rounded corners. Frames and provide a lower “skin” temperature, Additional options
bellows are available in a wide range for example 90°C. l The intermediate pipe and the
of materials, sizes and configurations bellows can be supplied as one
to suit individual customer require- Large dimensions single piece
ments. These expansion joints are If the rectangular expansion joint is l Loose flanges
invariably used as customised large, they can be delivered in l Single mitre corner (90 degree
solutions to expansion problems in sections to ease transit and corners) with the bellows being
rectangular ducting; they are installation. The unit is supplied in welded together in the corners

PRODUCT RANGE
The rectangular expansion joints are
customised solutions and are available
in all dimensions, all sizes and all
materials.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

369

EXTERNALLY PRESSURISED
EXPANSION JOINTS
Externally pressurised expansion bellows. This makes it possible to l Maximum outside protection for
joints are the perfect solutions when achieve a construction with great any person, close to the unit in
the expansion joints must absorb very flexibility for large axial compensation. case of a leakage
large axial movements under high With only the outside of the bellows l The outside cover protects the
pressure. In principle, there are no subjected to pressure and the bellows during transport and
limits to the size of axial movement convolutions packed under a cover, installation, thus increasing safety
that can be absorbed by this type of the perfect conditions for external l Drain spigots in the cover make it
expansion joint. insulation or underground installation possible to drain the pipe system
can be achieved. following pressure testing
In externally pressurised expansion As the convolutions are well protected
joints, the bellows element(s) is under a cover, transport damage to Cover
arranged so that the media flow is on the convolutions is unlikely to occur The cover is often subject to relatively
the external side of the bellows, while but most importantly, the cover offers high stresses through the combina-
the inside part of the bellows is only maximum protection against leaking tion of diameter and pressure with the
subjected to atmospheric pressure bellows or bellows failure. choice of material for the cover being
with this side being in direct connec- based on the operating conditions.
tion with the atmosphere. External The main advantages of an externally In some cases, high strength steel
pressurising of the bellows eliminates pressurised expansion joint are: can minimise the total weight of the
pressure instability as a design unit compared to regular steel types.
limitation and permits the absorption l Compensation for large axial
of large axial compression. Where an movement with relatively low Drain
internally pressurised bellows will spring rate In order to avoid corrosion, it may be
become unstable and buckle due to l Through the inner sleeve, a desirable to have the capability to
internal pressure, the pressure around smooth flow over the expansion drain the medium surrounding the
an externally pressurised bellows will joint is achieved and thus pressure expansion joint. This is possible with
have a stabilising effect on the loss is minimised this expansion joint design.

PRODUCT RANGE
The externally pressurised expansion
joints are customised solutions and
are available in all dimensions, all sizes
and all materials.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

371

FCCU
EXPANSION JOINTS
FCCU is one of the most important FCCU types
units in the oil refinery as it converts l Cold wall expansion joints
heavy distillates into lighter ones l Hot wall expansion joints
(gasoline and diesel), which increases
the yield and efficiency of the refining Experience
process. The feedstock is mainly We design and manufacture FCCU
vacuum gas oil mixed with refinery expansion joints according to
residues heated to extremely high customer specifications. We are able
temperatures (around +700°C to to design and manufacture according
800°C), making this application very to various standards specified by
critical. Consequently, the expansion globally active companies engaged in
joints utilised in this application are the refining industry, such as UOP,
the most technically advanced among Shell, ExxonMobil and more. We are
all the existing types. The design and familiar with various specifications and
manufacturing of which requires great with project and/or customer
expertise and capability. There are requirements like clamshell options in
only a handful of manufacturers on the design phase. We are also
a worldwide scale having the accustomed to consulting clients
expertise to produce these units, and concerning design enhancements to
Belman has now joined this exclusive improve and streamline the original
group. specified solution.

PRODUCT RANGE
FCCU units designed and manufac-
tured by Belman are typically supplied
up to DN 1800, up to 27 metric tons
in weight and up to 13,5 meters in
length. FCCU units are customised
solutions for the client and the
application.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

373

CROSSOVER BELLOWS

Crossover bellows are another imposing unacceptable loads on the l Combination of angular and lateral
example of the specialised expansion turbine casing. expansion joints
joints. These are installed at steam Crossover bellows are invariably
turbines where high-pressure/high- A pressure-balanced arrangement is custom-designed to suit the arrange-
temperature steam is transferred to invariably used to eliminate any ment of the turbines and intercon-
one or more low pressure turbines. pressure forces from the bellows in necting pipe system. Depending on
This system increases efficiency by the expansion joint, and it would be the pipe arrangement, the expansion
taking the remaining energy in the impractical to provide separate fix joint type may be an articulated
steam and pass it through the points on the pipe system to contain design, corner relief design, hooded
high-pressure part of the system, thus these loads. Good expansion joint design or a combination of angular
using it to drive the machines at the design results in minimal loadings to and lateral expansion joints. A very
low pressure section. the turbine casings as to improve the important part of the design process
The special expansion joints are efficiency and reliability of the turbines is that the expansion joint designer
installed in the pipe system connecting that are one of the most critical parts ensures that the forces and move-
the turbines where they absorb the of a power plant. ments resulting from thermal and
thermal growth of the pipe system mechanical movement are within the
together with any movement of the Types acceptable limits specified by the
turbine nozzles occurring under load Crossover bellows are available in all turbine manufacturer. The turbine
conditions. types to suit the turbine and are exhaust nozzles are normally the
typically bespoke items. most sensitive to mechanical loads.
The advantage of The types can be:
crossover bellows l Pressure balanced Application
The introduction of crossover bellows l A hooded design Crossover bellows are mainly used on
enables the thermal and mechanical l Tied unit (gimbals, hinged or tie steam turbines (exhaust, condensers
movements to take place without rods) and crossover piping).

PRODUCT RANGE
Bellow types All sizes
Crossover bellows are available in Crossover bellows are available in all
several bellow types and in both sizes, all materials and all types.
single-ply and multi-ply.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

375

EXPANSION JOINTS FOR


LPG-/LNG CARRIERS
The vessels usually are designed with Demanding requirements
4-6 tanks along the centreline of the Due to the demanding design
vessel. A combination of ballast parameters and the severe conse-
tanks, cofferdams and voids are quences following a possible failure,
surrounding the tanks. Pumps are the expansion joints used for such
installed inside the tanks. All the cargo applications must also meet very high
pumps are discharged into a criteria:
common pipe, which runs along the
deck of the vessel. It branches off to l The design phase is rather
either side of the vessel to the cargo complex as the design must meet
manifolds used for loading or both requirements in the
discharging. On the carrier, each gas classification Society Rules (e.g.
tank is mounted on an anchoring, Bureau Veritas) and the Interna-
which allows the gas tank to move. tional Rules for Gas Carriers (IGC
LPG-/LNG carriers are vessels Code)
designed especially for the transpor- In order to absorb these movements, l Every design has to pass a burst
tation of Liquefied Petroleum Gas and an expansion joint is installed at each test of 5 times the design pressure
Liquefied Natural Gas. anchoring. The tank is supported and the fatigue life of the
There are primarily three different around its circumference by the expansion joint must be verified
ways of transporting these liquefied equatorial ring, which is supported by l The mechanical properties of the
gases. They are categorised as a large circular skirt that takes the materials used for the expansion
follows: weight of the tank down to the hull joint must be verified through
structure. This skirt allows the tank to comprehensive testing,
l Fully pressurised expand and contract during cool especially the strength and
l Fully refrigerated down and warm-up operations. ductility of the materials
l Semi-pressurised and Semi-refri- During cool down or warm-up, the l Every expansion joint has to pass
gerated tank is able to elongate or compress a pressure test of 2 times the
(expand or contract) by 2 feet. design pressure
All of these methods for transporting Because of this expansion and l Special requirements regarding
the gas set various demanding contraction, all piping enters into the welding procedures and welding
requirements for the tanks and the tank via the top and is connected to consumables are also applicable
tank system design. Normally the gas the ships’ lines via flexible bellows All of these tests/documents must
on board the carriers is stored in that will result in movements in the be witnessed and approved by a third
cylindrical or spherical steel tanks. tank settlements. party surveyor.

PRODUCT RANGE T YPE APPROVALS


Expansion joints for LNG-/LPG carri- Belman holds type approvals for IGC
ers are customised solutions designed cargo and process piping from among
to fit the application. They are others: BV, LR, DNV-GL, ABS and
available in all designs, all sizes and all KRS.
materials.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

377

PANTOGRAPHIC
LINKAGE
Expansion joints can incorporate to each bellow within the unit, in order
multiple numbers of bellows in one to avoid the premature wearing out of
unit, depending on the movement some bellows.
that they should compensate and the
installation environment. Pantographic linkages can be
designed to absorb not only axial
Several bellows in a sequence allow movement, but also single and
the absorption of very large multi-plane lateral movements.
movements, but in order to ensure a
uniform movement of each bellow, a Gimbal pantographs
pantographic linkage is needed. Expansion joints that need to absorb
lateral movements in two different
Pantographic linkages are devices planes would require the pantographic
that distribute the total amount of linkage to be connected with a gimbal
axial movement and divide it equally ring on the centre of the unit.

PRODUCT RANGE
Expansion joints with pantographic
linkage are customised solutions
designed to fit the application. They
are available in all designs, all sizes
and all materials.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

379

EQUALISING RING REINFORCED


EXPANSION JOINTS
Belman designs, manufactures and The rings are precisely machined so
delivers high pressure expansion they fit into the root between each of
joints with ring reinforcement. We the bellows convolutions. The
have successfully manufactured purpose of the rings is to reinforce the
expansion joints with different bellows against internal pressure. By
dimensions and for different applica- adding moment of inertia to the
tions, designed for a working bellows cross section, this
pressure of more than 185 bar. counteracts the bellows ability to blow
out or buckle (also called squirm) and
Why ring reinforcement? enhances its stability and pressure
By supporting a multi-layered integrity. Bellows with reinforcing rings
expansion joint bellows with ring can be made for any type of
reinforcement, an optimum combina- expansion joint (axial, lateral or
tion of both pressure integrity and angular etc.)
service life is achieved. A 100% The disadvantage of the ring
pressure test is always performed to reinforced bellows solution is the
prove the ring’s pressurised integrity. significantly increased stiffness of the
Belman can deliver expansion joints bellows and their limited movement
with ring reinforcement in accordance properties.
to EN 13445, EN 14917 or EJMA.
The rings are usually fabricated from Special ring reinforced solutions
stainless steel or other suitable alloy For expansion joints with demanding
steels, from round bar or flat steel operating conditions (like in the photo
products, which are then precisely on the left page), the ring reinforce-
machined to suit the convolutions ment is designed with bellows of
profile. In order to ensure the thicker plies, of duplex stainless steel
dimensional integrity with each for additional strength. The reinforce-
convolution, the rings are always ment rings are supported by tie rods,
subjected to a full visual check. which are connected to lugs. The
improved flexibility of the expansion
Equalising rings and reinforcing ring joints is further enhanced by an extra
bellows are usually chosen for balancing bellow, which in combina-
high-pressure installations. Equalising tion with the pressure balanced
rings are solid stainless steel rings design help to bring the reaction
fitted externally on the bellows. forces towards an acceptable level.

PRODUCT RANGE
Ring reinforced expansion joints are
customised solutions designed to fit
the application. They are available in
all designs, all sizes and all materials.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

381

CLAMSHELL
BELLOWS
Over-size-clamshell bellows Same-size-clamshell bellows
These are mounted on packing rings Installation of same-size clamshell
and welded to the outer surface of bellows requires a shutdown of the
the pipe or pressure vessel on either pipe system. The existing bellows are
side of the existing bellows. These stripped from the pipe system or
rings are sized so that the bellow in pressure vessel and replaced by new
the clamshell bellow is installed over bellows sized to match and mounted
the original bellow. The clamshell directly onto the original pipe system.
bellow is welded to the packing rings The tangents on the bellows are
and the pressure is finally sealed by a welded to the outer surface of the
longitudinal butt-weld joining the pipe system, as with an over-sized
bellow convolutions. Providing that, clamshell and the convolution halves
the system temperature or any are connected using a longitudinal
Clamshell bellows provide a very leakage from the original bellows butt-weld at each joint. Same-size
effective solution when a quick and does not constitute a safety hazard. clamshells can usually be designed
unplanned replacement of the bellows The clamshell bellow can be fitted so that the stiffness and effective
is needed. Clamshell bellows are while the system is still fully area exactly or very closely,
two-pieces expansion joints that are operational, meaning no system match the original bellows.
welded together on-site. They can be downtime is required. The original It results in zero or negligible changes
introduced retrospectively when the bellows together with any inner to the performance characteristics.
existing bellows lose their ability to sleeves or insulating materials are left
contain pressure. The purpose of in place and are not directly On-site installation
clamshell bellows is to provide a very affected by the installation of the Installation of metallic expansion
quick remedial solution with the least clamshell bellow. Fitting an oversize joints and in particular clamshell
disruption to the operation of the pipe clamshell bellow will inevitably bellows requires skilled and
system. The use of clamshell bellows result in an increase in the bellows experienced installation
invariably yields huge cost savings deflection forces with a small increase professionals. In many instances
when compared against the cost of in the effective area. This aspect has customers prefer the manufacturer to
the manufacture and fitting of a to be evaluated by the system perform such installation work to
completely new expansion joint. They designer as part of the change-ma minimise the risks from an incorrect
can be designed as either temporary nagement process and our project installation.
or permanent solution and as an engineers will be pleased to In these cases, our on-site service
over-sized or same-sized clamshell provide information in respect to this team of skilled and certified welders
bellows. point. expertly assists our customers.

PRODUCT RANGE ANIMATION


Dimensions Types Visit the Belman Group channel on
DN 400 to DN 6000 supplied in two Round and rectangular bellows for www.youtube.com to see how the
pieces and DN 6000 and up to any application. clamshell bellows are installed.
DN 12000 supplied in three or more
segments. Materials & design
A wide range of materials and
configurations is available to suit the
materials of the pipe system and
original expansion joint.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

383

EXPANSION JOINTS
SUPPLIED IN SEGMENTS
The increasing demand for higher dimension and the installation
volume and efficiency has led to the space is extremely limited and maybe
growth in the scale of production even complex (e.g. the expansion
plants. Belman meets this shift in joint is going through levels), a smart
demand by manufacturing very large delivery solution is needed.
expansion joints in sizes where the
transportation of the intact unit is In such situations Belman
challenging. recommends the expansion joints
supplied in segments for the later
Belman has manufactured assembly on-site.
expansion joints up to DN 12000 in
size. With the delivery being made in Belman can supply bellows in
segments, the logistics is the only segments, which can be fitted and
limitation. welded together at the place of
installation through our highly skilled
If expansion joints have a large on-site service team.

PRODUCT RANGE
Expansion joints supplied in segments
are customised solutions designed to
fit the application. They are available
in all designs, all sizes and
all materials.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


S P E C I A L E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

385

LENS EXPANSION JOINTS

Lens expansion joints are the custom constructed in all types of stainless
requirements in cases where the steel and in material thickness
application requires a single layer 1,5-8 mm. Other dimensions and
bellow. If the material thickness of the materials can be discussed upon
single layer bellow is more than request.
4 mm, the supply of a normally
manufactured bellow is no longer The construction parameters are as
possible. In this case, a lens expan- follows:
sion joint is the optimum solution.
Normally issues concerning material l Radius (R): 15, 20, 30, 50, 60
thickness are solved by the supply of and 80 mm
a multilayer bellow but in some 1,5 mm: Max. R =15
cases, this is not accepted by the 2+3 mm: Max. R =30
customer and/or the application. 4+5 mm: Max. R =60
6+8 mm: Max. R = 80
Construction l Diameter: up to DN 2500
Lens expansion joints are Larger dimensions can be
constructed as illustrated on the discussed on request
drawings below. l Design according to: EJMA,
As it is shown, lens expansion joints EN 14917, ASME or AD2000
are supplied either as a half
convolution, a complete convolution Advantages
or as a bellow. According to the Lens expansion joints are preferred in
customer's requirements, these are all industries that uses pressurised
either delivered already welded equipment and heat exchangers and
together or they can be welded where the higher pressure and higher
together on-site. temperature require greater material
Lens expansion joints can be thickness.

Q/2

30°

R
R
W

Half convolution Convolution from two half convo- Bellow from two convolutions
lutions welded together. The black welded together from four half
triangle illustrates the welding convolutions. The black triangles
illustrate the weldings

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


SOLUTIONS

387

CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS

Customised solutions are our core references for these tailored solutions borders. A selection of customised
competence and we have extensive supplied across industries and solutions can be seen in these pages.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


388

CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


SOLUTIONS

391

CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


392

REFERENCES
BY INDUSTRY
Through the years, we have success- references are shown industrywide in typed on the front page of
fully solved challenging operational our reference brochure and on our www.belman.dk and it will direct you
problems for our clients in many website. Please refer to the WebLinks to the relevant page.
different industries. Selected below. The WebLink number can be

Steel plants Nuclear power plants Power plants


WebLink: 14201 WebLink: 14202 WebLink: 14203

District heating FCCU Oil & Gas


WebLink: 14204 WebLink: 14205 WebLink: 14206

WORLDWIDE REFERENCES

VATT ENFALL LU KO I L AB B
DONG ENERGY RO S N E F T AL STO M
RWE NPOWER M A E R SK O I L SI EM E N S AG
MOSENERGO BP PR I M ETAL S T EC H N O LO G I E S (S I E-
EDF (BRITISH E NE RGY) L IND E AG M EN S VAI )
E.ON CHE V R O N DO O SAN ŠKO DA PO WER
DRAX TOTA L M ETSO
RWE TATNEF T M APN A G R O UP
ST EAG P K N OR L EN AM E C F O ST ER WH EEL ER
STATOIL P E TROG AL / G AL P EN ER G I A Z EP
SHELL M U RPH Y O I L AR E VA

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


SOLUTIONS

393

LNG/LPG carriers Exhaust Chemical


WebLink: 14207 WebLink: 14208 WebLink: 14209

Other applications Services


WebLink: 14210 WebLink: 14211

SA MSUNG SSAB B ASF


H ITACHI SASOL SO LVAY
ZO RLU ENERJI A IR L IQ U I DE M AN DI E SEL & T UR B O
PAUL WURT H CA BOT COR PO R AT I O N WÄRTSI L Ä ( H AM WO RT H Y )
C B &I D O W IZO LAN DR ESSER - R AN D
H Y UNDAI S CHE NE CTADY EUR O PE ( SI C UM M I N S
TH YSSENKRUPP G RO U P ) M AG N I TO G O R SK I R O N & ST E E L
SS I (TATA STEEL / CO RU S ) U NIL E V E R AN DR I T Z
AR CELORMITTAL DOW VAL M E T
SEVERSTAL E NI AL FA L AVAL
TATA M E TA F RA X M UR C O PE T R O L EUM L I M I T E D

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


ON-SITE SERVICES

395

ON-SITE SERVICES

It is crucial that the pipe system runs These services are performed by our
smoothly without the risk of unexpec- engineering and worldwide on-site
ted, problematic and costly shut- service team. The team is experi-
downs. To achieve a trouble free and enced in all industries and available to
reliable operation, all of the compo- respond to urgent requests. We also
nents of the system must be well service expansion joints that were not
managed including the expansion of our original manufacture.
joints. To obtain the maximum benefit
from an expansion joint, it is not only
Ensuring savings
important to consider its design and
and effective solutions
construction features, but also its
Repair of the existing expansion
function as part of the overall pipe
joint/-s is often more effective than
system design. Further, key issues
buying a completely new unit.
which critically affect performance are Replacement of wearing parts such
the location of the expansion joints in as the bellows in an expansion joint
the system, its correct installation and can be the most efficient solution that
planned inspections during its service ensures both cost savings and an
life. Having carefully considered these extended service life. For example,
factors, we have extended our core repairs to the bellows of an existing
competences from the design and unit can deliver almost the same
manufacture of expansion joints to service life as a completely new
services such as: expansion joint.
l Installation Belman undertakes repair and
l Repair/refurbishment refurbishment work both on-site and
l Clamshell bellows in our workshop. Our engineers are
l Inspection always ready to advise on the most
l Engineering service efficient solution.

ON-SITE SERVICES

l Welding of clamshell bellows l Supervision of expansion joints


l Welding of expansion joints l Assisting/supervision of
supplied in segments customers own maintenance/
l Removal, installation and welding installation team
of a new expansion joint (into a l Compliance with local,
gap in the pipe system) industrial and customer’s
l Repair/refurbishment of expansion regulations
joints

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


ON-SITE SERVICES

397

THE SERVICE TEAM

Belman has a service team of 6 petrochemical industry in countries


assigned welders. In case the project such as Germany, the Netherlands
demand more resources, we have and Belgium.
additional skilled welders in our
workshop that are qualified to join the Flame Resistant Clothing
service team. All clothing worn by the service team
makes use of flame retardant/
Certificates antistatic materials especially
The service team members have designed for the purpose and
extensive experience in working according to the relevant standards:
on-site worldwide and in many EN 1149-5, EN 11611, EN 11612
industries. They are certified for and EN 61482-1.
welding according to ASME IX,
EN 287 and EN 1418. Furthermore, Equipment
they are certified to operate overhead All standard equipment (like welding
travelling cranes and forklift trucks. machines, test equipment, filler
The welder certificates can be materials, hoists etc.) needed for an
forwarded upon request as part of installation/replacement job is packed
the welding documentation. and available for immediate use in our
service container. This ensures that
Safety the service team can be available and
The service team members attend ready to work on-site within short
courses in first aid, and due to notice. We also include specialised
previous project demands, they have equipment required for very specific
attended several additional safety project tasks.
courses, helping them to comply
easily with any safety requirements Inspection
mandated by clients. A project manager monitors the
installation work to ensure project
VCA approval compliance. The project manager can
Our service team is of course VCA also visit the site for an inspection if
certified, which is mandatory in the required.

REFERENCES
To see the on-site service team
references please visit
WebLink: 14211

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


398

THE BELLOW
AND ITS FUNCTION
The bellows are the main component l If large convolution heights are of which, they have the strength to
of an expansion joint, and it allows needed (for extremely flexible withstand high pressures and
flexibility in axial, lateral and angular bellows like lens expansion joints) temperatures, but with the material
directions. Expansion joints usually stress and flexibility as each
l Applications with abrasive media
consist of one or more bellows which sub-divided ply.
(in such situations, single layer
gives it its flexibility. Depending on the Generally, multi-ply bellows are more
bellows can have an advance)
scale of the movements, the bellow compact than the single-ply bellows.
can have a single convolution, or a l Lens expansion joints This results in a shorter overall length;
series of convolutions. Metallic l Thick-wall type of expansion joints required built-in space and the
U-shaped bellows in particular offer reduced bending stress considerably
great flexibility and the shape of the l Special styles of membranes (for increases the flexibility and decreases
convolutions provide adequate instance S-shaped style, and spring rates.
strength for good pressure resistance. bellows for butt-welding to existing
pipes) The advantages of multi-ply bellows
Bellows design are:
Depending on the application, Multi-ply bellows
Belman bellows can be manufactured l Resistance to very high pressure
Belman multi-ply bellows are the best
as a single-ply or multi-ply technical solutions with regards to l High flexibility
construction. Belman can advise flexibility, safety and overall perfor-
l Short construction overall length
which type of construction is suitable. mance. Belman multi-ply bellows
The single-ply bellows are made of a always consist of multiple, pres- l Low displacement forces/spring
single-ply metal cylinder that is sure-tight longitudinally welded tubes rates
formed into u-shaped convolutions made of austenitic stainless steel or l Large movement absorption
perpendicular to the cylinder centre another high-alloyed material. Each
line. tube forms a pressure tight and closed l Small convolution height
layer. The tube is precisely cut, so that l Vibration absorption
Single-ply bellows they fit closely over each other and
Single-ply is recommended for certain can be telescoped together to form l Optimal burst resistance,
applications, due to following the total bellows wall thickness and high safety
reasons: needed for the specified pressure l Optional early leak indication,
range. After assembly of the through leak monitoring
l Applications with aggressive
multi-layered cylindrical pack, the
corrosion (corrosion problems) u-shaped convolution is formed. l Economical use of high alloy
materials like Inconel, Incoloy,
l For clamshell bellows: e.g.
titanium, Hastelloy and Tantal
change of a leaking bellow, or Multi-ply bellows provide the required
repair of existing bellows with the wall thickness by the provision of l Excellent solid-borne sound
pipe system in service many plies of thin layers and as result absorber

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

399

Spring rates Leak monitoring testable bellows can only monitor an


A bellow can be compared to a steel In any installation and application, inner ply breach.
spring with the spring rate being an downtime can be very expensive.
expression of the force required to To prevent possible downtime and to Active
move the bellows through a specified ensure predictability, Belman multi-ply Active two-ply testable bellows require
movement. Multi-ply bellows have a bellows can be monitored permanent- a vacuum between the plies, depen-
considerably lower spring rate ly for leaks with an advanced two-ply ding on the pressure reading on the
compared to single-ply, as sub- testable system. Two-ply testable gauge, an inner- or outer ply failure
dividing the pressure-bearing wall into bellows should not be compared with can be detected. If the inner ply is
thinner layers of steel reduces the standard multi-ply designs, as each of breached, the vacuum between the
bending stresses equal to the the two layers is designed for the full plies will be lost and the incident is
numbers of plies. The positive result line pressure, temperature and cycles. detected as an increase to the line
of very flexible multi-ply bellows and If one ply fails, the second ply will take pressure on the measuring monitor.
low spring rates is that less force acts its place until a scheduled outage can If the outer ply is breached the vacuum
on the fix points and equipments be made or when replacement/repair will be lost, and thereby it can be
adjacent to the expansion bellows, can be executed. determined whether the inner or outer
which is an important cost saving ply has failed.
factor. Belman two-ply testable bellows play
Cost savings of multi-ply a valuable role in lines with a critical Vibration
expansion joints medium such as toxic, flammable, Standard expansion joints are mainly
In situations where the expansion explosive or other critical media. To designed for compensation of static
joints are exposed to aggressive prevent the escape of the medium movements like thermal expansion.
media and could lead to problems of following the bellows failure, it is The advantage of multi-ply bellows
corrosion, a very economical solution necessary to monitor the integrity of with its structure of several thin plies
is the manufacture of only the inner the bellow's inner or outer ply. also allows compensation of dynamic
ply (plies) in corrosion resistant Essentially there are two types of vibrations from rotating machinery,
material whereas the external layers two-ply testable bellows: Passive and when the vibrations are defined in
produced in a less expensive ordinary Active. terms of frequency and amplitude.
stainless steel. This is due to the fact Due to the compact layer structure
that corrosion resistant material is Passive and the friction effect of the plies
very expensive. When using this cost Passive two-ply testable bellows sliding on each other, Belman
effective option, the weld ability of the monitor the pressure between the multi-ply bellows have a positive
different plies of materials together bellows plies. If the inner ply is damping effect of the energy
into one should be ensured, or breached, the line pressure will build consumption from vibrations.
alternatively the use of loose flanges up between the two plies, and An additional benefit from multi-ply
should be considered as an alterna- pressure can be read on a pressure bellows is their excellent isolation
tive option. gauge or monitor. Passive two-ply against solid borne sound.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


400

THE BELLOW
AND ITS FUNCTION
Bellow geometry material results in an adverse effect specific requirement by changing its
Expansion bellows must be designed on the bellow fatigue life and spring geometry. Particularly multi-ply
in accordance with two contradictory rates. bellows can, to a greater or lesser
demands. First, the strength and extent, be designed to handle specific
rigidity should be in accordance with The opposing demands of pressure requirements.
the specified design pressure and stability and flexibility can best be It is possible to increase the quantity
temperature. Secondly, it must deliver resolved through the geometry of the of layers for higher pressure while the
the required flexibility to compensate convolutions. Toroidal shaped movement flexibility is retained.
for the movements given. (Omega shaped) convolutions are Therefore multi-ply bellows are
highly pressure resistant but less considered as the best technical
The specified design pressure should flexible for larger movements. solution.
be calculated as accurately as The bellow capacity is mainly
possible. An overstated design The U-shaped convolutions are the determined by the following variable
pressure would require a greater best form for pressure reliability and parameters:
bellow material thickness, in order to flexibility.
generate the strength for the It is possible to enhance the l Pipe diameter (D)
pressure. However, thicker bellow characteristic of a bellow to a very l Bellows ply thickness (t)

U-shaped (full bore) Toroidal

U-shaped (reduced bore)

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

401

l Convolutions pitch (q) stress due to temperature, instability, ment cycles that can be expected
l Convolution height (w) spring rates and fatigue cyclic life. from the bellow.
l Convolutions radius (r) The cyclic life is determined by
Design parameters effect various parameters such as pressure,
l Number of plies (n) on bellow performance temperature and the bellow geometry.
l Bellows reinforcement The variable parameters and their Any change in these factors will result
l Bellows material influence on combined stresses in a change in the cyclic lifetime of the
imposed by movements, pressure bellow/expansion joint. If the bellow is
l Bellows heat treatment
and temperature is best described by to be designed for a certain expected
Each of the above parameters are the below figures. number of cycles, then Belman must
used in a complex set of equations by be made aware of this at the design
the specified design code (EN 14917, Cyclic fatigue life of bellow stage. Normally expansion joints are
EN 13445, EN 13480, AD 2000, The expected cyclic lifetime of a designed for an expectancy of 1000
ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3, bellow or expansion joint assembly is cycles.
ASME VIII Div.1, EJMA) that an overall value, which express the
evaluates: pressure related stress, bellow performance. The cyclic life is
stress of movement deflection, creep defined as a total number of move-

Pressure Pressure Deflection Inplane Column Vacuum Cycles Rated Rated Axial Lateral Torsional
hoop meridional meridional squirm squirm stability axial lateral spring spring moment
stress stress stress stability stability movement movement rate rate resistance

PLIES

Increase number of plies

Decrease number of plies

Increase thickness of plies

Decrease thickness of plies

CONVOLUTIONS

Increase number of convolutions

Decrease number of convolutions

Increase height of convolutions

Decrease height of convolutions

DN (NOMINAL DIAMETER)

Larger diameter

Smaller diameter

= Decrease = Increase = No change

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


402

BELLOWS FORMING

The bellow element is the most telescoped together, to form one multi Punch forming
crucial part of an expansion joint as it walled cylinder. The finished cylinder Punch forming or expansion forming
allows movement flexibility while goes then through a unique forming is done on an expanding mandrel.
containing the pressure and media. process depending on the The cylinder is positioned over an
Belman manufactures bellows in convolutions geometry. expanding mandrel, which punches
uncompromising quality. The manu- Belman produces bellows using each individual convolution by
facturing process is performed by state-of-the-art technology, using the drawing material from the top and
highly skilled and qualified personal in following different forming methods: bottom of the cylinder.
accordance with internationally As the top and bottom of the cylinder
recognised quality standards. is supported by the machine, any
l Punch forming (expansion)
The manufacturing starts with a thinning of the material is eliminated.
single-ply or multi-ply metallic l Rolled forming After the punch process, the corru-
cylinder. The cylinder(s) is primarily l Hydraulic forming gated cylinder is rolled in a series of
made from stainless steel sheets in bronze wheels in order to optimise the
l Elastomer forming (rubber
various thicknesses from 0.2 – 6.0 uniformity of each convolution.
mm, but can be made from any expansion)
quality material. Rolled forming
All Belman forming machines are Rolled forming is a mechanical
Multi-ply bellows are several metallic CNC controlled (Computerised forming method, which is mainly used
cylinders made from sheets, which Numerical Control), which ensures for bellows with either very large or
are precisely cut and rolled into tubes. totally uniformity. Each method has very small diameters. The cylinder is
Each tube is then welded to a closed specific advantages or disadvantages positioned in a machine where a shaft
cylinder and each cylinder is in different situations. with wheels inside and outside the

Punch forming Rolled forming

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

403

cylinder forms the convolutions while one convolution. The bellow is formed until the required number of
the cylinder is rotating over the shaft. by pumping liquid under high pressure convolutions is made.
During the forming process the wheels into the cylinder and the cylinder slowly With this process, it is possible to form
on each shaft are constantly expands into each die. All the convolu- cylinder diameters as small as DN15,
repositioned. The bellows cylinder is tions are formed simultaneously where the cylindrical diameters are
longitudinal shortened while each without overstretching of the material. limited by mandrel and die sizes.
individual convolution is made in the This gives a quick and economic way
forming operation. to form bellows, which is particularly
The forming method is ideal for large beneficial on larger production The difference
size bellows as there is no limit to the quantities. Some rolled convolution styles have a
cylinder size. The bellows machine can slightly reduced inner bore, which can
even be delivered to the site, removing Elastomer forming be a disadvantage in systems with
the problem of the transportation of The cylinder is placed over a mandrel, high flow volume or flow velocity.
oversized bellows. with a compressible rubber ball, As this can result in a higher back
hydraulic force compresses then the pressure on smaller diameter bellows
Hydraulic forming rubber ball, which expands inside the sizes while it has minimal impact on
With hydraulic forming, the cylinder is cylinder. The cylinder expands then larger size bellows. The majority of our
placed in a hydraulic bellows machine externally into an external die with and bellows have a strait internal bore,
and perfectly sealed by two end plates. internal u-shape. After one convolution which has a low impact on internal
The outside of the cylinder is clamped has been expanded out by the rubber flow and offers more options regarding
with dies equal to the required number ball, the rubber compression is different inner sleeves and connections.
of bellows convolutions. Each die released again, the cylinder shifts its Flanges and welding ends are mounted
internally has the same geometry as position and the process is repeated equally on both convolution styles.

Hydraulic forming Elastomer forming

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


404

STRESSES
IN THE BELLOWS
The system pressure and deflection circumferentially due to pressure with a specified stress level norm.
create the major stresses on the difference inside and outside of the The Standards of EN 14917 and the
bellows. The ability of the bellows bellows. The circumferential stress Expansion Joint Manufacturers
membrane to withstand pressure is includes the bellows tangent and Association, Inc. (EJMA) define the
measured by hoop stress, which is collar as well as convolutions. This bellows tangent membrane stress
the normal stress acting stress must be held in accordance due to pressure as σѳ,t or S1:
Tangent inner diameter

F/2
thickness
inner diameter

F/2
Tangent thickness

P
TangentTangent

S1

P
S1
F/2
Tangent length

F/2
Tangent length

Bellows tangent circumferential stress due to pressure (S1)

Collar thickness
Collar mean diameter

F/2
Collar thickness
Collar mean diameter

F/2

S1´
P
F/2
Collar length S1´

F/2
Collar length

Collar circumferential membrane stress due to pressure (S1´)

F/2
Bellows mean diameter

F/2
s mean diameter

P S2

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints

P S2
thi
TangentTan
TangentTan
in
P
S1
T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N F/2
Tangent length
405
F/2
Tangent length

Collar thickness

Collar mean diameter


F/2

Collar thickness
P

mean diameter
F/2
Collar thickness S1´

Collardiameter
F/2
F/2
Collar length
P

Collar mean
S1´
P

F/2
Collar length S1´

F/2
Collar length
The convolution circumferential
membrane stress due to pressure is
designated as σѳE or S2 in the EN and
F/2
EJMA calculations:

Bellows mean diameter


P S2
F/2

mean diameter
F/2

mean diameter
F/2 S2
P
Convolution pitch
Convolution height
BellowsBellows

P S2

F/2
Bellows hoop stress circumferential membrane stress due to
Convolution pitch
pressure (S2) Convolution height F/2

Convolution pitch
Convolution
F/2 height
Bellows mean diameter

The tangent (collar) stress and


circumferential convolution stress must
F/2
not exceed the maximum allowable P S3

stress, which is set by applicable F/2


mean diameter

standard or the customer´s


specification.
mean diameter

P S3
The bellows ability to withstand Convolution pitch
F/2

pressure is also limited by meridional Convolution height


BellowsBellows

P S3
pressure stresses, which run
longitudinal to the bellows center line.
F/2
More specifically, those stresses are Convolution pitch
Convolution height
located in the bellows side wall and F/2
Convolution pitch
produce the tendency for the bellows Convolution height
convolutions to become less U-shaped Bellows meridional membrane stress due to pressure (S3)
and more spherical.
Bellows mean diameter

The bellows meridional membrane P S4


stresses due to pressure are designa-
mean diameter

ted as σ(m,m) and σ(m,b), or S3 and S4


in the EN and EJMA calculations: +
mean diameter

P S4
Convolution pitch M
BellowsBellows

Convolution height
P S4

Convolution pitch + M
Convolution height
Convolution pitch M
Convolution
F height
Bellows mean diameter

Bellows meridional bending stress


F
due to pressure (S4)
S5

F
mean diameter
mean diameter

S5
F
Convolution pitch
Convolution height Convolution movement
BellowsBellows

S5
B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com
F
Convolution pitch
Convolution height Convolution movement
mean diameter
F/2
406
P S3

diameter
Bellows
Bellows mean
P S3

F/2
Convolution pitch
Convolution height

F/2
Convolution pitch
Convolution height
mean diameter

For bellows which are not annealed forming, the stresses must be limited process. The other meridional stresses
after forming, meridional membrane because the bellows side wall material that are evaluated in EN and EJMA are
P S4
and bending stresses due to pressure are no longer cold-formed. It is the bellows meridional membrane and
diameter

are allowed to exceed the initial material common practice not to anneal bellows bending stress due to displacement of
Bellows

yield strength by a large margin after forming so as to benefit from the convolution designated as σ(m,m)
because it is cold formed. In cases of added+ performance that is imparted to (equivalent displacement) and σ(m,b)
Bellows mean

P S4
bellows which are annealed after a bellows through the cold forming (equivalent displacement) or S5 and S6:
Convolution pitch M
Convolution height
+

Convolution pitch M
Convolution height

F
mean diameter

S5
diameter
Bellows
Bellows mean

S5

F
Convolution pitch
Convolution height Convolution movement

F
Convolution pitch
Convolution height Convolution movement
Bellows meridional membrane stress due to deflection (S5)

M
mean diameter

M
S6
diameter

+
Bellows
Bellows mean

+ S6

Convolution pitch M
Convolution height
Convolution movement
+

Convolution pitch M
Convolution height
Convolution movement

Bellows meridional bending stress due to deflection (S6)

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

407

SERVICE
LIFETIME
Bellows deflections are continuously movement characteristics. l Exceptions
repeated a number of times. For this If required, an expansion joint can be Movements that happen in
reason, Belman expansion joints are designed for a range of movements exceptional circumstances such
designed as standard to handle a and as the overall lifetime is related to as earthquakes, water hammer
minimum of 1000 lifetime cycles with the magnitude of movements. It is effect and other emergency
one deflection being expressed as important to consider all possible situations. Normally these
one cycle. deflections in the system which happen as only a few cycles
include: but with large movements.
Within the movement range of an
l Installation misalignment l Vibrations
expansion joint, cyclic life can be
Which is normally a one time In the event of vibrations occur
increased by reducing the actual
occurrence and can be avoided by in the system, Belman must have
movements, or movements may be
a correctly aligned pipe system. information about both the
increased by reducing the expected
amplitude and the frequency.
cyclic lifetime; it simply depends on l Settlement If the vibrations within the system
the actual situation. Foundation or ground settlements are close to the natural frequecies
Expansion joints are usually designed are normally considered as of the bellows, there is a risk of
to absorb deflections, which are one single movement, but this resonance failure of the bellows.
generated by the changes in depends on the actual situation. Vibrations are usually of a low
temperature that occur each time a
l Start-up and shutdown amplitude, but with a very high
system is started and stopped. By
A given number of cycles which number of cycles that can
relating the number of cycles to the
can be predicted by the induce an early fatigue failure.
numbers of start-up and shutdowns
temperature deflections from cold
of the system over a period of time, it
to maximum operational tempera- Accumulated fatigue
is possible to predict when the
ture due to the start-up and Belman must have all relevant
bellows will be worn out or meet
shutdown of the system. information, because a pipe system is
fatigue failure. Having this knowledge
gives the ability to order replacements l Operational movements known to have multiple movement
in time for the next coming outage. Movements that are generated by characteristics as explained earlier.
temperature changes during The accumulated fatigue lifetime is
Movements and cyclic life operation, for example, an engine determined by Miner’s rule of linear
When predicting the lifetime of an lying idle and then running at full accumulation.
expansion joint, it is very important to speed, is characterised by Belman can predict when a bellow is
ensure that the expansion joint movements with a low amplitude, ready to be replaced hence ensure
manufacture has the correct and a high frequency/number of the highest quality of our
specification for the lifetime cycle and cycles. products.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


408

CONNECTION ENDS

Welding ends order to make a perfectly tight depending on the diameter, used up
Expansion joints with welding ends connection. to 25 BarG pressure. For use at
are those which are welded into the Welded flanges are a more expensive higher pressures, welded flanges are
pipe system. Depending on the solution than welding ends. On preferred. Turnable flanges are a very
diameter of the welding ends, they expansion joints with welded flanges, powerful solution to counter flanges,
are made from welded pipe, seamless the flange holes will be inline, which is which are out of line and can be
pipe or from rolled sheet metal. If the important to notice when reordering easier to install when compared with
pipe system requires, it is possible to or installing an expansion joint. If the welded flanges.
design an expansion joint with a flanges in the pipe system are not
welding end in one end and a flange inline, it can be wise to order Collar
in the other end. Welding ends are a expansion joints with loose flanges. A collar rim is practical addition for the
simple, cost effective and easy to Expansion joints with welded flanges bellows end tangents which are flared
implement solution. Installation of an can be quick to install and are easy to over a flange, thereby forming a rim
expansion joint with welding ends into replace. which holds the flange in position. It is
a pipe system requires welding and a very cost efficient solution, saving
inspection on-site with an experi- Loose flanges welding time, with the flaring process
enced installer. Loose flanges are also known as being performed quicker than through
It is considered more complex to swivel flanges or turnable flanges. welding.
replace expansion joints with welding Loose flanges are not welded onto Collar ring
ends than those of expansion joints the expansion joint, but either flared A collar ring is a ring that is welded
with flanges. onto a bellow or fixed behind a onto each end tangents of the
welded collar or ring. bellows. The collar ring adds rigidity
Welded flanges This feature allows the flanges to turn to a flanged connection and through
Welded flanges are welded onto the around its axis, and make it easy to fit which it can be used for higher
expansion joint. Expansion joints with into the pipe system. pressure applications.
welded flanges are suitable for The ring or welded collar is acting as
applications with high pressure, but a raised face or sealing surface, and Welded collar
generally need a sealing gasket in these two types of flanges are, A welded collar can be made of angle

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

409

FITTINGS

bar or as a standard fitting. The deflection and axial compression. The Gimbals
welded collar is welded to the bellows size and quantity of tie rods is A gimbal expansion joint contains two
end tangents with the flange behind determined by the magnitude of the sets of hinges, which are connected
the collar. Depending on the pressure thrust forces. Expansion to a central gimbal ring/box by 4 pins
thickness and shape of the collar it joints with only two tie rods allow and thereby permits angular rotation
can be used in high pressure angular rotation in cases, where the in any plane. The pair of hinges
applications. tie rods are orientated 90 degrees restrains the unit from transferring
opposite to the direction of the pressure thrust forces to external
Cover and insulation rotation. equipment.
If the external protection of the bellow The installation of restrained Gimbal expansion joints can be
is necessary, a cover can be expansion joints do not require fix installed in sets to absorb large
mounted. The cover protects the points and pressure thrust forces are movements.
bellow from dust particles from the not transferred onto external
surroundings, against mechanical equipment. Pantographic linkage
damage and/or external flow. A pantographic linkage is installed on
Furthermore, the cover is a good Hinges expansion joints with double- or
base for external insulation for Expansion joints with hinges allow multiple bellows. The pantographic
preventing the insulation from packing angular movement in a single plane linkage is a type of accessory, which
up between the bellows convolutions. with the pressure thrust forces being is used to distribute large axial
Insulation of expansion joints is often restrained from the bellow. Hinges movements equally between two or
undertaken in applications operating prevent the bellows from axial more bellows. The pantograph can
at higher temperature in order to deflection and are ideally used in set also be designed to allow lateral
prevent heat loss. for lateral deflection or in a three- movement and support the weight of
hinged constellation for multi plane the intermediate pipe section. The key
Tie rods axial movements. As the hinges function of a pantographic linkage is
Tie rods on an expansion joint help to restrain pressure thrust forces, only to equally distribute the total
restrain the pressure thrust forces, guides are needed to control the movements and prevent a fatigue
while simultaneously allowing lateral movements. overload of the bellows.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


410

FITTINGS
INNER SLEEVE
Inner sleeves are used for the internal Shape of media and flow velocity Abrasive media and corrosion
protection of the bellow. They can be The type of media i.e. gas or liquid, Since the bellow is normally made of
used in the following cases: along with the flow velocity and materials in considerably thinner
density of the media is of great layers than the rest of the pipe
l Protecting the bellow from
significance to the design of the components, abrasive media can be
an abrasive media.
expansion joint, since a liquid with the problematic, as the flow of the media
l Protecting the bellow from high same flow velocity as a gas has a can rapidly “wear out” the thin plies of
flow velocity. greater impulse and thus requires the steel bellow. In such a situation, a
l Preventing particles and solid more from the construction. relatively strong inner sleeve should
objects from settling between the High flow velocity can result in be used for protection of the bellow.
convolutions. flow-induced vibrations in the bellow, In cases featuring extremely abrasive
which can considerably shorten its media, Belman prefers to use inner
Information concerning flow velocity lifetime or in a worst case, cause sleeves made of Hardox steel. The
and media is very important when damage to the expansion joint. An composition of the media and the
designing expansion joints. inner sleeve can solve this. particle content is important for the
The flow velocity has a direct effect on selection of the material for an inner
It is important to specify the flow the dimensions of the inner sleeve. sleeve.
velocity and media on all inquiries. The higher the flow velocity is, the The material must be corrosion
thicker the inner sleeve must be. resistant during given operating
Why are inner sleeves important? Here the length of the inner sleeve conditions and resistant to
An expansion joint is often introduced also plays a part, since a long inner possible condensates, which can
into a pipe system in order to sleeve must be thicker than a short form during the down time of the
introduce a flexible element for the inner sleeve to provide sufficient system.
compensation of thermal expansion rigidity.
with the consequence being the Packing up in the convolutions
stress relief of the pipe system. In The effect of the flow velocity on the In addition to its protective role
order to achieve this flexibility, the expansion joint is further complicated against abrasion and high flow
expansion joint is usually produced because the up-stream shape of the velocity, it can further protect against
with a material thickness, which is inner sleeve that has a great influence a media packing up between each
considerably less than the rest of the on how non-turbulent or turbulent the convolution.
components. This however results in flow through the expansion joint is. If In some applications, the medium can
making the expansion joint vulnerable there are pipe bends, valves or the be sticky, solid or of a composition
in many areas that is why in certain like in a distance of up to 10 times the which creates a risk of the media
applications, it is necessary to mount nominal diameter of the inner sleeve, clotting in the convolutions. This will
a protective inner sleeve, which can the flow will be turbulent. The reduce the functionality of the
ensure the integrity of the expansion informed flow velocity can in actual expansion joint that can result in
joint. A large number of factors fact be multiplied by a factor of 4, failure of the bellow. This risk in some
influence the requirement of inner when calculating the thickness of the situations is alleviated by the
sleeves for use in an application. inner sleeve. mounting of an inner sleeve.

Flared inner sleeve Welded inner sleeve Fixed inner sleeve Inner sleeve for type
with welding ends
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

411

Temperature and loss of pressure the “roughness” of the convolutions l Creation of possible condensates
The temperature has no critical generates turbulence. This pressure during shutdown.
influence on whether an inner sleeve loss can be reduced by installing an
l Information concerning the
is required or not. The temperature inner sleeve.
up-stream condition for the pipe
influences the design of the inner
Specifications for inner sleeves system.
sleeve due to the materials strength
We can calculate under which
properties at specified design Requirement for an inner sleeve
circumstances an inner sleeve is
pressures. At design temperatures in The question of whether an inner
required. To support this calculation,
excess of 150°C, the elevated sleeve is required or not can be
we need as much information as
temperatures are compensated by a determined by the guidelines in the
possible but we must receive the
minor addition in the inner sleeve wall diagram below.
following information as a minimum:
thickness. Some applications require If the values in the diagram are
l Media composition (whether the
a minimum of pressure loss through exceeded, inserting an inner sleeve is
media is gas or liquid – and the
the expansion joint and in such cases to be recommended. Flow velocities
density).
the inner sleeve can also be an values higher than that given below
advantage. A flow over an l Flow velocity. can induce resonant vibrations on the
unprotected bellow always creates l Whether the media contains bellows convolutions, which may result
some pressure loss; this is because particles, which can be abrasive. in the destruction of the bellows.

FLUID GASES LIQUIDS

Number of plies 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
in bellow element

DN Flow velocity νalw in m/sa

50 2,5 3,5 4,3 5,0 5,5 1,2 1,7 2,1 2,4 2,7
100 5,0 7,0 8,5 10,0 11,0 2,1 3,0 3,6 4,2 4,7
≥ 150 7,5 10,5 13,0 15,0 16,5 3,0 4,3 5,3 6,1 6,8

a = Velocity values to be interpolated for intermediate nominal diameters (DN)

Source: EN 14917

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

413

INSULATION

Expansion joints can be insulated in Insulation can also be done in order addition of a lining whereby the
various ways and can be insulated to reduce the heat loss of the expansion joint is insulated with
internally as well as externally. medium, or due to an increased concrete.
efficiency of the pipe system. In case When insulating an expansion joint, it
Internal insulation is usually carried of sluggish mediums with a relatively is necessary to consider the
out in order to lower the temperature high viscosity, insulated expansion characteristics of the insulation
of the bellow/expansion joint to a joints will help maintaining the media material. With certain insulating
temperature range where design of viscosity. However, insulation by itself materials there is a risk of packing up,
this vital part can be more suitable may be insufficient, as it will only therefore the material must not be
(e.g. below the materials creep range). reduce the rate of the heat loss. placed between the convolutions of
Insulation can also be done for safety In systems where the existing heat the bellows, as this impairs the
reasons in order to protect the outer may not be sufficient to prevent the bellows functionality. In such cases, it
surroundings from an expansion joint medium from cooling, the medium is important to prevent the insulating
surface temperature that is too high. may settle in the convolutions and material from settling between the
For example, in a carbon black impair the functionality of the convolutions. For example by the
manufacturer’s application, where the expansion joint. In such cases, the fitting of a shell/cover over the
medium had a particularly high best solution can be a chamber convolutions, from which the insula-
temperature of 1000°C, the customer expansion joint. Insulation can be tion material can be mounted around.
chose to insulate the expansion joint carried out using ceramic wool, which
internally. By insulating the expansion is available in many different types to Insulation can be provided in many
joint, its surface temperature was suit a range of applications. Insulation ways, on both the outside and the
reduced to 90°C. can also be provided through the inside of the expansion joint.

Internal insulation

An example of insulation

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


414

PRESSURE THRUST

Force in a perpendicular direction or differently depending on whether the would be effective area of the bellows.
applied normally on an area is called pipe system is anchored and guided
thrust. Pressure thrust force is the or floating. If unrestrained axial Expansion joints normally have a
most essential force encountered in expansion joints are used, pressure cross-sectional area, which is slightly
pressurised pipe systems and if thrust force must be obtained at both larger than the pipe diameter due to the
ignored or incorrectly calculated, it ends of the pipe system by fix points. height of the convolutions. This is a
can have a major impact on the pipe critical detail to take into consideration
system or the surrounding hardware. Single bellows subjected to an axial when designing pipe systems and fix
movement could be simplified as an points. The effective cross section can
Expansion joints are intended to hydraulic cylinder with a spring inside. be illustrated by the sketch below.
absorb pipe expansion and to The spring represents the axial spring Pressure thrust force is calculated by
withstand pressure forces and rate of the bellows, and the hydraulic the product of the bellows mean
movements. However unrestrained piston represents the effect of the diameter multiplied by the maximum
expansion joints also transfer forces, pressure thrust which the expansion line pressure as follows:
where the most important factors are joint can exert on the piping fix points (always base the calculation on the
the bellows spring rate and pressure or pressure thrust restraints. maximum pressure that occurs, usually
thrust. Pressure thrust force acts The area of the hydraulic cylinder the test pressure)
Bellows mean diameter

P
Bellows effective area

Bellows pressure thrust

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

415

Fp = P x A loads. This often results in a high situations, where costly fix points and
financial cost. foundation work is required.
Where:
Restrained Pressure balanced
Fp = Pressure thrust force [N] Alternatively, the reaction force from Where large diameters, high pressure,
P = Pressure [bar] the bellows can be eliminated by or fix points are impractical due to
A = Bellows mean diameter using restrained expansion joints. economic or structural reasons, a
area [mm2] Restrained expansion joints are pressure balanced expansion joint
restrained by using tie-rods, hinge- or can be a powerful solution to a
Unrestrained gimbal systems over the flexible part. challenging design problem.
With unrestrained expansion joints, This hardware obtains all pressure This type of expansion joint is
both spring rates and pressure thrust thrust forces and makes the basically the same as a restrained
forces occur, and the pressure thrust expansion joint behave like a straight unit, but in which the pressure thrust
is often greater than the spring rates. pipe, the only load to consider is the is compensated by larger balancing
This type of expansion joint always spring rate. bellows or a balancing chamber.
requires fix points or a foundation, Restrained expansion joints can be a
which is rigid enough to carry the very cost effective solution in many
Bellows mean diameter

P P

Fp Fp

Bellows spring rate Compensator pipe end


Bellows
Compensator pipe end Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic piston

Bellows pressure thrust

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


416

SPRING RATES

Flexible bellows can be compared to maximum as possible, without being range will result in a permanent
a steel spring in its flexible motion. overstated. deformation of the bellows, especially
The spring rate is an expression of the The magnitude of the spring force is when the movement range is entering
force required to compress or extend determined by the expansion joint into the plastic range of the bellows
the bellows, or alternately its spring constant and the amount of material.
resistance to deflect, which is another movement of the expansion joint, Belman specifies spring rates
factor to take into account when which is calculated as follows: calculated in full in accordance with
calculating loads on fix points. the specified code. The majority of
F=KxX tests have verified actual spring rates
The bellows spring rate depends to have been around 30% less than
particularly on the bellows geometry Where: calculated. When a particular
and especially the bellows ply application requires a more precise
thickness, the number of plies, F = Force [N] specification of the bellows working
convolution geometry and materials. K = Spring rate [N/mm] spring rate, the customer should
Secondly, the actual working X = Movement [mm] specify this to Belman. In special
temperature of the bellows also projects, Belman will determine if a
influences the spring rate, as the steel The bellows will have a spring back prototype testing is necessary to
loses its rigidity at elevated tempera- effect when the movement range is specify the precise load vs. deflection
tures. Therefore, the specified design within the elastic range of the characteristics of a particular bellows
temperature should be as close to the material. But an excessive movement design.

Δx
K

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

417

STABILIT Y

Expansion joints have to be flexible to Column instability (or squirm) is the The critical pressure at which this
absorb movements but at the same phenomena whereby the centerline of instability occurs is a direct function of
time they require the strength and a straight bellows develops a side- the diameter and spring rate, and an
stability to transfer any specified fluid ways or lateral bow. Column instability inverse function of the length.
at a given pressure and temperature. affects the bellows as a whole, while A simple way to imagine this, is to
in-plane or squirm deformation affects remember that the bellow is a cylinder
In case an expansion joint is exposed
only one or more convolutions of given volume. Internal pressure
to an excessive internal pressure, the
individually. In-plane instability, called tries to increase a vessel’s volume.
bellows will show instability. Instability
also local instability or squirm, occurs Since a bellow is flexible in the axial
can occur in two modes, column
in bellows with relative small ratio of direction, it can increase its volume by
instability or in-plane deformation
length and diameter, and is defined as increasing the length of its centerline.
(squirm) of the convolution side wall.
slipping or twisting the plane of one or With the ends fixed, it tries so by
Column instability applies only to several convolutions against each simulating the appearance of a
bellows with internal pressure. parallel convolution. buckling column.

Column instability In-plane instability

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

419

EXTERNAL PRESSURE

Externally pressurised bellows should because the column stability such as


not be confused with bellows used for squirm, can be eliminated due to its
vacuum. With vacuum designed design.
bellows only the inner ply is
considered for pressure and stability. Depending on the role the expansion
joint has to perform, there are different
The design for externally pressurised designs that can be chosen.
expansion joints has the advantage of When produced with an external
absorbing large movements at low cover, it is easy to drain, and this
adjusting forces. It is possible to add design also protects the bellow from
a high number of convolutions possible damage.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

421

THERMAL EXPANSION

Materials expand or contract when When the molecules move faster as a Where
subjected to changes in temperature. result of the added heat, they occupy L = the length in m (e.g. pipe section
Most materials expand when they are more space. This causes an increase between two main fix points)
heated and contract when they are in the material size.
cooled. In scientific terms, heat is a The linear thermal expansion of metal α = the mean thermal expansion
form of kinetic energy and also called components referring to a tempera- coefficient in mm/mK
molecular translational energy due to ture range, can be determined by
motion of molecules. Thermal means of the material-related ∆ t = the temperature difference in K
expansion occurs due to the expansion coefficient: (difference between operating
molecules moving faster when heated temperature and installation
more than their average temperature. ∆t = L ·α · ∆t temperature.

Mean thermal expansion coefficient in α mm/mK

TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM 20°C TO


MATERIAL

100°C 200°C 300°C 400°C 500°C

Ferritic steels 0,0125 0,0130 0,0136 0,0141 0,0145

Austenitic steels 0,0160 0,0165 0,0170 0,0175 0,0180

Copper 0,0155 0,0160 0,0165 0,0170 0,0175

Aluminium alloy (AlMg3) 0,0237 0,0245 0,0253 0,0263 0,0272


Y
13
Thermal expansion of metals
12 Y = thermal expansion α in mm/m
2
11 X = temperature difference α in K
(reference to 20°C)
10
1 = Aluminium
9 2 = Austenitic stainless steels (1.4541)
3 = Copper
8
4 = Carbon steels
1 4
7

5
3
4

0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 X
Mean thermal expansion coefficient α in mm/mK
Source: EN 14917
B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com
422

VIBRATIONS

Where machines, pumps or similar the movement that the different because they typically occur only for
rotating aggregates are present, there expansion joints can absorb. There- very short time period. However,
will be vibrations. Vibrations can occur fore, the placement of pipe supports pressure shocks cannot be ignored,
in different frequencies and ampli- and the selection of the correct as they can damage the expansion
tudes creating noise (high frequency) expansion joint is very important. joints and should be eliminated.
or leading to material fatigue and The vibration created from the
damage. When the vibrations result in The vibration frequencies should be medium that also makes the pipe
damage, the resulting shutdown and outside the range of the natural system vibrate, will not be absorbed
repair work can be very costly. frequencies of the expansion joints. from expansion joints, those
Expansion joints designed for When used for noise insulation, the vibrations can instead be controlled
vibration absorption prevent these natural frequency should be lower from viscous dampers.
failures and absorb or even remove than the noise frequencies. When
the noise. used for low frequency vibrations, it Guides and fix points
should be higher (and far away) to Where the pipe from the vibrating
Connections have the best-dampening effect. We aggregates are connected to the
Normally standard flange connections can calculate these natural frequen- expansion joint, the support shall be
are used, but custom designs can cies upon the customer's request. placed directly after the expansion
also be provided for solving difficult Vibrations created during start up and joints. But be aware that these
and complex installations. shutdown can in general be ignored supports are not connected to the
when designing the expansion joint, vibrating foundation. Supports, in the
The choice of material and design of form of fix points or guides, should be
vibration absorbing expansion joints properly sized to control the reaction
(vibration absorbers) depends on a and adjusting forces.
number of variables, such as the
media, pressure and temperature of When lateral thermal expansion is to
the application. The operating be absorbed, a guide should be used.
FP

pressure is also taken to calculate Restrained expansion joints with


the reactive force. lateral movements are used when the
Operating pressure releases the axial operation pressure is very high that an
reaction force, when an expansion axial expansion joint is no longer
joint without restraints is used and suitable. However, under such
places direct force on supports, walls conditions, it is important to under-
and/or aggregates near to the stand if the vibrations are acting only
expansion joint. This can lead to the in one plane perpendicular to the
displacement or tilting of the aggre- connecting axis, or in a 3-dimensional
gate, depending on the size of the plane where the movements are in all
force. Wherever expansion joints are FP
directions. For vibrations in one plane,
used, it is important to understand a single expansion joint with

DFP

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

423

spherically supported tie rods with be taken into account how the two Noise reducing expansion joints
flexibility in all directions of plane, is expansions joints can work When using a lateral design as
sufficient. together. The pipe bend has to be described, insulation is not enough to
able to make tilting motions and the prevent noise. The noise can be
For 3-dimensional movements, a lateral design should permit that. If transmitted through the fix points or tie
second expansion joint has to be a lateral design is used as a second rods, even by using multi-ply bellow.
expansion joint, it should be
mounted at an angle of 90° to the Vibrations absorbers for lateral expan-
first expansion joint. sion joints are provided with damping
washers made of stainless steel wire.
Pressure balanced These washers are temperature- and
G1

Pressure balanced corner relief aging-resistant. The design of which


expansion joints can be the ensures that they retain their shape
optimum solution to control and technical characteristics for
3-dimentional vibrations in all practically their entire working lifetime.
directions, when the vibrating mass Vibration absorbers can also be
is smaller. However, when com- special and customised designs.
pared to the lateral and angular
designs, this design is also more
expensive.

G1
FP

G1

G1

installed perpendicular to the first one.


This second expansion joint can be of
either lateral or angular design,
FP

depending on the other parameters G1

such as amplitudes or thermal


expansion. Using an angular design
as a second expansion joint, it should

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


424

SETTLEMENT

Choosing the best solution with the correction of inaccuracies in founda-


correct expansion joint is important. tions, it can be considered a one-time
Expansion joints, used for the movement. The expansion joint can
compensation of misalignments in the even absorb very high deformation
piping system can, in theory, work as without having leaks. However, if it is
a one-time movement which should used for controlling displacements
have no impact on the service life. In when filling or emptying tanks, then
practice, there is a high risk of the design has to deal with stress
deposition. Deposition could lead to cycles and be calculated in the same
the blockage of the normal move- way as a normal expansion joint.
ments and cause an early failure of
the expansion joint. Expansion joints can also be used as
The risk is highest for short axial a mounting or dismounting space for
expansion joints that absorb lateral items such as valves. To ensure the
movements. optimal design, these expansion joints
should be able to withstand large
When using expansion joints for movements without the convolutions
subsidence damage and the being blocked.

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

425

TORSION

Torsion acting in or around the


longitudinal axis of the bellow should
be avoided. In general, this is due to
the extremely high shear stresses
produced. When such forces exist in
the system, it is advisable to deploy
special hardware to limit its influence.
Hinges and gimbals could be
included in the possible solutions.

Ʈ(y,z)

Mt

Illustration of torsion

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


426

CORROSION

Corrosion can be defined as an un- Generally, the expansion joint is collect in the grain boundaries – the C
desirable chemical or electrochemical designed so that corrosion fatigue atoms diffuse into the grain bounda-
damage to the material. should not occur. ries – where they will react with Cr
Safety-related corrosion is also an with the formation of chromium
important factor. Types of corrosion Intergranular corrosion carbides (CrC). The result will be a
such as stress corrosion, intergranular Intergranular corrosion is – as the quite narrow zone alongside the grain
corrosion, crevice corrosion and name implies – a kind of corrosion boundaries, where the content of
corrosion fatigue can occur fast and that follows the grain boundaries, chromium has become too low (less
lead to the destruction of a steel which have a relatively low chromium than 12% Cr) for the resistance
construction. content. Intergranular corrosion can against corrosion. The physical
The corrosion resistance of stainless occur if the steel has been heated for characteristics of the steel are not
steel depends on the alloy and the too long at temperatures between significantly influenced if the
oxide film that covers the surface of 550ºC and 850ºC. For this reason, necessary precautions against
the material. Different media can welding must be performed with low intergranular corrosion are taken.
break this film down and cause heat input and preheating must never Intergranular corrosion is easiest to
different kinds of corrosive attacks. be used. Preheating is the technical avoid when specifying a carbon
Typically, corrosive attacks seen on increasing of the heat input. It occurs content lower than 0,03% C (and
expansion joints are: if the steel is sensitised with the steel likewise a specific test against
being exposed to heat treatment, as intergranular corrosion can be
Corrosion fatigue the chromium content in the grain requested in the material certificate)
Fatigues are frail and the cracks are boundaries becomes "used up". and an eventually stabilisation of the
often opposite grained as with stress Therefore, the chromium is no longer steel with titanium (or niobium).
corrosion cracking but not branched. available for the further protection
Corrosion fatigue results from a against corrosion. Sensitisation can Stress corrosion cracking
simultaneous influence of dynamic happen if the steel contains too much Stress corrosion cracking is re-
influences and corrosion. Most carbon (C), which is planned to be cognisable because of the charac-
corrosion damages that involve less than 0,03%, and is heated to the teristic cracking, where side branch
spalling or corrosion flakes have an temperature area 550-850ºC. At occurs in both the material surface as
element of corrosion fatigue to them. these temperatures, the carbon will well as in the depth. Stress corrosion

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


CORROSION

427

cracking can occur if austenitic film is too weak to resist the environ- expansion joints, as assemblies
stainless steel is exposed to a ment in which the steel is exposed. between connection ends (e.g. a
combination of tensile stress, This can result in the local destruction flange) and bellow can result in the
increased temperatures and an of the oxide film that is not capable of formation of gaps or crevices. In this
environment that contains chlorides rebuilding itself, after which the crevice corrosion can occur.
(or other chemicals). corrosion attack continues. The Pitting corrosion and crevice
Stress corrosion cracking is together attack from pitting corrosion will corrosion can be avoided by:
with crevice corrosion, the most normally look rather innocent on the 1. Selection of the appropriate steel
common type affecting expansion surface; but underneath the corrosion type, which is sufficiently high
joints. Stress corrosion cracking can extend to a significant size. alloyed – and therefore can resist
occurs on the expansion joint the environmental conditions
because of stresses in the bellow Crevice corrosion 2. Avoiding gaps
caused by larger movements than Crevice corrosion occurs in narrow, 3. Be meticulous in the avoidance
which the expansion joint is designed liquid-charged splits, where the of contamination of the stainless
for. Likewise, a high operating oxygen is quickly used up, and for steel. Minor damages may be
pressure can be the reason. that reason, the passitivity cannot be alleviated by pickling.
Stress corrosion cracking can be maintained.
avoided by removing one or more of Crevice corrosion is closely related to Corrosion caused by turbulence
these factors but in practice this is pitting corrosion. In narrow slits like This kind of corrosion is very special
seldom possible. The only option is overlaps- and FL-joints, the and is rarely seen. Even so, attention
the use of a higher alloyed steel/mate- concentration of aggressive media is to this kind of corrosion should be
rial. In this regard, the nickel content possible, leading to a breakdown of paid. If the flow rate exceeds 20 m/s,
is the most relevant issue. the passive film. Because of the lack that can constitute a potential risk.
of oxidization of the oxide film, pitting Therefore, in cases where the flow
Pitting corrosion corrosion continues. rate exceeds 20 m/s, we recommend
Pitting corrosion is localised corrosion A variant of crevice corrosion can to contact Belman. We would
and is characterised by small discreet occur under incrustation in maritime welcome the opportunity to advise
holes on the surface of the steel. environment. you on this very special corrosion
Pitting corrosion occurs if the oxide This kind of corrosion is often seen on type.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


CORROSION

429

PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION

Corrosion can be defined as the How to avoid corrosion


gradual destruction of materials on the steel components
through a chemical reaction with their Corrosion on carbon steel expansion
environment. There are many different joint components such as
types of corrosion, the most impor- welding ends, flanges, hinges,
tant corrosion forms for ferrous and gimbals, intermediate pipes, covers
non-ferrous materials were described etc. are avoided via the appropriate
in the previous pages. material selection and/or surface
treatment.
How to avoid
corrosion on the bellow Material selection involves the
Corrosion can be avoided by the selection of a material which is
appropriate selection of materials for resistant to corrosion; this may be in
the bellow. The application, the the form of a high alloy steel type.
media, the operating environment,
customer requirements and/or other Usually surface treatment is a coating
factors determine the choice of such as a primer which is specified by
material for the bellow. Sometimes the client.
demanding projects require other
alternative kinds of corrosion protec- This material selection and/or surface
tion for the expansion joint. We offer treatment are done according to
the following alternative kinds of customer requirement, project
protection against corrosion which specification and/or according to
are shown in the following pages. application requirements.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


CORROSION

431

PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION


PTFE COATING
PTFE-coated expansion joints are an considerably cheaper. PTFE bellows
alternative solution for those applica- are often used in the chemical and
tions in which steel expansion joints paper industries, especially in
are not considered as the optimal applications with aggressive mediums
choice. This could be due to an such as chlorine. These mediums are
aggressive medium or other factors corrosive against common steel types
which make it necessary to use a high and even most of nickel alloys. The
alloy bellow material, resulting in the only possibility is therefore the
total solution becoming more selection of high cost titanium or
expensive. In such cases, PTFE can other high alloy materials. For this
be a very good alternative – both from reason, PTFE is often chosen due to
a technical and an economic its cost advantage and also because
perspective. of its good resistance against many
medias.
Compared to most common steel
and rubber material types, the cost of The PTFE coating is characterised by
PTFE is rather low. However, when good corrosion protection against
compared to titanium and similar high aggressive mediums. In addition, the
alloy steel materials, it is proven to be PTFE material is also wear resistant.

PRODUCT RANGE

Expansion joints can be coated with Temperature


an inner 550-1500 μm PTFE coating This type of coating can be used for
and – if the intended use requires this applications with a temperature of up
– the same PTFE coating can also be to 150°C.
applied to the seal surfaces.
Pressure
Depending on the diameter, PTFE
bellows are suitable for a pressure in
excess of 13 barG.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


432

PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION


TANTALUM COATING
In situations where the pipe system/ are maintained and they are signifi- problematic for the performance and
plant has a highly aggressive medium cantly better than bellows manufac- the service life.
and aggressive operating conditions, tured with a loose tantalum liner or
tantalum is a possible solution instead from solid tantalum metal. The alternatives
of special metals. Tantalum brings an For aggressive mediums, steel
increased corrosion resistance and Operating reliability expansion joints coated with PTFE are
faster delivery. By choosing an Generally, tantalum components usually used. The aggressiveness of
expansion joint with a tantalum achieve a longer service life and thus the medium determines the degree of
surface, a better utilisation of the provide a better operating reliability alloying of the steel. Usually, special
product can be achieved. The bellows than their alternatives (PTFE, special metals (e.g. Hastelloy) are used. In
can achieve a higher resistance to metals such as Hastelloy). many cases, this is sufficient. The risk
corrosion, surpassing that of the Some plant owners still continue to arises when quiet corrosion occurs
special metals (such as titanium, choose their current solutions and due to attrition/damage of the PTFE
Hastelloy etc.), while simultaneously accept the need for regular replace- coating, allowing the medium access
preserving the steels ductility. ments. However, a tantalum solution to the steel.
Tantalum coating is unique in the can significantly minimise the
sense that the chemical process resources needed for replacement Possible applications
takes place at a high temperature, and the uncertainty/worries of Tantalum coated expansion joints
and the tantalum metal is partly breakdowns. For instance, on have many possible applications and
alloyed into the stainless bellows and thick-walled valves it may be are well-suited for installation in hot
a 50 µm tantalum layer is precipitated. acceptable that corrosion affects the and acidic environments with elevated
Thus, mechanical characteristics metal thickness, but on bellows with a temperatures. At 150°C tantalum is
equivalent to those of stainless steel low metal thickness, this can be very resistant to most chemicals and

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


CORROSION

433

mixtures of chemicals no matter the life/performance of their components. and can increase the service life by
concentration; this includes wet up to 10 times compared to the
Exception
gases, acidic aqueous solutions as special steels. Tantalum is one of the
Tantalum coated expansion joints
well as high concentrations of nitric, few metals that are resistant to aqua
should not be used in strong basic
hydrochloric and sulphuric acid. regia. Compared to stainless steel,
environments (pH>13); in such cases,
The most important exceptions treatment with tantalum gives the
stainless materials or pure nickel can
concern hydrogen fluoride, fluorides bellows a grey surface. Both the
provide a better and lower cost
and concentrated bases (pH>13). At bellows and any guide pipes can be
solution. Tantalum, however, is
150–250°C, there are limitations in treated with tantalum.
applicable for ammonium hydroxide
the concentration ratio or mixtures.
and hypochlorite solutions and other
Above 300°C, tantalum will oxidize in
less strong basic environments.
air and its application is reduced to
Should tantalum be considered as a
metalfuses under inert atmosphere.
possible solution for you, we are
Such conditions are often present in
pleased to assist on assessing how
the chemical, oil and gas, energy and
the tantalum treatment will affect the
the pharmaceutical industry.
design of the expansion joint (such as
However, the need does not exist in
general dimensioning, spring rates,
all of the above mentioned industries.
service life/fatigue, etc.).
Tantalum is, therefore, suited primarily
If basic cleaning is needed, 2% KOH
for customers who have problems
up to 60°C can be used.
with highly corrosive mediums and
who experience problems with Tantalum vs. other steels
operating reliability and the service Tantalum is very corrosion resistant

PRODUCT RANGE

Tantalum coated expansion joints are


customised solutions and are available
in sizes up to DN 350 and in
installation lengths up to 700 mm.

Tantalum layer
The tantalum layer will as standard be
50 µm but it can be increased to up to
200 µm.

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

435

TECHNICAL
SUPPORT SECTION

437 Download BelMaker Light®


439 Resistance tables
460 Flange tables - EN 1092-1:2007
478 Flange table - DIN 86044-1:2010-01
480 Materials tables
488 Conversion tables
492 Steam table
495 Downloads (Isometric paper, inquiry sheet etc.)

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


E X PA N S I O N J O I N T S

®
BelMaker Light
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

437

BELMAKER LIGHT®

Belman’s expansion joint solutions are With this software, you get also
effectively calculated and designed access to:
with the help of our in-house
developed software – “BelMaker®”. l Expansion joints selection from
In order to provide a valuable tool to many parameters
ease the daily work of all engineers l 3D drawings and 2D drawings of
associated with expansion joints, we catalogue expansion joints
have developed a similar technologi- l Searchable resistance tables
cally advanced software – “BelMaker l Isometric paper
Light®”. The "BelMaker Light®" l Flange tables
provides you with the best features l and much more...
from our technical software. With this
application, you have the opportunity Our dedicated team is working
to utilise one of the most precise and continuously on improvements and
advanced software tools in the the further development of “BelMaker
industry. Light®”. Therefore you can expect
Please refer to the given link to future enhancements and new
download the application free of features to bring even more value to
charge: the application and your daily work.

http://belmakerlight.belman.dk

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

439

DEFINITION FOR
RESISTANCE TABLES
The resistance tables indicate the joints. Please see the definitions used
corrosive behavior of various metals in the tables below.
often used for bellows and expansion

Assessment Corrosion behaviour Suitability

0 Resistant Suitable

Uniform corrosion with reduction


in thickness
of up to 1 mm/year Restricted
1
P = Risk of pitting corrosion suitability
S = Risk of stress corrosion
cracking

Hardly resistant
Uniform corrosion with reduction
2 Not recommended
in thickness of more than
1 mm/year up to 10 mm/year.

Not resistant Unsuitable


3
(different forms of corrosion)

TABLE ABBREVIATIONS

dr: dry condition


mo: moist condition
hy: hydrous solution
me: melted
cs: cold-saturated
(at room temperature)
sa: saturated (at boiling point)
bp: boiling point
adp: acid dew point

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


C8HgNO

CH3COCl
440

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

www.belman.com
sa
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

3
Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

1
Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /

3
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

0
Titanium

0
Tantalum
PURE METALS

1
3
1

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

441

MEDIUM MATERIALS
STAINLESS STEELS NICKEL ALLOYS PURE METALS

Austenitic + Mo steels
Non-/low-alloy steels
Concentration

2.4360 / alloy 400


2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


Temperature

2.4610, 2.4619 /
Austenitic steels

C-4, C-246
Ferritic steels

Aluminium
Tantalum
Titanium
DESIGNATION

Nickel
Chemical Formula % °C

sulphate

hy 20 40 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 3 0 0
hy sa bp 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 1 3 0 0

NH4Al(SO4)2

Ammonium bifuoride

Ammonium carbonate

Ammonium chloride

bp

hy 5 20 0 1 0 3 0

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


442

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

hy

www.belman.com
%

50
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

bp
°C

100
0
1
Non-/low-alloy steels

0
Ferritic steels

0
Austenitic steels

0
Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

0
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

1
2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
3

C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

1
2

2.4360 / alloy 400

0
Nickel

0
0

Titanium
0

Tantalum
PURE METALS

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


Benzoic acid
DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


%
Concentration

100
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

Temperature

bp
°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

0
Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

0
2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

0
2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel
1

Titanium
0

Tantalum
443

PURE METALS

1
Aluminium

www.belman.com
444

RESISTANCE TABLES
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

MEDIUM MATERIALS
STAINLESS STEELS NICKEL ALLOYS PURE METALS

Austenitic + Mo steels
Non-/low-alloy steels
Concentration

2.4360 / alloy 400


2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


Temperature

2.4610, 2.4619 /
Austenitic steels

C-4, C-246
Ferritic steels

Aluminium
Tantalum
Titanium
DESIGNATION

Nickel
Chemical Formula % °C

CaSO3

CaCO3

mo 100 25 3 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 3

mo bp 3 1 3

Caustic-soda solution

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


sa
%
Concentration
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

Temperature

°C

3
Non-/low-alloy steels

3
Ferritic steels

3
Austenitic steels

3
Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

2.4858 / alloy 825

0
2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

1
2.4360 / alloy 400

3
Nickel

0
Titanium

Tantalum
445

PURE METALS

Aluminium

www.belman.com
446

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula

See combustion gases


MEDIUM

www.belman.com
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C

1
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

0
Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
PURE METALS

0
Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

447

MEDIUM MATERIALS
STAINLESS STEELS NICKEL ALLOYS PURE METALS

Austenitic + Mo steels
Non-/low-alloy steels
Concentration

2.4360 / alloy 400


2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


Temperature

2.4610, 2.4619 /
Austenitic steels

C-4, C-246
Ferritic steels

Aluminium
Tantalum
Titanium
DESIGNATION

Nickel
Chemical Formula % °C

vapour

Glutamic acid 20 1 P P 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
HOOC-CH2-CH2-CHNH2-COOH 80 3 P P 0 1 1

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


448

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

www.belman.com
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
PURE METALS

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


%
Concentration
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
449

PURE METALS

Aluminium

www.belman.com
450

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

www.belman.com
all
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
PURE METALS

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


%
Concentration
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
451

PURE METALS

Aluminium

www.belman.com
CnH2n+2

pentachlorite
452

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

www.belman.com
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
PURE METALS

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


phtalic anhydride
DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


%
Concentration
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
453

PURE METALS

0
Aluminium

www.belman.com
454

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

www.belman.com
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
PURE METALS

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

455

MEDIUM MATERIALS
STAINLESS STEELS NICKEL ALLOYS PURE METALS

Austenitic + Mo steels
Non-/low-alloy steels
Concentration

2.4360 / alloy 400


2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


Temperature

2.4610, 2.4619 /
Austenitic steels

C-4, C-246
Ferritic steels

Aluminium
Tantalum
Titanium
DESIGNATION

Nickel
Chemical Formula % °C

Na2CrO4

Sodium hydrogensulphate
see sodium bisulphate

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


456

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

www.belman.com
me
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C

320
3
Non-/low-alloy steels

0
Ferritic steels

0
Austenitic steels

0
Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /

0
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel
1
0

Titanium
0

Tantalum
PURE METALS

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

hy

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


sa
%
Concentration
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

Temperature

°C

3
Non-/low-alloy steels

3
Ferritic steels

1
Austenitic steels

0
Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /

1
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

0
Tantalum
457

PURE METALS

3
Aluminium

www.belman.com
458

DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

www.belman.com
pure
pure
%
Concentration
Source: Euro-Qualiflex

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS
RESISTANCE TABLES

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
PURE METALS

Aluminium

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


see picric acid
DESIGNATION
Chemical Formula
MEDIUM

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


%
Concentration
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

Temperature

°C
Non-/low-alloy steels

Ferritic steels

Austenitic steels

Austenitic + Mo steels
STAINLESS STEELS

2.4858 / alloy 825

2.4816 / alloy 600

2.4856 / alloy 625


NICKEL ALLOYS

2.4610, 2.4619 /
C-4, C-246
MATERIALS

2.4360 / alloy 400

Nickel

Titanium

Tantalum
459

PURE METALS

Aluminium

www.belman.com
460

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 2,5

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter of of of neck
bolt circle bolt hole
D K L Number Size A
N B1 B2

F L A N G E T Y P E

11 01 02
21 32
01, 02, 05,11, 21 35-37

10 75 50 11 4 M10 17,2 18,0 21

15 80 55 11 4 M10 21,3 22,0 25

20 90 65 11 4 M10 26,9 27,5 31

25 100 75 11 4 M10 33,7 34,5 38

32 120 90 14 4 M12 42,4 43,5 46

40 130 100 14 4 M12 48,3 49,5 53

50 140 110 14 4 M12 60,3 61,5 65

65 160 130 14 4 M12 76,1 77,5 81

80 190 150 18 4 M16 88,9 90,5 94

100 210 170 18 4 M16 114,3 116,0 120

125 240 200 18 8 M16 139,7 141,5 145

150 265 225 18 8 M16 168,3 170,5 174

200 320 280 18 8 M16 219,1 221,5 226

250 375 335 18 12 M16 273,0 276,5 281

300 440 395 22 12 M20 323,9 327,5 333

350 490 445 22 12 M20 355,6 359,5 365

400 540 495 22 16 M20 406,4 411,0 416

450 595 550 22 16 M20 457,0 462,0 467

500 645 600 22 20 M20 508,0 513,5 519

600 755 705 26 20 M24 610,0 616,5 622

700 860 810 26 24 M24 711,0 721

800 975 920 30 24 M27 813,0 824

900 1075 1020 30 24 M27 914,0 a 926

1000 1175 1120 30 28 M27 1016,0 1028

1200 1375 1320 30 32 M27 1219,0 1234

a
To be specified by the purchaser

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

461

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness thickness of shoulder diameters radii (see 5.6.1)

F Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H2 H3 H4 H5 N1 N3 R1 S

F L A N G E T Y P E

01 11 05 32 35 36 37 05 11 11 35 36 37 11 21 11 11, 35
02 21 13 to
37

12 12 12 10 5 2 2,5 - 28 6 28 35 7 26 20 4

12 12 12 10 5 2 2,5 - 30 6 30 38 7 30 26 4

14 14 14 10 6 2,5 3 - 32 6 32 40 8 38 34 4

14 14 14 10 7 2,5 3 - 35 6 35 40 10 42 44 4

16 14 14 10 8 3 3 - 35 6 35 42 12 55 54 6

16 14 14 10 8 3 3 - 38 7 38 45 15 62 64 6

16 14 14 12 8 3 3 - 38 8 38 45 20 74 74 6

16 14 14 12 8 3 3 55 38 9 38 45 20 88 94 6

18 16 16 12 10 3 4 70 42 10 42 50 25 102 110 8

18 16 16 14 10 4 4 90 45 10 45 52 25 130 130 8

20 18 18 14 10 4 4 115 48 10 48 55 25 155 160 8

20 18 18 14 10 5 4 140 48 12 48 55 25 184 182 10

22 20 20 16 11 5 5 190 55 15 55 62 30 236 238 10

See Annex A
24 22 22 18 12 8 - 235 60 15 60 68 - 290 284 12

24 22 22 18 12 8 - 285 62 15 62 68 - 342 342 12

26 22 22 18 13 8 - 330 62 15 62 68 - 385 392 12

28 22 22 20 14 8 - 380 65 15 65 72 - 438 442 12

30 22 24 20 15 8 - 425 65 15 65 72 - 492 494 12

30 24 24 22 16 8 - 475 68 15 68 75 - 538 544 12

32 30 30 22 16 - - 575 70 16 70 - - 640 642 12

40 30 40 - 16 - - 670 76 16 70 - - 740 746 12

44 30 44 - 16 - - 770 76 16 70 - - 842 850 12

48 30 48 - 16 - - 860 74 16 70 - - 942 950 12

52 30 52 - 18 - - 960 74 16 70 - - 1045 1050 16

60 32 50 - 20 - - 1160 94 16 90 - - 1245 - 16

To be continued...

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


462

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 2,5

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter of of of neck
bolt circle bolt hole
D K L Number Size A
N B1 B2

F L A N G E T Y P E

11 01 02
21 32
01, 02, 05,11, 21 35-37

1400 1575 1520 30 36 M27 1422 -

1600 1790 1730 30 40 M27 1626 -

1800 1990 1930 30 44 M27 1829 -

2000 2190 2130 30 48 M27 2032 -

2200 2405 2340 33 52 M30 2235 - -

2400 2605 2540 33 56 M30 2438 - -

2600 2805 2740 33 60 M30 2620 - -

2800 3030 2960 36 64 M33 2820 - -

3000 3230 3160 36 68 M33 3020 - -

3200 3430 3360 36 72 M33 3220 - -

3400 3630 3560 36 76 M33 3420 - -

3600 3840 3770 36 80 M33 3620 - -

3800 4045 3970 39 80 M36 3820 - -

4000 4245 4170 39 84 M36 4020 - -

a
To be specified by the purchaser

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

463

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness thickness of shoulder diameters radii (see 5.6.1)

F Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H2 H3 H4 H5 N1 N3 R1 S

F L A N G E T Y P E

01 11 05 32 35 36 37 05 11 11 35 36 37 11 21 11 11, 35
02 21 13 to
37

- 38 - - - - - 1346 96 16 - - - 1445 - 16

- 46 - - - - - 1546 102 20 - - - 1645 - 16

- 46 - - - - - 1746 110 20 - - - 1845 - 16

- 50 - - - - - 1950 122 22 - - - 2045 - 16

- 56 - - - - - - 129 25 - - - 2248 - 18

- 62 - - - - - - 143 25 - - - 2448 - 18

See Annex A
- 64 - - - - - - 148 25 - - - 2648 - 18

- 74 - - - - - - 161 25 - - - 2848 - 18

- 80 - - - - - - 170 25 - - - 3050 - 18

- 84 - - - - - - 180 25 - - - 3250 - 20

- 90 - - - - - - 194 28 - - - 3450 - 20

- 96 - - - - - - 201 28 - - - 3652 - 20

- 102 - - - - - - 212 28 - - - 3852 - 20

- 106 - - - - - - 226 28 - - - 4052 - 20

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


464

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 6

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter of of of neck
bolt circle bolt hole
D K L Number Size A
N B1 B2

F L A N G E T Y P E

11 01 02
21a 12
01, 02, 05,11,12, 13, 21 35-37 32

10 75 50 11 4 M10 17,2 18,0 21

15 80 55 11 4 M10 21,3 22,0 25

20 90 65 11 4 M10 26,9 27,5 31

25 100 75 11 4 M10 33,7 34,5 38

32 120 90 14 4 M12 42,4 43,5 46

40 130 100 14 4 M12 48,3 49,5 53

50 140 110 14 4 M12 60,3 61,5 65

65 160 130 14 4 M12 76,1 77,5 81

80 190 150 18 4 M16 88,9 90,5 94

100 210 170 18 4 M16 114,3 116,0 120

125 240 200 18 8 M16 139,7 141,5 145

150 265 225 18 8 M16 168,3 170,5 174

200 320 280 18 8 M16 219,1 221,5 226

250 375 335 18 12 M16 273,0 276,5 281

300 440 395 22 12 M20 323,9 327,5 333

350 490 445 22 12 M20 355,6 359,5 365

400 540 495 22 16 M20 406,4 411,0 416

450 595 550 22 16 M20 457,0 462,0 467

500 645 600 22 20 M20 508,0 513,5 519

600 755 705 26 20 M24 610,0 616,5 622

700 860 810 26 24 M24 711,0 721

800 975 920 30 24 M27 813,0 824

900 1075 1020 30 24 M27 914,0 926

1000 1175 1120 30 28 M27 1016,0 1028

1200 1405 1340 33 32 M30 1219,0 b 1234

1400 1630 1560 36 36 M33 1422,0 -

1600 1830 1760 36 40 M33 1626,0 -

1800 2045 1970 39 44 M36 1829,0 -

2000 2265 2180 42 48 M39 2032,0 -

a
For flanges type 21, the outside hub diameter approximately
corresponds to the outside pipe diameter
www.belman.com b
To be specified by the purchaser B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

465

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Cham- Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness fer thickness of shoulder diameters radii (see 5.6.1)

E F Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 N1 N2 N3 R1 S

F L A N G E T Y P E

01 11 05 02 32 35 36 37 05 12 11 11 35 36 37 11 12 21 11 11, 35
02 12 13 13 12 to
13 13 37
21 21

12 12 12 3 10 5 2 2,5 - 20 28 6 28 35 7 26 25 20 4

12 12 12 3 10 5 2 2,5 - 20 30 6 30 38 7 30 30 26 4

14 14 14 4 10 6 2,5 3 - 24 32 6 32 40 8 38 40 34 4

14 14 14 4 10 7 2,5 3 - 24 35 6 35 40 10 42 50 44 4

16 14 14 5 10 8 3 3 - 26 35 6 35 42 12 55 60 54 6

16 14 14 5 10 8 3 3 - 26 38 7 38 45 15 62 70 64 6

16 14 14 5 12 8 3 3 - 28 38 8 38 45 20 74 80 74 6

16 14 14 6 12 8 3 3 55 32 38 9 38 45 20 88 100 94 6

18 16 16 6 12 10 3 4 70 34 42 10 42 50 25 102 110 110 8

18 16 16 6 14 10 4 4 90 40 45 10 45 52 25 130 130 130 8

20 18 18 6 14 10 4 4 115 44 48 10 48 55 25 155 160 160 8

20 18 18 6 14 10 5 4 140 44 48 12 48 55 25 184 185 182 10

22 20 20 6 16 11 5 5 190 44 55 15 55 62 30 236 240 238 10

See Annex A
24 22 22 8 18 12 8 235 44 60 15 60 68 - 290 295 284 12

24 22 22 8 18 12 8 285 44 62 15 62 68 - 342 355 342 12

26 22 22 8 18 13 8 330 - 62 15 62 68 - 385 - 392 12

28 22 22 8 20 14 8 380 - 65 15 65 72 - 438 - 442 12

30 22 24 8 20 15 8 - 425 - 65 15 72 72 - 492 - 494 12

30 24 24 8 22 16 8 - 475 - 68 15 75 75 - 538 - 544 12

32 30 30 8 22 16 - - 575 - 70 16 70 - - 640 - 642 12

40 30 40 4 - 16 - - 670 - 76 16 70 - - 740 - 746 12

44 30 44 4 - 16 - - 770 - 76 16 70 - - 842 - 850 12

48 34 48 4 - 16 - - 860 - 78 16 70 - - 942 - 950 12

52 38 52 4 - 18 - - 960 - 82 16 70 - - 1045 - 1050 16

60 42 60 5 - 20 - - 1160 - 104 20 90 - - 1248 - 1264 16

72 56 68 - - - - - 1346 - 114 20 - - - 1452 1480 16

80 63 76 - - - - - 1546 - 119 20 - - - 1655 - 1680 16

88 69 84 - - - - - 1746 - 133 20 - - - 1855 - 1878 16

96 74 92 - - - - - 1950 - 146 25 - - - 2058 - 2082 16

To be continued...

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


466

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 6

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter of of of neck
bolt circle bolt hole
D K L Number Size A
N B1 B2

F L A N G E T Y P E

11 01 02
21a 12
01, 02, 05,11,12,13, 21 35-37 32

2200 2475 2390 42 52 M39 2235,0 - -

2400 2685 2600 42 56 M39 2438,0 - -

2600 2905 2810 48 60 M45 2620,0 - -

2800 3115 3020 48 64 M45 2820,0 - -

3000 3315 3220 48 68 M45 3020,0 - -

3200 3525 3430 48 72 M45 3220,0 - -

3400 3735 3640 48 76 M45 3420,0 - -

3600 3970 3860 56 80 M52 3620,0 - -

a
For flanges type 21, the outside hub diameter approximately
corresponds to the outside pipe diameter
www.belman.com b
To be specified by the purchaser B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

467

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Cham- Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness fer thickness of shoulder diameters radii (see 5.6.1)

E F Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 N1 N2 N3 R1 S

F L A N G E T Y P E

01 11 05 02 32 35 36 37 05 12 11 11 35 36 37 11 12 21 11 11, 35
02 12 13 13 12 to
13 13 37
21 21

- 81 - - - - - - - - 154 25 - - - 2260 - - 18

- 87 - - - - - - - - 168 25 - - - 2462 - - 18

- 91 - - - - - - - - 175 25 - - - 2665 - - 18

See Annex A
- 101 - - - - - - - - 188 30 - - - 2865 - - 18

- 102 - - - - - - - - 192 30 - - - 3068 - - 18

- 106 - - - - - - - - 202 30 - - - 3272 - - 20

- 110 - - - - - - - - 214 35 - - - 3475 - - 20

- 124 - - - - - - - - 229 35 - - - 3678 - - 20

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


468

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 10

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter of of of neck
bolt circle bolt hole
D K L Number Size A B1 B2 B3
N
F L A N G E T Y P E
11
21a 01 02 04
34c 12
01, 02, 04, 05, 11,12,13, 21 35-37 32

10 90 60 14 4 M12 17,2 18,0 21 31


15 95 65 14 4 M12 21,3 22,0 25 35
20 105 75 14 4 M12 26,9 27,5 31 42
25 115 85 14 4 M12 33,7 34,5 38 49
32 140 100 18 4 M16 42,4 43,5 47 59
40 150 110 18 4 M16 48,3 49,5 53 67
50 165 125 18 4 M16 60,3 61,5 65 77
65 185 145 18 8 M16 76,1 77,5 81 96
80 200 160 18 8 M16 88,9 90,5 94 108
100 220 180 18 8 M16 114,3 116,0 120 134
125 250 210 18 8 M16 139,7 141,5 145 162
150 285 240 22 8 M20 168,3 170,5 174 188
200 340 295 22 8 M20 219,1 221,5 226 240
250 395 350 22 12 M20 273,0 276,5 281 294
300 445 400 22 12 M20 323,9 327,5 333 348
350 505 460 22 16 M20 355,6 359,5 365 400
400 565 515 26 16 M24 406,4 411,0 416 450
450 615 565 26 20 M24 457,0 462,0 467 498
500 670 620 26 20 M24 508,0 513,5 519 550
600 780 725 30 20 M27 610,0 616,5 622 650
700 895 840 30 24 M27 711,0 721 -
800 1015 950 33 24 M30 813,0 824 -
900 1115 1050 33 28 M30 914,0 b 926 -
1000 1230 1160 36 28 M33 1016,0 1028 -
1200 1455 1380 39 32 M36 1219,0 1234 -
1400 1675 1590 42 36 M39 1422,0 - - -
1600 1915 1820 48 40 M45 1626,0 - - -
1800 2115 2020 48 44 M45 1829,0 - - -
2000 2325 2230 48 48 M45 2032,0 - - -
2200 2550 2440 56 52 M52 2235,0 - - -
2400 2760 2650 56 56 M52 2438,0 - - -
2600 2960 2850 56 60 M52 2620,0 - - -
2800 3180 3070 56 64 M52 2820,0 - - -
3000 3405 3290 62 68 M56 3020,0 - - -

a
For flanges type 21, the outside hub diameter approximately
corresponds to the outside pipe diameter
www.belman.com
b
To be specified by the purchaser B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c
Use is limited up to DN 600
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

469

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness thickness of shoulder diameters radii (see 5.6.1)

F Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 N1 N2 N3 R1 S

F L A N G E T Y P E
11
01 11 21 05 02 32 35 36 37 05 12 11 11 35 36 37 11 12 21 12 34 11, 35
02 12 04 34 13 34C 34C 34C 13 13 to
04 13 21, 34 37

14 16 16 16 3 12 5 2 2,5 - 22 35 6 35 35 7 28 30 28 4 1,8
14 16 16 16 3 12 5 2 2,5 - 22 38 6 38 38 7 32 35 32 4 2,0
16 18 18 18 4 14 6 2,5 3 - 26 40 6 40 40 8 40 45 40 4 2,3
16 18 18 18 4 14 7 2,5 3 - 28 40 6 40 40 10 46 52 50 4 2,6
18 18 18 18 5 14 8 3 3 - 30 42 6 42 42 12 56 60 60 6 2,6
18 18 18 18 5 14 8 3 3 - 32 45 7 45 45 15 64 70 70 6 2,6
20 18 18 18 5 16 8 3 4 - 28 45 8 45 45 20 74 84 84 6 2,9
20 18 18 18 6 16 8 3 4 55 32 45 10 45 45 20 92 104 104 6 2,9
20 20 20 20 6 16 10 3 4 70 34 50 10 50 50 25 105 118 120 6 3,2
22 20 20 20 6 18 10 4 4 90 40 52 12 52 52 25 131 140 140 8 3,6
22 22 22 22 6 18 10 4 4 115 44 55 12 55 55 25 156 168 170 8 4,0
24 22 22 22 6 20 10 4 4 140 44 55 12 55 55 25 184 195 190 10 4,5
24 24 24 24 6 20 11 5 4 190 44 62 16 62 62 30 234 246 246 10 6,3
26 26 26 26 8 22 12 8 - 235 46 68 16 68 68 - 292 298 298 12 6,3
26 26 26 26 8 22 12 8 - 285 46 68 16 68 68 - 342 350 348 12 7,1

See Annex A
30 26 26 26 8 22 13 8 - 330 53 68 16 68 68 - 385 400 408 12 7,1
32 26 26 26 8 24 14 8 - 380 57 72 16 72 72 - 440 456 456 12 7,1
36 28 28 28 8 24 15 - - 425 63 72 16 72 - - 488 502 502 12 7,1
38 28 28 28 8 26 16 - - 475 67 75 16 75 - - 542 559 559 12 7,1
42 30 34 34 8 26 18 - - 575 75 82 18 80 - - 642 658 658 12 -
50 35 38 8 - 20 - - 670 - 85 18 80 - - 746 - 772 12 -
56 38 48 8 - 20 - - 770 - 96 18 90 - - 850 - 876 12 -
62 38 b 50 8 - 22 - - 860 - 99 20 95 - - 950 - 976 12 -
70 44 54 8 - 24 - - 960 - 105 20 95 - - 1052 - 1080 16 -
83 55 66 8 - 26 - - 1160 - 132 25 115 - - 1256 - 1292 16 -
65 - - - - - - - - 143 25 - - - 1460 - 1496 16 -
75 - - - - - - - - 159 25 - - - 1666 - 1712 16 -
85 - - - - - - - - 175 30 - - - 1868 - 1910 16 -
90 - - - - - - - - - 186 30 - - - 2072 - 2120 16 -
100 - - - - - - - - - 202 35 - - - 2275 - - 18 -
b 110 - - - - - - - - - 218 35 - - - 2478 - - 18 -
110 - - - - - - - - - 224 40 - - - 2680 - - 18 -
124 - - - - - - - - - 244 40 - - - 2882 - - 18 -
132 - - - - - - - - - 257 45 - - - 3085 - - 18 -

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


470

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 16

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter of of of neck
bolt circle bolt hole
D K L Number Size A B1 B2 B3
N
F L A N G E T Y P E
11
21a 01 02 04
34d 12
01, 02, 04, 05,11,12,13, 21 35-37 32

10 90 60 14 4 M12 17,2 18,0 21 31

15 95 65 14 4 M12 21,3 22,0 25 35

20 105 75 14 4 M12 26,9 27,5 31 42

25 115 85 14 4 M12 33,7 34,5 38 49

32 140 100 18 4 M16 42,4 43,5 47 59

40 150 110 18 4 M16 48,3 49,5 53 67

50 165 125 18 4 M16 60,3 61,5 65 77

65 185 145 18 8b M16 76,1 77,5 81 96

80 200 160 18 8 M16 88,9 90,5 94 108

100 220 180 18 8 M16 114,3 116,0 120 134

125 250 210 18 8 M16 139,7 141,5 145 162

150 285 240 22 8 M20 168,3 170,5 174 188

200 340 295 22 12 M20 219,1 221,5 226 240

250 405 355 26 12 M24 273,0 276,5 281 294

300 460 410 26 12 M24 323,9 327,5 333 348

350 520 470 26 16 M24 355,6 359,0 365 400

400 580 525 30 16 M27 406,4 411,0 416 454

450 640 585 30 20 M27 457,0 462,0 467 500

500 715 650 33 20 M30 508,0 513,5 519 556

600 840 770 36 20 M33 610,0 616,5 622 660

700 910 840 36 24 M33 711,0 721 -

800 1025 950 39 24 M36 813,0 824 -


c
900 1125 1050 39 28 M36 914,0 926 -

1000 1255 1170 42 28 M39 1016,0 1030 -

1200 1485 1390 48 32 M45 1219,0 - - -

1400 1685 1590 48 36 M45 1422,0 - - -

1600 1930 1820 56 40 M52 1626,0 - - -

1800 2130 2020 56 44 M52 1829,0 - - -

2000 2345 2230 62 48 M56 2032,0 - - -

a
For flanges type 21, the outside hub diameter approximately corresponds to the outside pipe diameter
b
According to EN 1092-2 (Cast iron flanges) and EN 1092-3 (Copper alloy flanges), the flanges in this DN and PN may be
supplied with 4 holes. Where steel flanges are required with 4 holes, these may be supplied by agreement between flange
www.belman.com manufacturer and purchaser. B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
c
To be specified by the purchaser
d
Use is limited up to DN 600
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

471

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Cham- Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness fer thickness of shoulder diameters radii (see 5.6.1)

E F Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 N1 N2 N3 R1 S
F L A N G E T Y P E
11
01 11 21 05 02 32 35 36 37 05 12 11 11 35 36 37 11 12 21 12 34 11, 35
02 12 04 34 13 34C 34C 34C 13 13 to
04 13 21, 34 37

14 16 16 16 3 12 5 2 2,5 - 22 35 6 35 35 7 28 30 28 4 1,8

14 16 16 16 3 12 5 2 2,5 - 22 38 6 38 38 7 32 35 32 4 2,0

16 18 18 18 4 14 6 2,5 3 - 26 40 6 40 40 8 40 45 40 4 2,3

16 18 18 18 4 14 7 2,5 3 - 28 40 6 40 40 10 46 52 50 4 2,6

18 18 18 18 5 14 8 3 3 - 30 42 6 42 42 12 56 60 60 6 2,6

18 18 18 18 5 14 8 3 3 - 32 45 7 45 45 15 64 70 70 6 2,6

20 18 18 18 5 16 8 3 4 - 28 45 8 45 45 20 74 84 84 6 2,9

20 18 18 18 6 16 8 3 4 55 32 45 10 45 45 20 92 104 104 6 2,9

20 20 20 20 6 16 10 3 4 70 34 50 10 50 50 25 105 118 120 6 3,2

22 20 20 20 6 18 10 4 4 90 40 52 12 52 52 25 131 140 140 8 3,6

22 22 22 22 6 18 10 4 4 115 44 55 12 55 55 25 156 168 170 8 4,0

24 22 22 22 6 20 10 5 5 140 44 55 12 55 55 25 184 195 190 10 4,5

26 24 24 24 6 20 11 6 6 190 44 62 16 62 62 30 235 246 246 10 6,3

See Annex A
29 26 26 26 8 22 12 10 - 235 46 70 16 70 68 - 292 298 296 12 6,3

32 28 28 28 8 24 14 10 - 285 46 78 16 78 68 - 344 350 350 12 7,1

35 30 30 30 8 26 18 10 - 330 57 82 16 82 68 - 390 400 410 12 8,0

38 32 32 32 8 28 20 10 - 380 63 85 16 85 72 - 445 456 458 12 8,0

42 34 40 40 8 30 22 - - 425 68 83 16 87 - - 490 502 516 12 8,0

46 36 44 44 8 32 22 - - 475 73 84 16 90 - - 548 559 576 12 8,0

55 40 54 54 8 32 24 - - 575 83 88 18 95 - - 670 658 690 12 8,8

63 40 58 8 - 26 - - 670 83 104 18 100 - - 755 760 760 12 -

74 41 62 8 - 28 - - 770 90 108 20 105 - - 855 864 862 12 -

82 48 64 8 - 30 - - 860 94 118 20 110 - - 955 968 962 12 -

90 59 68 8 - 35 - - 960 100 137 22 120 - - 1058 1072 1076 16 -

78 c - - - - - - 1160 - 160 30 - - - 1262 - 1282 16 -

84 - - - - - - 1346 - 177 30 - - - 1465 - 1482 16 -

c 102 - - - - - - 1546 - 204 35 - - - 1668 - 1696 16 -

110 - - - - - - 1746 - 218 35 - - - 1870 - 1896 16 -

124 - - - - - - 1950 - 238 40 - - - 2072 - 2100 16 -

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


472

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 25

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter of Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter bolt circle of of neck
bolt hole
D K L Number Size A B1 B2 B3
N
F L A N G E T Y P E
11
21a 01 02 04
34c 12
01, 02, 04, 05, 11, 12, 13, 21 35 32

10 90 60 14 4 M12 17,2 18,0 21 31

15 95 65 14 4 M12 21,3 22,0 25 35

20 105 75 14 4 M12 26,9 27,5 31 42

25 115 85 14 4 M12 33,7 34,5 38 49

32 140 100 18 4 M16 42,4 43,5 47 59

40 150 110 18 4 M16 48,3 49,5 53 67

50 165 125 18 4 M16 60,3 61,5 65 77

65 185 145 18 8 M16 76,1 77,5 81 96

80 200 160 18 8 M16 88,9 90,5 94 114

100 235 190 22 8 M20 114,3 116,0 120 138

125 270 220 26 8 M24 139,7 141,5 145 166

150 300 250 26 8 M24 168,3 170,5 174 194

200 360 310 26 12 M24 219,1 221,5 226 250

250 425 370 30 12 M27 273,0 276,5 281 302

300 485 430 30 16 M27 323,9 327,5 333 356

350 555 490 33 16 M30 355,6 359,5 365 408

400 620 550 36 16 M33 406,4 411,0 416 462

450 670 600 36 20 M33 457,0 462,0 467 510

500 730 660 36 20 M33 508,0 513,5 519 568

600 845 770 39 20 M36 610,0 616,5 622 670

700 960 875 42 24 M39 711,0 721 -

800 1085 990 48 24 M45 813,0 b 824 -

900 1185 1090 48 28 M45 914,0 - -

1000 1320 1210 56 28 M52 1016,0 - - -

1200

1400

1600 d

1800

2000

a
For flanges type 21, the outside hub diameter approximately corresponds to the outside pipe diameter
b
To be specified by the purchaser
www.belman.com c
Use is limited up to DN 500 B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
d
Only mating dimensions fixed, see Annex J
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

473

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Cham- Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness fer thickness of shoulder diamaters radii (see 5.6.1)

C1 C2 C3 C4 E F Gmax H1 H2 H3 H4 N1 N2 N3 R1 S

F L A N G E T Y P E
11
01 11 21 05 02 32 35 05 12 11 11 35 11 12 21 12 34 11, 35
02 12 04 34 13 34C 34C 34 13 13
04 13 21, 34

14 16 16 16 3 12 5 - 22 35 6 35 28 30 28 4 1,8

14 16 16 16 3 12 5 - 22 38 6 38 32 35 32 4 2,0

16 18 18 18 4 14 6 - 26 40 6 40 40 45 40 4 2,3

16 18 18 18 4 14 7 - 28 40 6 40 46 52 50 4 2,6

18 18 18 18 5 14 8 - 30 42 6 42 56 60 60 6 2,6

18 18 18 18 5 14 8 - 32 45 7 45 64 70 70 6 2,6

20 20 20 20 5 16 10 - 34 48 8 48 75 84 84 6 2,9

22 22 22 22 6 16 11 55 38 52 10 52 90 104 104 6 2,9

24 24 24 24 6 18 12 70 40 58 12 58 105 118 120 8 3,2

26 24 24 24 6 20 14 90 44 65 12 65 134 145 142 8 3,6

28 26 26 26 6 22 16 115 48 68 12 68 162 170 162 8 4,0

30 28 28 28 6 24 18 140 52 75 12 75 192 200 192 10 4,5

32 30 30 30 6 26 18 190 52 80 16 80 244 256 252 10 6,3

See Annex A
35 32 32 32 8 26 18 235 60 88 18 88 298 310 304 12 7,1

38 34 34 34 8 28 20 285 67 92 18 92 352 364 364 12 8,0

42 38 38 38 8 32 22 332 72 100 20 100 398 418 418 12 8,0

48 40 40 40 8 34 24 380 78 110 20 110 452 472 472 12 8,8

54 46 46 50 8 36 26 425 84 110 20 110 500 520 520 12 8,8

58 48 48 51 8 38 28 475 90 125 20 125 558 580 580 12 10,0

68 48 58 66 8 40 30 575 100 125 20 115 660 684 684 12 11,0

85 50 8 - 30 - - 129 20 125 760 - 780 12 -

9553 8 - 35 - - 138 22 135 864 - 882 12 -


b b
57 - - - - - 148 24 - 968 - 982 12 -
b
63 - - - - - 160 24 - 1070 - 1086 16 -

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


474

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 40

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN Outside Bore
Outside Diameter of Diameter Bolting diameter diameters
diameter bolt circle of of neck
bolt hole
D K L Number Size A
N B1 B2 B3
F L A N G E T Y P E

11 01 02 04
21a 12
01, 02, 04, 05, 11, 12, 13, 21 34C 32

10 90 60 14 4 M12 17,2 18,0 21 31

15 95 65 14 4 M12 21,3 22,0 25 35

20 105 75 14 4 M12 26,9 27,5 31 42

25 115 85 14 4 M12 33,7 34,5 38 49

32 140 100 18 4 M16 42,4 43,5 47 59

40 150 110 18 4 M16 48,3 49,5 53 67

50 165 125 18 4 M16 60,3 61,5 65 77

65 185 145 18 8 M16 76,1 77,5 81 96

80 200 160 18 8 M16 88,9 90,5 94 114

100 235 190 22 8 M20 114,3 116,0 120 138

125 270 220 26 8 M24 139,7 141,5 145 166

150 300 250 26 8 M24 168,3 170,5 174 194

200 375 320 30 12 M27 219,1 221,5 226 250

250 450 385 33 12 M30 273,0 276,5 281 312

300 515 450 33 16 M30 323,9 327,5 333 368

350 580 510 36 16 M33 355,6 359,5 365 418

400 660 585 39 16 M36 406,4 411,0 416 472

450 685 610 39 20 M36 457,0 462,0 467 510

500 755 670 42 20 M39 508,0 513,5 519 572

600 890 795 48 20 M45 610,0 616,5 622 676

700

800

900

1000 b

1200

1400

1600

a
For flanges type 21, the outside hub diameter approximately corresponds to the outside pipe diameter
b
Only mating dimensions fixed, see Annex J
www.belman.com c
Use is limited up to DN 600 B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
d
To be specified by the purchaser
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

475

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Cham- Collar Diameter Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness fer thickness of shoulder diameters radii (see 5.6.1)

E F Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H1 H2 H3 H4 N1 N2 N3 R1 S
F L A N G E T Y P E
11
01 11 21 05 02 32 35 05 12 11 11 35 11 12 21 12 34C 11
02 12 04 34C 13 34C 34C 34 13 13 35
04 13 21

14 16 16 3 12 5 - 22 35 6 35 28 30 28 4 1,8

14 16 16 3 12 5 - 22 38 6 38 32 35 32 4 2,0

16 18 18 4 14 6 - 26 40 6 40 40 45 40 4 2,3

16 18 18 4 14 7 - 28 40 6 40 46 52 50 4 2,6

18 18 18 5 14 8 - 30 42 6 42 56 60 60 6 2,6

18 18 18 5 14 8 - 32 45 7 45 64 70 70 6 2,6

20 20 20 5 16 10 - 34 48 8 48 75 84 84 6 2,9

22 22 22 6 16 11 55 38 52 10 52 90 104 104 6 2,9

See Annex A
24 24 24 6 18 12 70 40 58 12 58 105 118 120 8 3,2

26 24 24 6 20 14 90 44 65 12 65 134 145 142 8 3,6

28 26 26 6 22 16 115 48 68 12 68 162 170 162 8 4,0

30 28 28 6 24 18 140 52 75 12 75 192 200 192 10 4,5

36 34 36 6 28 20 190 52 88 16 88 244 260 254 10 6,3

42 38 38 8 30 22 235 60 105 18 105 306 312 312 12 7,1

52 42 42 8 34 25 285 67 115 18 115 362 380 378 12 8,0

58 46 46 8 36 28 330 72 125 20 125 408 424 432 12 8,8

65 50 50 8 42 32 380 78 135 20 135 462 478 498 12 11,0

57 57 8 46 - 425 84 135 20 - 500 522 522 12 12,5

d 57 57 8 50 - 475 90 140 20 - 562 576 576 12 14,2

72 72 8 54 - 575 100 150 20 - 666 686 686 12 16,0

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


476

FLANGE TABLE
EN 1092-1:2007

PN 63

MATING DIMENSIONS
DN
Outside Diameter of Diameter Bolting Outside Bore
diameter bolt circle of diameter diameters
bolt hole of neck
D K L Number Size A
N B1
F L A N G E T Y P E

11 01
21a 12
01, 05, 11, 12, 13, 21

10 100 70 14 4 M12 17,2 18,0

15 105 75 14 4 M12 21,3 22,0

20 130 90 18 4 M16 26,9 27,5

25 140 100 18 4 M16 33,7 34,5

32 155 110 22 4 M20 42,4 43,5

40 170 125 22 4 M20 48,3 49,5

50 180 135 22 4 M20 60,3 61,5

65 205 160 22 8 M20 76,1 77,5

80 215 170 22 8 M20 88,9 90,5

100 250 200 26 8 M24 114,3 116,0

125 295 240 30 8 M27 139,7 141,5

150 345 280 33 8 M30 168,3 170,5

200 415 345 36 12 M33 219,1 221,5

250 470 400 36 12 M33 273,0 276,5

300 530 460 36 16 M33 323,9 327,5

350 600 525 39 16 M36 355,6 359,5

400 670 585 42 16 M39 406,4 411,0

500

600

700

800 b

900

1000

1200

a
For flanges type 21, the outside hub diameter approximately corresponds to the outside pipe diameter
b
Only mating dimensions fixed, see Annex J

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

477

ØL

ØK

ØD

The drawing illustrates the arrangement but


not necessarily the correct number of bolt holes.
Flange Diameter of Length Neck Corner Wall thickness
thickness shoulder diamaters radii (see 5.6.1)

Gmax
C1 C2 C3 C4 H1 H2 H3 N1 N2 N3 R1 S

F L A N G E T Y P E
11
01 11 21 05 05 12 11 11 11 12 21 12 11
12 13 13 13
13 21

20 20 20 20 - 28 45 6 32 40 40 4

20 20 20 20 - 28 45 6 34 43 45 4

22 22 22 22 - 30 48 8 42 52 50 4

24 24 24 24 - 32 58 8 52 60 61 4

24 24 26 24 - 32 60 8 62 68 68 6

26 26 28 26 - 34 62 10 70 80 82 6

26 26 26 26 - 36 62 10 82 90 90 6

See Annex A
26 26 26 26 45 40 68 12 98 112 105 6

30 28 28 28 60 44 72 12 112 125 122 8

32 30 30 30 80 52 78 12 138 152 146 8

34 34 34 34 105 56 88 12 168 185 177 8

36 36 36 36 130 60 95 12 202 215 204 10

48 42 42 42 180 - 110 16 256 - 264 10

55 46 46 46 220 - 125 18 316 - 320 12

65 52 52 52 270 - 140 18 372 - 378 12

72 56 56 56 310 - 150 20 420 - 434 12

80 60 60 60 360 - 160 20 475 - 490 12

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


478

FLANGE TABLE
DIN 86044-1:2010-01

DN FLANGE BOLTS

d5 D b k Number Size d2
mm mm mm mm mm

For DN 32 - DN 150 flanges, please refer EN 1092-1 flanges and to their flange tables

200 Ø222 Ø320 16 Ø280 8 M16 Ø18

250 Ø276 Ø375 16 Ø335 12 M16 Ø18

300 Ø327 Ø440 16 Ø395 12 M20 Ø22

350 Ø359 Ø490 16 Ø445 12 M20 Ø22

400 Ø410 Ø540 16 Ø495 16 M20 Ø22

450 Ø461 Ø595 16 Ø550 16 M20 Ø22

500 Ø512 Ø645 16 Ø600 20 M20 Ø22

(550) Ø563 Ø703 20 Ø650 20 M20 Ø22

600 Ø614 Ø754 20 Ø700 20 M20 Ø22

(650) Ø665 Ø805 20 Ø750 20 M20 Ø22

700 Ø716 Ø856 20 Ø800 24 M20 Ø22

(750) Ø767 Ø907 20 Ø850 24 M20 Ø22

800 Ø818 Ø958 20 Ø900 24 M20 Ø22

(850) Ø870 Ø1010 20 Ø950 28 M20 Ø22

900 Ø920 Ø1060 20 Ø1010 28 M20 Ø22

(950) Ø970 Ø1110 20 Ø1060 28 M20 Ø22

1000 Ø1022 Ø1162 20 Ø1110 32 M20 Ø22

1100 Ø1126 Ø1266 20 Ø1210 32 M20 Ø22

1200 Ø1226 Ø1366 20 Ø1310 36 M20 Ø22

1300 Ø1326 Ø1466 20 Ø1410 40 M20 Ø22

1400 Ø1426 Ø1566 20 Ø1510 40 M20 Ø22

1500 Ø1526 Ø1666 20 Ø1610 44 M20 Ø22

1600 Ø1626 Ø1766 20 Ø1710 48 M20 Ø22

1700 Ø1726 Ø1866 20 Ø1810 48 M20 Ø22

1800 Ø1826 Ø1966 20 Ø1910 52 M20 Ø22

1900 Ø1926 Ø2066 20 Ø2010 56 M20 Ø22

2000 Ø2026 Ø2166 20 Ø2110 56 M20 Ø22

2100 Ø2126 Ø2266 20 Ø2210 60 M20 Ø22

2200 Ø2226 Ø2366 20 Ø2310 64 M20 Ø22

2300 Ø2326 Ø2466 20 Ø2410 64 M20 Ø22

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

479

ØL

ØK

Ød1

ØD

DN FLANGE BOLTS

d5 D b k Number Size d2
mm mm mm mm mm

2400 Ø2426 Ø2566 20 Ø2510 68 M20 Ø22

2500 Ø2526 Ø2666 20 Ø2610 72 M20 Ø22

2600 Ø2626 Ø2766 20 Ø2710 72 M20 Ø22

2700 Ø2726 Ø2866 20 Ø2810 76 M20 Ø22

2800 Ø2826 Ø2966 20 Ø2910 80 M20 Ø22

2900 Ø2926 Ø3066 20 Ø3010 80 M20 Ø22

3000 Ø3026 Ø3166 20 Ø3110 84 M20 Ø22

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


480

MATERIALS
DESIGNATIONS, TEMPERATURES, STRENGTH VALUES
AT ROOM TEMPERATURE ( R P T ) , ETC.

MATERIAL GROUP MATERIAL DESIGNATION TYPE DOCUMENTATION TEMPERATURE

Material no. Short name Common known Upper limit


according to according to short name
DIN EN 10027 DIN EN 10027
o
C

1.0254 P235TR1 St. 37.0 Welded pipe DIN EN 10217-1 300

NON-ALLOYED Seamless pipe DIN EN 10216-1


STEEL
1.0255 P235TR2 St. 37.4 Welded pipe DIN EN 10217-1

Seamless pipe DIN EN 10216-1

1.0427 C22G1 C 22.3 Flanges VdTÜV-W 364 350

COMMON 1.0038 S235JRG2 RSt 37-2 Steel bar, flat products, DIN EN 10025 300
STRUCTURAL STEEL
1.0050 E295 St 50-2 wire rod

1.0570 S355J2G3 St 52-3 profiles ADW1

HEAT RESISTANT
NON-ALLOYED 1.0460 C22G2 C 22.8 Flanges VdTÜVW 350 450
STEEL

HEAT RESISTANT 1.0345 P235GH HI Sheet DIN EN 10028 480


STEEL
Seamless pipe DIN EN 10216 450

1.0425 P265GH HII Sheet DIN EN 10028 480

1.0481 P295GH 17 Mn 4 Sheet DIN EN 10028 500

Seamless pipe DIN 17175

1.5415 16Mo3 15 Mo 3 Sheet DIN EN 10028 530

Seamless pipe DIN 17175

1.7335 13CrMo4-5 13 CrMo 4 4 Sheet DIN EN 10028 570

Seamless pipe DIN 17175

1.7380 10CrMo9-10 10 CrMo 9 10 Sheet DIN EN 10028 600

Seamless pipe DIN 17175

1.0305 P235G1TH St. 35.8 Seamless pipe DIN 17175 480

Source: Is given in the table. 1) Cold resistant limit 4) New designation to DIN EN 10045;
2) Smallest value of longitudinal or average of 3 specimens in DIN EN standards
transverse test 5) Temperature limit with risk of
3) Dependent on product thickness intercrystalline corrosion

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION [Rpt ]

481

STRENGTH VALUES
PLEASE NOTE
Tensile strength
Yield point min. Elongation after fraction min. Notched bar impact strength
ReH Rp0,2 Rp1,0 Rm A5 A80 min. Av, (KV4)) > 10 mm min. KV
thickness,
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J transverse min. J
KV in J

235 360-500 23
s ≤ 16

235 360-500 23 at 0°C: 27


s ≤ 16

240 410-540 20 (transverse) at RPT: 31


s ≤ 70

235 340-470 21-26 1) 17-21 3) at RPT: 27 3 ≤ s ≤100 (Rm)

295 470-610 16-20 1) 12-16 3) 10 ≤ s ≤150 (KV)


1) )
355 490-630 18-22 14-18 at -20°C: 27 s ≤ 16 (ReH)

240 410-540 20 at RPT:31 s ≤ 670

235 360-480 25 at 0°C: 27 s ≤ 16


235 360-500 23 at 0°C: 27 s ≤ 16
265 410-530 23 at 0°C: 27 s ≤ 16
295 460-580 22 at 0°C: 27 s ≤ 16
270

275 440-590 24 at RPT:31 s ≤ 16


270

300 440-600 20 at RPT:31 s ≤ 16


290

310 480-630 18 at RPT:31 s ≤ 16


280

235 360-480 23 at RPT:34 s ≤ 16

6) Smallest value of longitudinal or trans- 8) Value ak in J/cm2


verse test, q= tensile test, transverse, 9) A50 for thickness ≤ 5 mm
I = Tensile test, longitudinal 10) Measured length (Lo) = 25 mm
7) Chemical composition

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


482

MATERIALS
DESIGNATIONS, TEMPERATURES, STRENGTH VALUES
AT ROOM TEMPERATURE ( R P T ) , ETC.

MATERIAL GROUP MATERIAL DESIGNATION TYPE DOCUMENTATION TEMPERATURE

Material no. Short name Common known Upper limit


according to according to short name
DIN EN 10027 DIN EN 10027
o
C

FINE GRAINED
STRUCTURAL STEEL

STANDARD 1.0562 P355N StE 355 Sheet DIN EN 10028

HEAT RESISTANT 1.0565 P355NH WstE 355 Strip 400


COLD RESISTANT 1.0566 P355NL1 TStE 355 Steel bar (-50) 1)
SPECIAL 1.1106 P355NL2 EStE 355 (-60) 1)

1.4511 X3CrNb17 Strip DIN EN 10088 200


STAINLESS
VdTÜV-W422 acc. to VdTÜV
FERITIC
STEEL DIN EN 10088
Strip 350
1.4512 X2CrTi12
SEW 400
STAINLESS Strip
DIN EN 10088 (550/300) 5)
AUSTENITIC
STEEL 1.4301 X5CrNi18-10 Strip sheet

Strip
1.4306 X2CrNi19-11 DIN EN 10088 (550/350) 5)
Strip sheet

Strip
1.4541 X6CrNiTi18-10 DIN EN 10088 (550/400) 5)
Strip sheet

Strip
1.4571 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 DIN EN 10088 (550/400) 5)
Strip sheet

Strip
1.4404 X2CrNiMo17-12-2 DIN EN 10088 (550/400) 5)
Strip sheet

Strip
1.4435 X2CrNiMo18-14-3 DIN EN 10088 (550/400) 5)
Strip sheet

Strip
1.4565 X2CrNiMnMoNbN25-18-5-4 SEW 400/97 (550/400) 5)
Strip sheet

Strip, strip sheet DIN EN 10088 (550/400) 5)


1.4539 X1NiCrMoCu25-20-5
Seamless pipe VdTÜV-W421 400

1.4529 X1NiCrMoCuN25-20-7 Strip, strip sheet DIN EN 10088 400


Seamless pipe VdTÜV-W 502

Source: Is given in the table. 1) Cold resistant limit 4) New designation to DIN EN 10045;
2) Smallest value of longitudinal or average of 3 specimens in DIN EN standards
transverse test 5) Temperature limit with risk of
3) Dependent on product thickness intercrystalline corrosion

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

483

STRENGTH VALUES PLEASE NOTE

Yielding point min. Tensile strength Elongation after fraction min. Notched bar impact test
ReH Rp0,2 Rp1,0 Rm A5 A80 2)
min. Av, (KV ) > 10 mm min. KV
thickness,
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J transverse min. J

355 490-630 22 at 0°C: 47 s ≤ 16

at 0°C: 47 s ≤ 16

at 0°C: 55 s ≤ 16

at 0°C: 90 s ≤ 16

230 420-600 23 s≤6

210 380-560 25 s≤6

q 230 260 540-750 45 45 at RPT: 60 s≤6

I 215 245 43 40

q 220 250 520-670 45 45 at RPT: 60 s≤6


I 205 235 43 40
q 220 250 520-720 40 40 at RPT: 60 s≤6
I 205 235 38 35

q 240 270 540-690 40 40 at RPT: 60 s≤6

I 225 255 38 35

q 240 270 530-680 40 40 at RPT: 60 s≤6

I 225 255 38 35

q 240 270 550-700 40 40 at RPT: 60 s≤6

I 225 255 38 35

q 420 460 800-1000 30 25 at RPT: 55 s ≤ 30

q 240 270 530-730 35 35 at RPT: 60 s≤6


l 225 255 33 30
220 250 520-720 40 40
q 300 340 650-850 40 40 at RPT: 60

l 285 325 38 35 s ≤75

300 340 600-800 40 40 at RPT: 84

6) Smallest value of longitudinal or trans- 8) Value ak in J/cm2


verse test, q= tensile test, transverse, 9) A50 for thickness ≤ 5 mm
I = Tensile test, longitudinal 10) Measured length (Lo) = 25 mm
7) Chemical composition

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


484

MATERIALS
DESIGNATIONS, TEMPERATURES, STRENGTH VALUES
AT ROOM TEMPERATURE ( R P T ) , ETC.

MATERIAL GROUP MATERIAL DESIGNATION TYPE DOCUMENTATION TEMPERATURE

Material no. Short name Common known Upper limit


according to according to short name
DIN EN 10027 DIN EN 10027
o
C

AUSTENITIC STEEL
OF HIGH 1.4948 X6CrNi18-10 Strip sheet DIN EN 10028-7 600
HEAT RESISTANCE
Strip forgin DIN EN 10222-5 600

Seamless pipe DIN 17459 600

1.4919 X6CrNiMo17-13 Sheet, strip, bar DIN 17460 600

forging

Seamless pipe DIN 17459 600

1.4958 X5NiCrAITi31-20 Sheet, strip, bar DIN 17460 600

forging

Seamless pipe DIN 17459 600

1.4828 X15CrNiSi20-12 Strip sheet, strip DIN EN 10095 900


HEAT RESISTANT (SEW 470)
STEEL

1.4876 X10NiCrAITi32-21 INCOLOY 800 Strip sheet, strip SEW 470

All VdTÜV-W412 600

X10NiCrAITi32-21 H INCOLOY 800 H Strip sheet, strip VdTÜV-W434 950

All DIN EN 10095 900

2.4858 NICr21Mo INCOLOY 825 All DIN 17750/02


NICKEL-BASED
ALLOYS Strip sheet, strip VdTÜV-W432 450
7)
DIN 17744

2.4816 NICr15Fe INCONEL 600 DIN EN 10095 1000

Strip sheet, strip DIN 17750/02

INCONEL 600 H VdTÜV-W305 450


7)
DIN 17742

2.4819 NiMo16Cr15W HASTELLOY C-276 Strip sheet, strip DIN 17750/02

VdTÜV-W400 450
7)
DIN 17744

2.4856 NiCr22Mo9Nb INCONEL 625 Flat products DIN EN 10095 900

Strip sheet, strip DIN 17750/02 450

NCONEL 625 H (VdTÜV-W499)

DIN 177447)

Source: Is given in the table. 1) Cold resistant limit 4) New designation to DIN EN 10045;
2) Smallest value of longitudinal or average of 3 specimens in DIN EN standards
transverse test 5) Temperature limit with risk of
3) Dependent on product thickness intercrystalline corrosion
www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints
TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

485

STRENGTH VALUES PLEASE NOTE

Yielding point min. Tensile strength Elongation after fraction min. Notched bar impact test
ReH Rp0,2 Rp1,0 Rm A5 A80 min. Av, (KV2)) > 10 mm min. KV
thickness,
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J transverse min. J

q 230 260 530-740 45 45 at RPT: 60 s≤6

q 195 230 490-690 35 at RPT: 60 s ≤ 250

q 185 225 500-700 30 at RPT: 60

205 245 490-690 35 30 at RPT: 60

205 245 490-690 30 at RPT: 60

170 200 500-750 35 30 at RPT: 80

170 200 500-750 35 at RPT: 80 s ≤ 50

230 270 550-750 s ≤ 3 mm


solution annealed

Soft annealed
170 210 450-680 22

210 240 500-750 30 at RPT: 150 8)


Solution annealed (AT)
170 200 450-700 30

170 210 450-680 28


Soft annealed
240 270 ≥ 550 30

235 265 550-750 at RPT: 80 s ≤ 30 mm

240 500-850 Annealed (+A)


180 210 ≥ 550 28 Solution annealed (F50)

200 230 550-750 30 at RPT: 150 8)


Soft annealed
180 210 500-700 35 30 at RPT: 150 8)
solution annealed

310 330 ≥ 690 30 s ≤ 5 mm, solution

310 330 730-1000 30 30 at RPT: 96 annealed (F69)

30

415 820-1050 s ≤ 3 mm, Annealed (+A

275 305 ≥ 690 at RPT:100 solution annealed (F69)

400 440 830-1000 30 s ≤ 3 mm; Soft

annealed

6) Smallest value of longitudinal or trans- 8) Value ak in J/cm2


verse test, q= tensile test, transverse, 9) A50 for thickness ≤ 5 mm
I = Tensile test, longitudinal 10) Measured length (Lo) = 25 mm
7) Chemical composition
B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com
486

MATERIALS
DESIGNATIONS, TEMPERATURES, STRENGTH VALUES
AT ROOM TEMPERATURE ( R P T ) , ETC.

MATERIAL GROUP MATERIAL DESIGNATION TYPE DOCUMENTATION TEMPERATURE

Material no. Short name Common known Upper limit


according to according to short name
DIN EN 10027 DIN EN 10027
o
C

NICKEL-BASED
ALLOYS 2.4610 NiMo16Cr16Ti HASTELLOY-C4 Strip sheet, strip DIN 17750/02

Strip sheet, strip VdTÜV-W424 400


7)
DIN 17744

2.4360 NiCu30Fe MONEL Strip, strip sheet DIN 17750/02

VdTÜV-W263 425

Seamless pipe

Forging DIN 177437)

PURE NICKEL 2.4068 LC-Ni 99 Strip, strip VdTÜV-W345 600

TITANIUM 3.7025 Ti 1 Sheet DIN 17850 250

Strip DIN 17860

Strip sheet VdTÜV-W230

TANTALUM Ta Strip, VdTÜV-W382 250

Strip sheet

Source: Is given in the table. 1) Cold resistant limit 4) New designation to DIN EN 10045; average of
2) Smallest value of longitudinal or 3 specimens in DIN EN standards
transverse test 5) Temperature limit with risk of intercrystalline
3) Dependent on product thickness corrosion

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

487

STRENGTH VALUES PLEASE NOTE

Yielding point min. Tensile strength Elongation after fraction min. Notched bar impact test
ReH Rp0,2 Rp1,0 Rm A5 A80 min. Av, (KV2)) > 10 mm min. KV
thickness,
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J transverse min. J

305 340 ≥ 690 40 at RPT: 96 s ≤ 5, solution annealed

280 315 700-900 40 30 at RPT: 96 5 < s ≤ 30

30

175 205 ≥ 450 30 s ≤ 50, soft annealed

175 450-600 30 at RPT: 120 Soft annealed

≥ 80 ≥ 105 340-540 40

≥ 180 ≥ 200 290-410 30/24 9) 62 0,4 < s ≤ 8 mm

≥ 140 ≥ 225 35 10) 0,1 ≤ s ≤ 5,0

Electron beam

melted Sintered in

≥ 200 ≥ 280 30 10)


vacuum

6) Smallest value of longitudinal or trans- 8) Value ak in J/cm2


verse test, q= tensile test, transverse, 9) A50 for thickness ≤ 5 mm
I = Tensile test, longitudinal 10) Measured length (Lo) = 25 mm
7) Chemical composition

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


488

CONVERSION TABLES

TEMPERATURE

SYMBOL NAME in K in °C

°C Degree Centigrade °C + 273,16 1

deg F Degree Fahrenheit deg. F · 5/9 + 255,38 (deg F - 32) · 5/9

PRESSURE

SYMBOL NAME in PA in BAR

Pa = N/m2 Pascal 1 0,00001

hPa = mbar Hektopascal = millibar 100 0,001

kPA Kilopascal 1000 0,01

bar Bar 100000 1

Mpa = N/mm2 Megapascal 1000000 10

mm WS Millimeter water column 9,807 0,0001

Ibf/in2 = psi Pound-force per square inch 6895 0,0689

lbf/ft2 Pound-force per square foot 47,88 0,00048

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

489

VOLUME

SYMBOL NAME in m3

l Liter 0,001

in3 Cubic inch 1,6387 · 10-5

ft3 Cubic foot 0,02832

gal Gallon (UK) 0,004546

gal Gallon (US) 0,003785

LENGTH

SYMBOL NAME in m

mm Millimeter 0,001

km Kilometer 1000

in Inch 0,0254

ft Foot ( = 12 in) 0,3048

yd Yard (= 3 ft / = 36 in) 0,9144

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


490

CONVERSION TABLES

MASS
SYMBOL NAME KG

g Gram 0,001

t Ton (D) 1000

oz Ounce 0,02835

lb Pound 0,4536

sh tn Short ton (US) 907,2

tn Ton (UK) 1016

TIME

SYMBOL NAME in S

min Minute 60

h Hour 3600

d Day 86400

3,154 · 107
a Year
(Δ 8760 h)3600

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


492

STEAM TABLE
SATURATED STEAM

OVER ABSOLUTE TEMPERATURE VOLUME SPECIFIC HEAT CONTENT HEAT CONTENT HEAT OF
PRESSURE PRESSURE WEIGHT WATER STEAM VAPORIZATION
Bar Bar °C m3/kg kg/m3 kJ/kg kJ/kg kJ/kg

0 1 99,63 1,69 0,59 417,51 2675,40 2257,90

0,5 1,5 111,37 1,16 0,86 467,13 2693,40 2226,20

1 2 120,23 0,89 1,13 504,70 2706,30 2201,60

1,5 2,5 127,43 0,72 1,39 535,34 2716,40 2181,00

2 3 133,54 0,61 1,65 561,43 2724,70 2163,20

2,5 3,5 138,87 0,52 1,91 584,27 2731,60 2147,40

3 4 143,62 0,46 2,16 604,67 2737,60 2133,00

3,5 4,5 147,92 0,41 2,42 623,16 2742,90 2119,70

4 5 151,84 0,37 2,67 640,12 2747,50 2107,40

4,5 5,5 155,46 0,34 2,92 655,78 2751,70 2095,90

5 6 158,84 0,32 3,17 670,42 2755,50 2085,00

5,5 6,5 161,99 0,29 3,42 684,12 2758,80 2074,00

6 7 164,96 0,27 3,67 697,06 2762,00 2064,90

6,5 7,5 167,75 0,26 3,92 709,29 2764,80 2055,50

7 8 170,41 0,24 4,16 720,94 2767,50 2046,50

7,5 8,5 172,94 0,23 4,41 732,02 2769,90 2037,90

8 9 175,36 0,21 4,66 742,64 2772,10 2029,50

8,5 9,5 177,66 0,20 4,90 752,81 2774,20 2021,40

9 10 179,88 0,19 5,15 762,61 2776,20 2013,60

10 11 184,07 0,17 5,64 781,13 2779,70 1998,50

11 12 187,96 0,16 6,13 798,43 2782,70 1984,30

12 13 191,61 0,15 6,62 814,70 2785,40 1970,70

13 14 195,04 0,14 7,11 830,08 2787,80 1957,70

14 15 198,29 0,13 7,60 844,67 2789,90 1945,20

15 16 201,37 0,12 8,09 858,56 2791,70 1933,20

16 17 204,31 0,12 8,58 871,84 2793,40 1921,50

17 18 207,11 0,11 9,07 884,58 2794,80 1910,30

18 19 209,80 0,10 9,56 896,81 2796,10 1899,30

19 20 212,37 0,10 10,05 908,59 2797,20 1888,60

20 21 214,85 0,09 10,54 919,96 2798,20 1878,20

21 22 217,24 0,09 11,03 930,95 2799,10 1868,10

www.belman.com B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

493

OVER ABSOLUTE TEMPERATURE VOLUME SPECIFIC HEAT CONTENT HEAT CONTENT HEAT OF
PRESSURE PRESSURE WEIGHT WATER STEAM VAPORIZATION
Bar Bar °C m3/kg kg/m3 kJ/kg kJ/kg kJ/kg

22 23 219,55 0,09 11,52 941,60 2799,80 1858,20

23 24 221,78 0,08 12,02 951,93 2800,40 1848,50

24 25 223,94 0,08 12,51 961,96 2800,90 1839,00

25 26 226,04 0,08 13,01 971,72 2801,40 1829,60

26 27 228,07 0,07 13,51 981,22 2801,70 1820,50

27 28 230,05 0,07 14,01 990,48 2802,00 1811,50

28 29 231,97 0,07 14,51 999,53 2802,20 1802,60

29 30 233,84 0,07 15,01 1008,40 2802,30 1793,90

39 40 250,33 0,05 20,10 1087,40 2800,30 1712,90

49 50 263,91 0,04 25,36 1154,50 2794,20 1639,70

59 60 275,55 0,03 30,83 1213,70 2785,00 1571,30

69 70 285,79 0,03 36,53 1267,40 2773,50 1506,00

79 80 294,97 0,02 42,51 1317,10 2759,90 1442,80

89 90 303,31 0,02 48,79 1363,70 2744,60 1380,90

99 100 310,96 0,02 55,43 1408,00 2727,70 1319,70

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


TECHNICAL SUPPORT SECTION

495

DOWNLOADS

Usefull tools
Download Isometric paper, inquiry
sheets etc.

All of this via WebLink: 13999

Company Inquiry reference Date


Contact Person Plant Plant location
Belman type Belman reference no.

Item number.: Overall length Quantaty.:


Norminal Diameter DN mm. Special Diameter mm.
Design Pressure PN BarG Operating pressure BarG
Design temperature -/+ C° Operating temperature -/+ C°

TYPE OF EXPANSION JOINT


Axial Lateral Universal Exhaust
Angular hinged Angular Gimbal Prelimit Muff One step
Rectangular Pressure balanced Elbow pressure balanced Only in combination with above
Only in combination with above Membrane only External pressurized

Medium / Fluid Inside Outside Toxic Concentration %


Gasous Liquid Flammable Corrosive Condensates Yes No
Chemical formaula Medium mixture
Fluid density kg/m3 Other

Flow velocity m3/h Flow pulsation Yes No


Flow rate M/s Installation position Horizontal Vertical

Design Code EJMA PED ASME VIII ASME B.31.3 AD-B13 OTHER
Cylic design life (ususally 1000) Load case

Axial (X) +/- /- mm Springrate AX N/m


Lateral (Y) +/- /- mm Springrate LA N/m
Lateral (Z) +/- /- mm Springrate LA N/m
Angular ° +/- /- mm Springrate AN N/ °
Material Bellow / convolutions Multi ply bellows Single ply
Vibrations, Amplitude in mm. Frequency Hz
Vibrations directions (Axial / Lateral)

Connection inlet end (flanges/pipe ends) Connection oulet end (flanges/pipe ends)
Diameter of pipe Diameter of pipe
Thickness of pipe length of pipe mm Thickness of pipe length of pipe mm
Material of pipe Material of pipe
Flange Standard / special Flange Standard / special
OD ID PCD HOLES OD ID PCD HOLES
Matarial of flange Raised face dim Matarial of flange Raised face dim

Internal sleeve Yes No Double sleeve / Telesopic


Sleeve outside Diameter Sleeve material

Protective outer cover Yes No Double outer cover / Telesopic


Cover outside Diameter and thicknss Cover material

Tie rods (standard on Lateral) Yes No Only for transport and erection, NOT pressure bearing
Tie rods Material Tierods acting as movement limitors Yes No

Miscellaneous accessoriers (like lifting lugs etc. use drawing / sketch) Material

Required quality control in accordiance with PED 3.1 full tracebility (pressure bearing materials only) 2.2 certificate
Dimensional and visual control Yes No Bellow FW ends Other
Tightness test (pneumatic) Max 0,5 BARG X-Ray test %

Pressure test (water) Pressure Time Ultrasonic test %


PT Penetrant test Other/any 3. party surveillance %
Further specification to be included Paint (type/specification)
WPS required Yes No EN / ASME / OTHER

PLEASE USE SKETCH, ON THE NEXT PAGE, OR ATTACH ANY FURTHER SPECIFICATION TO THIS SHEET.

Isometric paper for download Inquiry sheet for download

B022016-1 – Subject to alterations and eventual misprints www.belman.com


Our experience, your benefit

DESIGN

ASSE
SSED

Be l m an Gr oup

Belman A/S | Denmark | T: (+45) 7515 5999 | belman@belman.com | www.belman.com

Belman-UK Limited | United Kingdom | T: (+44) (0) 161 491 5515 | sales.uk@belman.com | www.belman.com

OOO Belman Russia | Russia | T: (+7) (812) 445 2195 | info@belman.ru | www.belman.ru

www.belman.com

You might also like